TW201245267A - Electronic device and polymer compound - Google Patents

Electronic device and polymer compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201245267A
TW201245267A TW101110522A TW101110522A TW201245267A TW 201245267 A TW201245267 A TW 201245267A TW 101110522 A TW101110522 A TW 101110522A TW 101110522 A TW101110522 A TW 101110522A TW 201245267 A TW201245267 A TW 201245267A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
same
different
formula
substituent
Prior art date
Application number
TW101110522A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Masanobu Tanaka
Rui Ishikawa
Kensaku Horie
Ken Sakakibara
Hideyuki Higashimura
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co
Publication of TW201245267A publication Critical patent/TW201245267A/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/02—Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/02—Polyamines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10—Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111—Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00—Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10—Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/151—Copolymers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10—Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14—Side-groups
    • C08G2261/142—Side-chains containing oxygen
    • C08G2261/1424—Side-chains containing oxygen containing ether groups, including alkoxy
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10—Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14—Side-groups
    • C08G2261/142—Side-chains containing oxygen
    • C08G2261/1426—Side-chains containing oxygen containing carboxy groups (COOH) and/or -C(=O)O-moieties
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/314—Condensed aromatic systems, e.g. perylene, anthracene or pyrene
    • C08G2261/3142—Condensed aromatic systems, e.g. perylene, anthracene or pyrene fluorene-based, e.g. fluorene, indenofluorene, or spirobifluorene
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/316—Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain bridged by heteroatoms, e.g. N, P, Si or B
    • C08G2261/3162—Arylamines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/40—Polymerisation processes
    • C08G2261/41—Organometallic coupling reactions
    • C08G2261/411—Suzuki reactions
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/50—Physical properties
    • C08G2261/51—Charge transport
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/90—Applications
    • C08G2261/95—Use in organic luminescent diodes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14—Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/15—Hole transporting layers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10—OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/14—Carrier transporting layers
    • H10K50/16—Electron transporting layers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Polyoxymethylene Polymers And Polymers With Carbon-To-Carbon Bonds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an electronic device with an electroluminescence element for high brightness light-emitting, and a polymer compound for the electronic device. That is, the present invention provides an electronic device containing a polymer compound layer as charge injecting layer and/or charge transport layer, the polymer compound includes a structure unit containing the groups represented by formula (1): -(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1 and formula(2): -(Q2)n2-Y2, comparing with the total M1 in the polymer compound, the ratio of M1 which is H+ in the polymer compound is more than 0% and less than 50%; and a polymer compound for the electronic device.

Description

201245267 •六、發明說明： 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明是有關電子裝置及適用於該電子裝置的高分 子化合物。 【先前技術】 為提高電場發光元件的特性，已有在電場發光元件的 發光層與電極之間安插各種層之探討。例如，已知一種在 發光層與電極之間具有包含非共軛高分子化合物之層的電 場發光元件，該非共輛高分子化合物含有具有陽離子與2 個雜原子的取代基（專利文獻1)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]曰本特表2003-530676號公報 【發明内容】 (發明欲解決之課題） 不過，上述電場發光元件的亮度尚不充分。 本發明的目的係提供一種有用於作為高亮度發光的 電場發光元件之電子裝置，及使用於該電子裝置上的高分 子化合物。 (解決課題之手段） 本發明人等發現，可藉由以下的電子裝置、高分子化 合物等達成上述目的，遂完成本發明。 本發明可提供以下的[1]至[12]。 [1]-種電子裝置，其係具備含有高分子化合物之層作為電 324120 4 201245267 •荷注入層及/或電荷輸送層，該高分子化合物具有含式（1) 表示的基及式（2)表示的基之結構單元； 相對於前述高分子化合物中的所有M1，前述高分子化 合物中的M1為H+之比例是大於0%、50%以下； -(Q^nl-Y'CM^aiCZ^b. (1) (式中， Q1是2價有機基。 Y1 是_C〇2 _、-S〇3 -、-S〇2 -、_P〇32 或-B(Ra )3。 Μ1是H+或金屬陽離子，或是可具有取代基的銨陽離子。 Ζ1 是 F_、Cl_、Br_、Γ、0『、B(RaV、RaS〇3_、RaCOO_、CIO-、 CUV、C1(V、CUV、SCN—、CN-、Ν0Γ、S〇42.、HS(V、P〇43_、 ΗΡ0Λ、H2P〇4、BFr或 PF6—。 nl是0以上的整數。al是1以上的整數。bl是0以上 的整數。但是，al及bl是以使式（1)表示的基之電荷成為 0之方式選擇。201245267 • VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to an electronic device and a high molecular compound suitable for the electronic device. [Prior Art] In order to improve the characteristics of an electric field light-emitting element, various layers have been placed between the light-emitting layer of the electric field light-emitting element and the electrode. For example, an electric field light-emitting element having a layer containing a non-conjugated polymer compound between a light-emitting layer and an electrode, and the non-common polymer compound contains a substituent having a cation and two hetero atoms (Patent Document 1). [Prior Art] [Patent Document 1] [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2003-530676 SUMMARY OF INVENTION [Problem to be Solved by the Invention] However, the brightness of the above-described electric field light-emitting element is not sufficient. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device having an electric field light-emitting element for high-intensity light emission, and a high molecular compound used in the electronic device. (Means for Solving the Problems) The present inventors have found that the above object can be attained by the following electronic devices, polymer compounds, and the like, and the present invention has been completed. The present invention can provide the following [1] to [12]. [1] An electronic device comprising a layer containing a polymer compound as an electric charge 324120 4 201245267, a charge injection layer and/or a charge transport layer, the polymer compound having a base represented by the formula (1) and a formula (2) a structural unit of the base; wherein the ratio of M1 to H+ in the polymer compound is more than 0% and 50% or less with respect to all M1 in the polymer compound; - (Q^nl-Y'CM^aiCZ ^b. (1) (wherein Q1 is a divalent organic group. Y1 is _C〇2 _, -S〇3 -, -S〇2 -, _P〇32 or -B(Ra)3. Μ1 is H+ or a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent. Ζ1 is F_, Cl_, Br_, Γ, 0 ”, B (RaV, RaS〇3_, RaCOO_, CIO-, CUV, C1 (V, CUV, SCN) —, CN—, Ν0Γ, S〇42., HS(V, P〇43_, ΗΡ0Λ, H2P〇4, BFr or PF6—. nl is an integer of 0 or more. al is an integer of 1 or more. bl is 0 or more. Integer, however, al and bl are selected such that the charge of the base represented by the formula (1) becomes zero.

Ra是可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或可具有 取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基。各個Ra可互為相同， 也可不相同。Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Each Ra may be the same or different.

Ra是可具有取代基的1價有機基。存在複數個，各 個Ra可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不相同） -(Q2)n2-Y2 (2) 324120 5 201245267 - (式中， Q2是2價有機基。 Y2是氰基或式（3)至（11)的任何一式表示之基。 n2是0以上的整數。 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不相同） -0-(R’0)a3-R" (3)Ra is a monovalent organic group which may have a substituent. There are a plurality of Ra, each of which may be the same or different. If there are multiple Q1s, each Q1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple M1s, each M1 may be the same or different. If there are a plurality of Z1, each Z1 may be the same or different from each other. -(Q2)n2-Y2 (2) 324120 5 201245267 - (wherein Q2 is a divalent organic group. Y2 is a cyano group or a formula ( 3) The base represented by any one of (11). n2 is an integer of 0 or more. If there are a plurality of Q2, each Q2 may be the same or different from each other) -0-(R'0)a3-R" (3)

-S-(R’S)“-Rn (5) -C(=0)-(R，-C(=0))a4-R" (6) -C(=S)-(R’-C(=S))a4-R" (7) -N{(R，）“ΪΤ h (8) -C(=0)0-(R’-C(=0)0)a4-Rn (9) -C(=0)0-(R，0)a4-R" (10) -NHC(=0)-(r NHC(=0))a4-R" (11) (式中， R’是可具有取代基的2價烴基。 R"是氫原子、可具有取代基的1價烴基、羧基、磺酸基、 羥基、毓基、-NRe2、氰基或-C( = 0)NRc2。 R’’’是可具有取代基的3價烴基。 a3是1以上的整數。a4是0以上的整數。 是可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或可具有取 代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基，各個Re可互為相同，也 324120 6 201245267 •可不相同。 如存在複數個R’時，各個R’可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Γ時，各個R"可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個a4時，各個a4可互為相同，也可不相同）。 [2]如上述[1]所述之電子裝置，其中，前述結構單元為選 自式（12)表示的結構單元及式（14)表示的結構單元所成群 組中的1種以上之結構單元； (R1)n3 (12) (式中， R1是含有式（13)表示的基之1價基。-S-(R'S)"-Rn (5) -C(=0)-(R,-C(=0))a4-R" (6) -C(=S)-(R'-C(= S)) a4-R" (7) -N{(R,)"ΪΤ h (8) -C(=0)0-(R'-C(=0)0)a4-Rn (9) -C (=0)0-(R,0)a4-R" (10) -NHC(=0)-(r NHC(=0))a4-R" (11) (where R' is replaceable a divalent hydrocarbon group of a radical. R" is a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a fluorenyl group, a -NRe2 group, a cyano group or a -C(=0)NRc2. R''' a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. a3 is an integer of 1 or more. a4 is an integer of 0 or more. It is an alkyl group of 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or the carbon number which can have a substituent 6 to 50 aryl groups, each Re can be the same, 324120 6 201245267 • Can be different. If there are multiple R', each R' can be the same or different. If there are multiple Γ, each R" They may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple a4, each a4 may be the same or different. [2] The electronic device according to the above [1], wherein the structural unit is one or more structures selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by the formula (12) and a structural unit represented by the formula (14). (R1)n3 (12) (wherein R1 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13).

Ar1是可具有R1以外的取代基之（2+ n3)價芳香族基。 n3是1以上的整數。 如存在複數個R1時，各個R1可互為相同，也可不相同） (13) -R2—{(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2 (式中， R2是（l + ml + m2)價有機基。 Q1、Q2、Y1、Μ1、Z1、Y2、nl、al、bl 及 n2，是表示與前 述相同意義。 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不相同。 324120 7 201245267 ‘ 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Μ1時，各個Μ1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Ζ1時，各個Ζ1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Υ2時，各個Υ2可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不相同） (R3)n4Ar1 is a (2+n3) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R1. N3 is an integer of 1 or more. If there are multiple R1, each R1 may be the same or different from each other. (13) -R2—{(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2 (wherein R2 is a (l + ml + m2) valence organic group. Q1, Q2, Y1, Μ1, Z1, Y2, nl, al, bl, and n2 represent the same meaning as described above. If a plurality of Q1 are present Each Q1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Q2s, each Q2 may be the same or different. 324120 7 201245267 ' If there are multiple Y1s, each Y1 may be the same or not. If there are multiple Μ1, each Μ1 may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple Ζ1, each Ζ1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Υ2, each Υ2 can be mutually If there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different. If there are multiple al, each al may be the same or different. If there are multiple bl, each Bl can be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple n2, each n2 can be the same or different. (R3) N4

(R4)n5 (式中， R3是含有式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基之1價基。 R4是含有式（16)表示的基之1價基。(R4)n5 (wherein R3 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13) or a group represented by the formula (15): R4 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (16).

Ar2是可具有R3及R4以外的取代基之（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香 族基。 n4及n5是分別獨立地為1以上之整數。 如存在複數個R3時，各個R3可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個R4時，各個R4可互為相同，也可不相同） -^-{(Q^nl-Y^M^alCZ^bl}^ (15) (式中， R5是單鍵或（l + m3)價有機基。 Q1、Υ1、Μ1、Z1、nl、al及bl，是表示與前述相同意義。 324120 8 201245267 • m3是表示1以上的整數。但是，R5為單鍵時，m3是1。 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不相同。） -R6-{(Q2)n2-Y2}“ (16) (式中， R6是單鍵或（l + m4)價有機基。 Q2、Y2及n2是表示與前述相同意義。 m4是1以上的整數。但是，R6為單鍵時，m4是1。 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Y2時，各個Y2可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不相同）。 [3]如上述[2]所述之電子裝置，其中，Ar1表示的（2 + n3) 價芳香族基，是由式卜2、4、5、6、13、14、15、19、 2卜 23、31、32、33、43、46、47 或 51 表示的環去除（2 + n3)個氫原子之後的基； 324120 9 201245267Ar2 is a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R3 and R4. N4 and n5 are each independently an integer of 1 or more. If there are multiple R3s, each R3 may be the same or different. If there are multiple R4, each R4 may be the same or different from each other. -^-{(Q^nl-Y^M^alCZ^bl}^ (15) (where R5 is a single bond or (l + m3) valence organic group. Q1, Υ1, Μ1, Z1, nl, al, and bl are the same meanings as described above. 324120 8 201245267 • m3 is an integer representing 1 or more. However, when R5 is a single bond, m3 is 1. If there are multiple Q1s, each Q1 may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple Y1s, each Y1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple M1s, each M1 may be mutually If there are multiple Z1s, each Z1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different. If there are multiple al, each Al may be the same or different. If there are multiple bls, each bl may be the same or different.) -R6-{(Q2)n2-Y2}" (16) (where R6 is A single bond or a (l + m4) valence organic group. Q2, Y2 and n2 have the same meanings as described above. m4 is an integer of 1 or more. However, when R6 is a single bond, m4 is 1. When multiple Q2s are used, each Q2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Y2s, each Y2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple n2s, each n2 may be the same or not. [3] The electronic device according to [2] above, wherein the (2 + n3) valent aromatic group represented by Ar1 is represented by the formula 2, 4, 5, 6, 13, 14, 15, 19, 2, 23, 31, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51, the ring after removal of (2 + n3) hydrogen atoms; 324120 9 201245267

[4]如上述[2]或[3]所述之電子裝置，其中，Ar2表示的（2 + 114 + 115)價芳香族基，是由式1、2、4、5、6、13、14、 15、19、2卜 23、3卜 32、33、43、46、47 或 51 表示的 環去除（2 + n4 + n5)個氫原子之後的基[4] The electronic device according to [2] or [3] above, wherein the (2 + 114 + 115) valent aromatic group represented by Ar2 is represented by the formulas 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, and 13. 14, 15, 19, 2, 23, 3, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51, the ring after removal of (2 + n4 + n5) hydrogen atoms

[5]如上述[1]至[4]的任一項中所述之電子裝置，其中，具 備含有前述高分子化合物之層作為電子注入層及/或電子 324120 10 201245267 ‘輸送層。 [6] 如上述[1]至[5]的任一項中所述之電子裝置，其係電場 發光元件。 [7] —種高分子化合物，其係具有選自式（12)表示的結構單 元及式（14)表示的結構單元所成群組中的1種以上結構單 元， 相對於高分子化合物中的所有M1，高分子化合物中的 M1為H+之比例是大於0%、50%以下； (R1)ns + JL1+ (12) (式中， R1是含有式（13)表示的基之1價基。[5] The electronic device according to any one of the above [1] to [4] wherein the layer containing the polymer compound is used as an electron injection layer and/or an electron 324120 10 201245267 ‘transport layer. [6] The electronic device according to any one of [1] to [5] above which is an electric field light-emitting element. [7] A polymer compound having one or more structural units selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by the formula (12) and a structural unit represented by the formula (14), and a polymer compound In all of M1, the ratio of M1 to H+ in the polymer compound is more than 0% and 50% or less; (R1) ns + JL1 + (12) (wherein R1 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13).

Ar1是可具有R1以外的取代基之（2 +n3)價芳香族基。 n3是1以上的整數。 如存在複數個R1時，各個R1可互為相同，也可不相同） (13) -R2—{(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2 (式中， R2是（l + ml + in2)價有機基。 Q1、Q2、Y1、Μ1、Z1、Y2、nl、al、bl 及 n2，是表示與前 述相同意義。 ml及m2是分別獨立地為1以上之整數。 324120 11 201245267 '如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Y2時，各個Y2可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Μ時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不相同） (R3)n4Ar1 is a (2 + n3) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R1. N3 is an integer of 1 or more. If there are a plurality of R1, each R1 may be the same or different from each other. (13) -R2 - {(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2 ( Wherein R2 is a (l + ml + in2) valence organic group. Q1, Q2, Y1, Μ1, Z1, Y2, nl, al, bl, and n2 are the same meanings as described above. ml and m2 are independently An integer greater than 1. 324120 11 201245267 'If there are multiple Q1s, each Q1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Q2s, each Q2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Y1s Each of the Y1s may be the same or different from each other. If there are a plurality of Z1s, the Z1s may be the same or different. When there are multiple Y2s, each Y2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different. If there are multiple al, each al may be the same. It may not be the same. If there are multiple Μ, each bl may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple n2, each n2 Mutually the same or may be different) (R3) n4

(R4)n5 (式中， R3是含有式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基之1價基。 R4是含有式（16)表示的基之1價基。(R4)n5 (wherein R3 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13) or a group represented by the formula (15): R4 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (16).

Ar2是可具有R3及R4以外的取代基之（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香 族基。 n4及n5是分別獨立地為1以上之整數。 如存在複數個R3時，各個R3可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個R4時，各個R4可互為相同，也可不相同） -^-{(Q^nl-Y^M^alCZ^bl}^ (15) (式中， 324120 12 201245267 ‘ R5是單鍵或（l + m3)價有機基。 Q1、Y1、Μ1、Z1、nl、al及bl，是表示與前述相同意義。 m3是表示1以上的整數。但是，R5是單鍵時，m3是1。 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不相同） -R6-{(Q2)n2-Y2}m4 (16) (式中， R6是單鍵或（l + m4)價有機基。 Q2、Y2及n2是表示與前述相同意義。 m4是表示1以上的整數。但是，如R6為單鍵時，m4是1。 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Y2時，各個Y2可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不相同）。 [8]如上述[7]所述之高分子化合物，其中，Ar1表示的（2 + n3)價芳香族基，是由式1、2、4、5、6、13、14、15、 19、21、23、31、32、33、43、46、47 或 51 表示的環去 除（2 +η3)個氫原子之後的基 324120 13 201245267Ar2 is a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R3 and R4. N4 and n5 are each independently an integer of 1 or more. If there are multiple R3s, each R3 may be the same or different. If there are multiple R4s, each R4 may be the same or different from each other. -^-{(Q^nl-Y^M^alCZ^bl}^ (15) (In the formula, 324120 12 201245267 ' R5 is a single A bond or a (l + m3) valence organic group. Q1, Y1, Μ1, Z1, nl, a1, and bl have the same meanings as described above. m3 is an integer representing 1 or more. However, when R5 is a single bond, m3 is 1. If there are multiple Q1s, each Q1 may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple Y1s, each Y1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple M1s, each M1 may be mutually If there are multiple Z1s, each Z1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different. If there are multiple al, each Al may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple bls, each bl may be the same or different from each other. -R6-{(Q2)n2-Y2}m4 (16) (wherein R6 is a single The bond or the (l + m4) valence organic group. Q2, Y2 and n2 are the same meanings as described above. m4 is an integer representing 1 or more. However, when R6 is a single bond, m4 is 1. When there are multiple Q2s, each Q2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Y2s, each Y2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple n2, each n2 may be the same. [8] The polymer compound according to the above [7], wherein the (2 + n3) valent aromatic group represented by Ar1 is represented by the formulas 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 13, and 14. The ring represented by 15, 15, 21, 23, 31, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51 removes (2 + η3) hydrogen atoms after the radical 324120 13 201245267

Ο ο 2 5Ο ο 2 5

Ν Η 32 51Ν Η 32 51

[9]如上述[7]或[8]所述之高分子化合物，其中，Ar2表示 的（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族基，是由式1、2、4、5、6、13、 14、15、19、2卜 23、3卜 32、33、43、46、47 或 51 表 示的環去除（2 + n4 + n5)個氛原子之後的基 0 00 OCO C^3 1 13 14 ις \=/[9] The polymer compound according to [7] or [8] above, wherein the (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group represented by Ar2 is represented by the formulas 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, and 13. , 14, 15, 19, 2, 23, 3, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51, the ring is removed (2 + n4 + n5) after the atomic base 0 0 OCO C^3 1 13 14 Σς \=/

[10]如上述[7]至[9]的任一項中所述之高分子化合物，其 中，Υ2為式（3)或式（4)表示的基。 324120 14 201245267 [11] 一種上述[7]至[10]的任一項中所述之高分子化合物 的製造方法，其是使含有式（21)表示的含1種以上離子之 化合物的原料縮合聚合； Y3-Aa-Y4 (21) (式中，[10] The polymer compound according to any one of the above [7] to [9] wherein Υ2 is a group represented by the formula (3) or the formula (4). The method for producing a polymer compound according to any one of the above [7] to [10] wherein the raw material containing the compound containing one or more kinds of ions represented by the formula (21) is condensed. Polymerization; Y3-Aa-Y4 (21) (where,

Aa是含有式（1)表示的基與式（2)表示的基之2價基。 Y3及Y4是分別獨立地為參與縮合聚合之基）。 [12] —種上述[7]至[10]的任一項中所述之高分子化合物 的製造方法，其是使含有式（2Γ )表示的不含離子之化合物 的原料縮合聚合，而由所得的化合物合成含有離子的高分 子化合物； Y3-Aaa-Y4 (21，） (式中，Aa is a divalent group containing a group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2). Y3 and Y4 are each independently a group participating in the condensation polymerization). [12] The method for producing a polymer compound according to any one of the above [7] to [10] wherein the raw material containing the ion-free compound represented by the formula (2?) is condensed and polymerized. The obtained compound synthesizes a polymer compound containing an ion; Y3-Aaa-Y4 (21,) (wherein

Aaa是含有式（22)表示的基與式（2)表示的基之2價基。 Y3及Y4是分別獨立地為參與縮合聚合之基） -R7-{(Q3)n6-Y5 }m9 (22) (式中， R7是（l + m9)價有機基。 Q3是表示2價有機基。 Y5 是-C〇2Rx、-S〇3Rx、-S〇2Rx、-P〇3(Rx)2 或-B(RX)2。 n6是0以上的整數。Aaa is a divalent group containing a group represented by the formula (22) and a group represented by the formula (2). Y3 and Y4 are each independently a group participating in the condensation polymerization) -R7-{(Q3)n6-Y5 }m9 (22) (wherein R7 is a (l + m9) valence organic group. Q3 means a divalent organic Y5 is -C〇2Rx, -S〇3Rx, -S〇2Rx, -P〇3(Rx)2 or -B(RX)2. n6 is an integer of 0 or more.

Rx是氫原子、可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基。 m9是表示1以上的整數。 324120 15 201245267 •如存在複數個Q3時，各個Q3可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Y5時，各個Y5可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個n6時，各個n6可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Rx時，各個Rx可互為相同，也可不相同）。 (發明的效果） 本發明的電子裝置可得高亮度發光的電場發光元件。 【實施方式】 以下，詳細說明本發明。 <高分子化合物> 以下，依序說明本發明的高分子化合物之結構單元、 特性、具體例、製造方法、M1為H+的比例及含有該高分子 化合物之層。 [1.含有式（1)表示的基及式（2)表示的基之結構單元] 本發明的高分子化合物具有含式（1)表示的基及式（2) 表示的基之結構單元。該結構單元可含有2種以上式（1) 表示的基，也可含有2種以上式（2)表示的基，也可分別含 有2種以上式（1)表示的基及式（2)表示的基。在前述高分 子化合物中含有的所有結構單元中，該結構單元的合計所 占比例宜為15至100莫耳％。 以下，依序說明式（1)表示的基及式（2)表示的基。 [1· 1.式（1)表示的基] 式（1)中Q1是2償有機基。Y1是-C(V、-S(V、-S(V、 -POt或-B(RaV。Μ1是H+或金屬陽離子，或可具有取代基 的銨陽離子。Ζ1 是 F、Cl—、Br_、Γ、0ΙΓ、B(RaV、RaS(V、 324120 16 201245267 R COO、CIO、C1(V、Cl〇3~、CIO,、SCN-、CN_、Ν〇3·、S〇42、 HS〇4-、ΡΟΛ、HP〇42-、H2P〇4-、BF4-或 PF6-。nl 是 0 以上的整 數。al是1以上的整數。bi是〇以上的整數。但是，al 及bl是以使式（1)表示的基之電荷成為〇之方式選擇。Ra 疋可具有取代基的碳原子數1至3〇的烧基或可具有取代基 的碳原子數6至50的芳基。如存在複數個R«時，各個K 可互為相同，也可不相同。Ra是可具有取代基的1價有機 基，如存在複數個Ra時，各個Ra可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不相同。如 存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不相同。如存 在複數個Z時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不相同。在前述 尚分子化合物内如存在複數個式（1)表示的基時，各個式（1) 表示的可互為相同，也可不相同。 式（1)中，Q1是2價有機基。作為Qi表示的2價有機 基’可舉例如以下的基： 亞曱基、伸乙基、1，2-伸丙基、1，3-伸丙基、1，2-伸 丁基、1，3-伸丁基、ι，4-伸丁基、丨，5_伸戊基、丨，6—伸己 基、1’ 9-伸壬基、1，12-伸十二基、該等基中的至少i個氫 原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有取代基的碳原子數i至 50的2價鍵狀飽和烴基； 可具有取代基的碳原子數2至5〇的伸烯基（例如，伸 乙烯基、伸丙烯基、3-伸丁烯基、2_伸丁烯基、2_伸戊烯 基、2-伸己烯基、2-伸壬烯基、2_伸十二烯基、該等基中 的至少1個氫原子經取代絲代的基等）及/或包含伸乙炔 324120 17 201245267 基的碳原子數2至50之2價鏈狀不飽和烴基； 伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬 基、伸王衣十一基、伸降冰片基（n〇rb〇rnylene)、伸金剛烧 基、該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等，可 具有取代基的碳原子數3至50的2價環狀飽和烴基； 1,3-伸苯基、1，4-伸笨基、1，4-伸萘基、1，5-伸萘基、 2, 6-伸萘基、聯苯基-4,4，-二基、該等基中的至少i個氫 原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有取代基的碳原子數6至 50的伸芳基； 亞甲氧基、伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基、伸丁氧基、伸戊氧 基、伸己氧基、該等基中的至少丨個氫原子經取代基取代 的，等可具有取代基的碳原子數1至5G的魏氧基，i，3_ 伸苯氧基、1，4-伸笨氧基、丨，4-伸萘氧基、丨，5_伸萘氧基、 2’6-伸萘祕、鱗基巾的至少子絲代基取代 的基等’可具有取代基的碳原子數6至5()的伸芳氧基（亦 即，式表示的2價有機基（式中，Rd是可具有取代 數1至5Q㈣絲或可具有取代基的碳原子數 1至的伸芳基。作為可具有取代基的碳原子數i至5〇 的伸烷基’可舉例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、 伸戊基、伸己基及該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取 代的基、1，3-仲1其%八悉取 具有合碳原子的取代基之亞胺基； 具有含碳原子的取代基之亞石夕基（silylene)。 324120 18 201245267 就合成高分子化合物的原料之單體(以下，稱為「原 料單體」）的容易度之觀點來看，Q1表示的2價有機基，宜 為2價鏈狀飽和烴基、伸芳基或伸烷氧基。 作為Q1表示的2價有拖发上 基之可含在碳原子數1至50 的2價鏈⑽和烴基、碳原子數2至5㈣2價鏈狀不飽和 丈工基*原子數3至50的2價環狀飽和烴基、石炭原子數6 至5〇的伸絲、韻子數丨至如㈣氧基、亞胺基及亞 石夕基中的取代基’可舉例如：燒基、烧氧基、烧硫基、芳基、 芳氧基、芳硫基、奸基、芳燒氧基、芳Μ基、㈣基、 芳块基胺基取代胺基、石夕基、取代石夕基、齒原子、酿 基、酿氧基、亞胺殘基、酿胺基、醯亞胺基、i價雜環基、 經基、取倾基、祕及硝料。前述取代基如存在複數 個時’該等可互為相同，也可不相同。 以下，說明取代基。 本說明書中’「c»至Cn」（m、n是可滿足ra<n的正整 數）的用語，是表示與此用語同時敘述的有機基之碳原子數 為m至η。例如’為Q Gn燒基時，是表示烧基之碳原子 數為m至n;為（：,至（：„烧芳基時，是表示含在院芳基中的 烧基之碳原子數為m至n;為芳基丄至㈣基時是表示 含在芳烧基中的烷基之碳原子數為m至η。 本說明書中的「可具有取代基」，是包含組成其隨後 所述之化合物絲的氫原子為無取代的情形及氫原子的一 部份或全部經取代基取代的情形之兩者。 燒基可以是直鏈狀或分枝狀，也可以是環絲。烧基 324120 19 201245267 •的碳原子數通常是1至20(為環烷基時，通常是3至20)， 並宜為1至1〇(為環烷基時，是3至20)。作為烷基，可舉 例如曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁 基、第二丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、 癸基及月桂基。前述烧基中的氫原子也可以氟原子取代。 作為此種烧基（氟原子取代烧基），可舉例如三氟曱基、五 氟乙基、全氟丁基、全氣1己基及全氟辛基。而且，作為G 至Cl2烧基’可舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、 異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、己基、環 己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基及月桂基。 院氧基可以是直鏈狀或分枝狀，也可以是環烧氧基， 也可具有取代基。烷氧基的碳原子數通常是丨至2〇(為環 烧氧基時，通常是3至20)，並宜為1至ι〇(為環烷氧基時， 是3至1〇)。作為烷氧基，可舉例如曱氧基、乙氧基、丙 氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三 丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、 壬氧基、癸氧基、月桂氧基等。前述燒氧基中的氫原子也 可以氟原子取代。作為此種烷氧基（氟原子取代烷氧基）， 可舉例如三氟曱氧基、五氟乙氧基、全氟丁氧基、全氟己 氧基、全氟辛氧基等。在烷氧基之例中，也包含甲氧基曱 基氧基及2-甲氧基乙基氧基。而且，作為〇至Ci2炫氧基， 可舉例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、 異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、 環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸 324120 20 201245267 氧基、3, 7-二甲基辛氧基及月桂氧基。 作為燒硫基，可以是直驗或分枝狀，切以是環院 硫基’也可具有取代基。烧硫基的碳原子數通常是！至 2〇(為環烧硫基時’通常是3至20)，並宜為丨至1〇(為環 烧硫基時’是3至1G)。作為烧硫基，可舉例 A衣 乙硫基、丙硫基、異丙硫基、丁硫基、異丁硫基；土二丁 硫基、第三丁硫基、戊硫基、己硫基、環己硫基、庚硫基、 t硫基、壬麵、癸硫基、月桂硫基等。前㈣硫基中的 風原子也可以氟原子取代。作為此種烧硫基（氣原子取代烧 硫基），可舉例如三氟曱硫基。 芳基，是由芳香族烴將直接鍵結在組成芳香環的碳原 子之氫原子去除1個後留下的原子團。芳基，亦包含且有 的基、具有縮合環的基、單鍵鍵結有2個以上獨：的 本壤及/或縮合環之基’以及2個以上獨立的苯環及/或縮 合環為2價的有機基（例如’經由乙烯基等烯基而鍵結的 基）。芳基的碳原子數，通常是6至6〇，宜為6至犯。作 ^芳基，可舉例如苯基、（^至Cl2院氧苯基、〇至G烧基 笨基1萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、蒽基等。前 述芳基中的氫原子也可以氟原子取代。作為此種芳基（氣原 子取代芳基）’可舉例如五氟苯基。在芳基之中，宜為苯基、 Cl至Cl2烧氧苯基及Cl至Cl2燒基苯基。 作為Cl至Cu烷氧苯基，可舉例如曱氧笨基、乙氧苯 基、丙氧苯基、異丙氧苯基、丁氧苯基、異丁氧苯基、第 二丁氧苯基、第三T氧苯基、戊氧苯基、己氧笨基、環己 324120 21 201245267 氧苯基、庚氧苯基、辛氧苯基、2_乙基己氧苯基、壬氧苯 基、癸氧苯基、3, 7-二甲基辛氧笨基、月桂苯基等。 作為匕至Clz烷基笨基，可舉例如曱基苯基 '乙基苯 基、二曱基笨基、丙基笨基、2, 4, 6_三曱笨S(mesityl)、 曱基乙基苯基、異丙基笨基、丁基苯基、異丁基苯基、第 三丁基苯基、戊基苯基、異戊基苯基、己基苯基、庚基苯 基、辛基苯基、壬基苯基、癸基苯基及十二基苯基等。 芳氧基的碳原子數，通常是6至60，宜為6至48。 作為芳氧基，可舉例如笨氧基、Ci至Ciz烷氧笨氧基、匕 至^烧基笨氧基.、卜萘氧基、2_萘氧基及五氟苯氧基等。 在芳氧基之中，宜為苯氧基、（^至Ciz烧氧苯氧基及至 Cl2烷基苯氧基。 _作為C1至C12烷氧苯氧基，可舉例如甲氧苯氧基、乙 氧笨氧基、丙氧苯氧基、異丙氧苯氧基、丁氧苯氧基、異 丁氧苯氧基、第二丁氧苯氧基、第三丁氧苯氧基、戊氧苯 氧基、己氧苯氧基、環己氧苯氧基、庚氧苯氧基、辛氧苯 氧基、2-乙基己氧苯氧基、壬氧苯氧基、癸氧苯氧基、3, 7_ 二甲基辛氧苯氧基及月桂氧苯氧基等。 芳硫基，例如是前述的芳基鍵結於硫元素的基。芳硫 基，也可在前述芳基的芳香環上具有取代基。芳硫基的碳 原子數，通常是6至60,並宜為6至3〇。作為芳硫基，可 舉例如苯硫基、(^至Cu烷氧苯硫基、(^至Ci2烷基苯硫基、 卜萘硫基、2-萘硫基及五氟苯硫基等。 芳烧基’例如是前述的芳基鍵結於前述的烷基的基。 324120 22 201245267 芳烷基也可具有取代基。芳烷基的碳原子數，通常是7至 60，並宜為7至30。作為芳烷基，可舉例如苯基至& 烷基、（：,至clz烷氧苯基{至c,2烷基、（^至Ci2烷基苯基 -〇至b烷基、1-萘基-匕至G烷基及2_萘基_Ci至Ci2烷 基0 芳烷氧基，例如是使前述的芳基鍵結在前述的烷氧基 上的基。芳烷氧基也可具有取代基。芳烷氧基的碳原子數， ，常是7至60 ’並宜為7至3G。作為芳烧氧基，可舉例如 苯基-C!至（：12烧氧基、C!至C12烧氧苯基一Cl至Cl2烧氧基、 CJC12烧基苯基-CdC12燒氧基、卜萘基_Ci至Ci2烷氧基、 2-萘基-匕至C12烷氧基等。 芳院硫基’例如是使前述的芳基鍵結於前述的烧硫基 的基。芳㈣基也可具有取代基。紐硫基的碳原子數， ，常是7至60，並宜為7至3〇。作為芳烧硫基，可舉例如 求基七至L烧硫基、匕至L烧氧苯基丄至u燒硫美、 道基苯基_Cl至㈣硫基小萘基七至一‘、 萘基-匕至C12烷硫基等。 ㈣基’例如技述的芳基鍵結於稀基的基 t常是8至6〇,並宜為8至3〇。作為芳烯 :舉例如本基{至㈣基、G至㈣氧苯基A至 土、CdC12烧基苯基-c2至Ci2烯基、卜蔡基_ =萘純至_基，並宜為_12院氧苯基 324120 jCd Cl道基苯基$至㈣基。而且，作為匕至 12婦基，可舉例如乙烯基、卜丙烯基、2-丙縣、卜丁錦 23 201245267 基、2-丁烯基、卜戊烯基、2_戊烯基、卜己烯基、2—己烯 基及1-辛稀基。 芳炔基，例如是前述的芳基鍵結於炔基的基。芳炔基 的碳原子數，通常是8至60’並宜為8至30。作為芳炔基， 可舉例如苯基-(：2至Cu炔基、（^至C12烷氧苯基-G至C12炔 基、Ci至Ci2烷基苯基-a至Ci2炔基、1-萘基_c2至C12炔基 及2-萘基至C!2炔基，並宜為〇至C12烷氧苯基_C2至C12 炔基或Cl至Cl2烧基苯基-C2至Cl2炔基。而且，作為C2至 Cl2快基’可舉例如乙炔基、卜丙炔基、2_丙炔基、1_丁炔 基、2-丁炔基、1-戊炔基、2-戊炔基、卜己炔基、2-己炔 基及1-辛炔基。 作為取代胺基’宜為胺基中的至少1個氫原子係經選 自烧基、芳基、芳烷基及1價雜環基所成群組中的1或2 個基所取代的胺基。該烷基、芳基、芳烷基及1價雜環基， 也可具有取代基。取代胺基的碳原子數，在不含該烷基、 芳基、芳烷基及1價雜環基可具有的取代基之碳原子數 時，通常是1至60,並宜為2至48。作為取代胺基，可舉 例如甲基胺基、二曱基胺基、乙基胺基、二乙基胺基、丙 基胺基、二丙基胺基、異丙基胺基、二異丙基胺基、丁基 胺基、異丁基胺基、第二丁基胺基、第三丁基胺基、戍基 胺基、己基胺基、環己基胺基、庚基胺基、辛基胺基、2-乙基已基胺基、壬基胺基、癸基胺基、3, 7-二曱基辛基胺 基、月桂基胺基、環戊基胺基、二環戊基胺基、環己基胺 基、二環己基胺基、二（三氟甲基）胺基、苯基胺基、二苯 324120 24 201245267 基胺基、（匕至C!2烷氧笨基）胺基、二（〇至（：12烷氧苯基） 胺基、二（匕至C!2烷基笨基）胺基、卜萘基胺基、2-萘基胺 基、五氟苯基胺基、啦啶基胺基、嗒啡基胺基、嘧啶基胺 基、吼畊基胺基、三畊基胺基、（苯基-Ci至C12烷基）胺基、 (匕至Cu烷氧苯基-匕至C12烷基）胺基、（〇至C12烷基苯基 -(^至G2烷基）胺基、二（〇至（：12烷氧苯基-(^至C12烷基） 胺基、二（匕至Ck烷基苯基-〇至C12烷基）胺基、卜萘基-Ct 至C12烧基胺基及2-奈基-Ci至C12烧基胺基。 作為取代矽基’可舉出矽基中的至少1個氫原子經選 自烷基、芳基、芳烷基及1價雜環基所成群組中的1至3 個基所取代的矽基。該烷基、芳基、芳烷基及丨價雜環基， 也可具有取代基。取代矽基的碳原子數，在不含該烷基、 芳基、芳烷基或1價雜環基可具有的取代基之碳原子數 時，通常是1至60,並宜為3至48。作為取代矽基，可舉 例如三甲基矽基、三乙基矽基、三丙基矽基、三異丙基矽 基、異丙基二曱基石夕基、異丙基二乙基石夕基、第三丁基二 曱基矽基、戊基二甲基矽基、己基二甲基石夕基、庚基二甲 基矽基、辛基二甲基矽基、2-乙基已基二甲基矽基、壬基 二甲基矽基、癸基二甲基矽基、3, 7-二曱基辛基二甲基石夕 基、月桂基二甲基矽基、（苯基_Ci至Ci2烷基）矽基、（Ci 至C12烷氧苯基-匕至C!2烷基）矽基、（匕至（：12烷基苯基-C, 至Ci2烧基）石夕基、（1-萘基-Ci至Ci2烷基）石夕基、（2-萘基-Ci 至Cl2烧基）破基、（苯基-Ci至C12烧基）二曱基石夕基、三苯 基矽基、三（對-二甲苯基）矽基、三笨甲基矽基、二苯基甲 324120 25 201245267 基石夕基、第三τ基二苯基⑪基及二甲基苯基石夕基。 作為函原子，可舉出氣原子、氣原子、漠原子及㈣ 子。 酿基的碳原子數，通常是2至20，並宜為2至18。 作為醯基’可舉例如乙醯基、丙醯基、Τ醯基、異丁醯基、 戊酿基、苯甲醯基、三t*乙醢基及五氟苯曱醯基。 酿氧基的碳原子數，通常是2至20,並宜為2至18。 作為醯氧基’可舉例如乙醯氧基、丙gi氧基、丁酿氧基、 異丁醯氧基、戊醯氧基、苯f醯氧基、三氟乙醯氧基及五 氟苯甲醯氧基。 亞胺殘基，是指由具有式：H-N = C<及式：—n = CH_ 中至少-者所表示之結構的亞胺化合物，去除該結構中的 1個氫原子後之基。作為亞胺化合物，可舉例祕亞胺、 _亞胺及鍵結在醛亞胺中的氮原子之氫原子經取代基（例 如，烷基、芳基、芳烷基、芳烯基、芳炔基等）取代的化合 物。亞胺殘基的碳原子數，通常是2至2〇,並宜為2至18。 作為亞胺殘基，可舉例如式：_CRe = N_Rr表示的基及式. ，=C(R7)2表示的基（式中，ν是氩原子、烷基、芳基、 芳烧基、芳埽基或芳炔基，Rr獨立地為烧基、芳基、芳户 基、芳烯基或芳炔基。但是’如存在2個IT時，2個 也可相互鍵結成一體而作為2價基形成環。作為前述的2 價基’可舉例如伸乙基、三亞曱基、四亞甲基、五亞曱烏 六亞曱基等碳原子數2至18的伸烷基）。作為亞胺殘 可舉例如以下的式表示之基。 土 324120 201245267Rx is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. M9 is an integer representing 1 or more. 324120 15 201245267 • If there are multiple Q3s, each Q3 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Y5s, each Y5 may be the same or different. If there are multiple n6s, each n6 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Rx, each Rx may be the same or different. (Effects of the Invention) The electronic device of the present invention can obtain an electric field light-emitting element that emits light with high luminance. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. <Polymer compound> Hereinafter, the structural unit, characteristics, specific examples, and production methods of the polymer compound of the present invention, the ratio of M1 to H+, and the layer containing the polymer compound will be described in order. [1. Structural unit containing a group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2)] The polymer compound of the present invention has a structural unit containing a group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2). The structural unit may contain two or more groups represented by the formula (1), or may contain two or more groups represented by the formula (2), or may contain two or more groups represented by the formula (1) and the formula (2). Base. In all the structural units contained in the aforementioned high molecular compound, the total proportion of the structural units is preferably from 15 to 100 mol%. Hereinafter, the group represented by the formula (1) and the group represented by the formula (2) will be described in order. [1. 1. A group represented by the formula (1)] In the formula (1), Q1 is a 2-compound organic group. Y1 is -C(V, -S(V, -S(V, -POt or -B(RaV. Μ1 is H+ or a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent. Ζ1 is F, Cl-, Br_, Γ, 0ΙΓ, B (RaV, RaS (V, 324120 16 201245267 R COO, CIO, C1 (V, Cl〇3~, CIO, SCN-, CN_, Ν〇3·, S〇42, HS〇4- ΡΟΛ, HP〇42-, H2P〇4-, BF4- or PF6-. nl is an integer of 0 or more. al is an integer of 1 or more. bi is an integer greater than 〇. However, al and bl are in the formula ( 1) The charge of the base represented is selected as a ruthenium. Ra 疋 may have a substituent having 1 to 3 Å of a carbon atom or a aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. When R«, each K may be the same or different from each other. Ra is a monovalent organic group which may have a substituent, and if a plurality of Ra are present, each Ra may be the same or different from each other. If a plurality of Q1 are present Each of the Z1s may be the same or different from each other if there are a plurality of M1s. If there are a plurality of Zs, the Z1s may be the same or different. The above is still divided When a plurality of groups represented by the formula (1) are present in the compound, the respective formulas (1) may be the same or different from each other. In the formula (1), Q1 is a divalent organic group. The organic group 'is, for example, the following groups: anthracenylene, an extended ethyl group, a 1,2-extended propyl group, a 1,3-propanyl group, a 1,2-butylene group, a 1,3-butylene group, Iso, 4-butylene, anthracene, 5-exopentyl, anthracene, 6-extension, 1'9-extension, 1,12-extension, at least i hydrogen atoms in the groups a substituent substituted with a substituent or the like, a divalent bond-like saturated hydrocarbon group having a substituent of from 1 to 50 carbon atoms; an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 Å carbon atoms which may have a substituent (for example, a vinyl group, Propylene group, 3-butenyl group, 2-butenbutenyl group, 2-despentenyl group, 2-extended hexenyl group, 2-extended alkenyl group, 2-extenyl dodecyl group, these groups a at least one hydrogen atom in the substituted silk group, and/or a divalent chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms in the exoacetylene 324120 17 201245267 group; a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group , stretching cyclopentyl, stretching cyclohexyl, stretching ring thiol, stretching king clothes a group having a substituent having at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a substituent, etc., having a substituent having a carbon number of 3 to 50, a n 〇 〇 〇 ylene ylene 、 伸 伸 伸 伸 伸 伸a divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group; a 1,3-phenylene group, a 1,4-extension group, a 1,4-naphthyl group, a 1,5-anthranyl group, a 2,6-anthranyl group, a biphenyl group a -4,4,-diyl group, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom in the group, or the like, may have a substituted aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms; methyleneoxy, phenyl An oxy group, a propenoxy group, a butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, and the like may have a substituent having 1 to 1 carbon atom. 5G of alkoxy, i, 3_ phenoxy, 1,4-extended oxy, anthracene, 4-naphthyloxy, anthracene, 5_naphthyloxy, 2'6-anthracene, scale At least a sub-silyl-substituted group of the base towel, etc., may have a substituent having an alkylene group having 6 to 5 () carbon atoms (that is, a divalent organic group represented by the formula (wherein Rd may have Substituting a number 1 to 5Q (tetra) filament or an extended aryl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The alkylene group having a carbon number of from 1 to 5 Å which may have a substituent may, for example, be a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, and at least An imine group in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, 1,3-secondary 1 and 8% thereof are substituted with a substituent having a carbon atom; and a silylene having a substituent containing a carbon atom. 324120 18 201245267 The divalent organic group represented by Q1 is preferably a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group and a viewpoint of the ease of the monomer (hereinafter referred to as "raw material monomer") of the raw material of the synthetic polymer compound. Aryl or alkoxy. The divalent chain represented by Q1 may have a divalent chain (10) having a carbon number of 1 to 50 and a hydrocarbon group, and the number of carbon atoms is 2 to 5 (tetra). The chain-valent unsaturated base is 3 to 50. The divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, the number of the carbon atoms having a carbon number of 6 to 5 Å, the number of rhymes, and the substituents in the (tetra)oxy group, the imine group and the sulfite group can be, for example, a calcination group or an oxygen-burning group. Base, thiol group, aryl group, aryloxy group, arylthio group, acacia, aryloxy group, aryl fluorenyl group, (tetra) group, aryl block amine group substituted amine group, Shi Xiji, substituted Shi Xiji, Tooth atom, brewing base, brewing oxy group, imine residue, enriched amine group, quinone imine group, i-valent heterocyclic group, transbasic group, decant group, secret and nitrate. When the above substituents are present in plural, they may be the same or different. Hereinafter, the substituents will be described. In the present specification, the term "c» to Cn" (m and n are positive integers satisfying ra < n) means that the number of carbon atoms of the organic group described in conjunction with this term is m to η. For example, when 'Q Gn is calcined, it means that the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is m to n; (:, to (:: when burning an aryl group, it means the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the aryl group) It is m to n; when it is an aryl group to a (tetra) group, it means that the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group contained in the aryl group is m to η. "The substituent may have a substituent" in the present specification The hydrogen atom of the compound filament is neither unsubstituted or substituted by a part or all of a hydrogen atom by a substituent. The alkyl group may be linear or branched, or may be a ring filament. Base 324120 19 201245267 • The number of carbon atoms is usually from 1 to 20 (usually from 3 to 20 in the case of a cycloalkyl group), and is preferably from 1 to 1 Torr (3 to 20 in the case of a cycloalkyl group). The base may, for example, be an alkyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a second butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group or a fluorenyl group. a group, a fluorenyl group, and a lauryl group. The hydrogen atom in the above-mentioned alkyl group may be substituted by a fluorine atom. Examples of such a group (a fluorine atom-substituted alkyl group) include a trifluoromethyl group and a pentafluoro group. , perfluorobutyl, all-gas monohexyl and perfluorooctyl. Further, as the G to Cl 2 alkyl group, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and second may be mentioned. Butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl and lauryl. The oxy group may be linear or branched, or It is a cyclic alkoxy group and may have a substituent. The alkoxy group usually has a carbon number of 丨 to 2 〇 (usually 3 to 20 in the case of a cyclic alkoxy group), and is preferably 1 to ι 〇 (for a ring). In the case of an alkoxy group, it is 3 to 1 〇). Examples of the alkoxy group include a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, and a second butoxy group. a group, a third butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a heptyloxy group, an octyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a lauryloxy group, etc. a hydrogen atom in the aforementioned alkoxy group It may be substituted by a fluorine atom. Examples of such an alkoxy group (a fluorine atom-substituted alkoxy group) include a trifluoromethoxy group, a pentafluoroethoxy group, a perfluorobutoxy group, a perfluorohexyloxy group, and a perfluoro group. Octyloxy, etc. in alkoxy Further, it also contains a methoxycarbonyloxy group and a 2-methoxyethyloxy group. Further, as the oxime to the Ci2 methoxyoxy group, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or an isopropyloxy group may be mentioned. , butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy Base, decyloxy, oxime 324120 20 201245267 oxy, 3, 7-dimethyloctyloxy and lauryloxy. As a sulfur-burning group, it can be straight or branched, and cut to be a sulfur-based It may also have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the sulfur-burning group is usually ～2〇 (usually 3 to 20 when it is a ring-burning sulfur group), and it is preferably 丨 to 1〇 (when it is a ring-burning sulfur group) 3 to 1G). As a sulfur-burning group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, an isopropylthio group, a butylthio group, an isobutylthio group, a dibutylthio group, a third butylthio group, a pentyl sulfide can be exemplified. Base, hexylthio, cyclohexylthio, heptylthio, t-thio, sulfhydryl, sulfonylthio, lauric thio, and the like. The wind atoms in the former (iv) thio group may also be substituted by fluorine atoms. As such a sulfur-burning group (a gas atom-substituted sulfur group), for example, a trifluorosulfonylthio group can be mentioned. The aryl group is an atomic group which is left after the aromatic hydrocarbon bonds directly to the hydrogen atom of the carbon atom constituting the aromatic ring. The aryl group also includes a group having a condensed ring group, a single bond having two or more unique bases and/or a condensed ring base', and two or more independent benzene rings and/or condensed rings. It is a divalent organic group (for example, a group bonded via an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group). The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is usually from 6 to 6 Torr, preferably from 6 to about. The aryl group may, for example, be a phenyl group, (^ to Cl2, an oxyphenyl group, a fluorene to a G-alkyl group, a 1 naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group or the like. The hydrogen atom in the above aryl group may be substituted by a fluorine atom. As such an aryl group (a gas atom-substituted aryl group), for example, a pentafluorophenyl group may be mentioned. Among the aryl groups, a phenyl group, a Cl to a Cl2 oxygenate is preferable. Phenyl and Cl to Cl2 alkylphenyl. As the Cl to Cu alkoxyphenyl group, for example, anthracene, ethoxyphenyl, propoxyphenyl, isopropoxyphenyl, butoxyphenyl, iso Butoxyphenyl, second butoxyphenyl, third T oxyphenyl, pentoxyphenyl, hexyloxy, cyclohexane 324120 21 201245267 oxyphenyl, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2_ Ethylhexyloxyphenyl, anthracenyloxyphenyl, anthracenyloxyphenyl, 3,7-dimethyloctyloxy, lauric phenyl, etc. As a fluorene to Clz alkyl group, for example, a nonylphenyl group 'Ethyl phenyl, dimethyl phenyl, propyl phenyl, 2, 4, 6 _ 曱 S S (mesityl), mercaptoethyl phenyl, isopropyl phenyl, butyl phenyl, iso Butylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, pentylphenyl, isopentylphenyl, hexylbenzene , heptylphenyl, octylphenyl, nonylphenyl, nonylphenyl and dodecylphenyl, etc. The aryloxy group has usually 6 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 48. The oxy group may, for example, be an oxyoxy group, a Ci to Ciz alkoxy oxy group, a fluorenyl group, a naphthyloxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group or a pentafluorophenoxy group. Among the bases, it is preferably a phenoxy group, (^ to Ciz alkoxyphenoxy group, and to a C2 alkylphenoxy group. _ as a C1 to C12 alkoxyphenoxy group, for example, methoxyphenoxy group, ethoxy group Oxyl, propoxyphenoxy, isopropoxyphenoxy, butoxyphenoxy, isobutoxyphenoxy, second butoxyphenoxy, tert-butoxyphenoxy, pentoxyphenoxy , hexyloxyphenoxy, cyclohexyloxyphenoxy, heptoxyphenoxy, octyloxyphenoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxyphenoxy, nonyloxyphenoxy, nonyloxyphenoxy, 3, 7_ Dimethyloctyloxyphenoxy, lauric oxyphenoxy, etc. An arylthio group, for example, a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to a sulfur element. The arylthio group may also have an aromatic ring on the aforementioned aryl group. Substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the arylthio group is usually from 6 to 60, and preferably from 6 to 3. Examples of the arylthio group include a phenylthio group, (^ to a Cu alkoxyphenylthio group, (^ to a Ci2 alkylphenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group, a pentafluorophenylthio group, etc.). The aryl group ' is, for example, a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to the aforementioned alkyl group. 324120 22 201245267 The aralkyl group may also have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group is usually from 7 to 60, and is preferably 7 to 30. As the aralkyl group, for example, a phenyl group to & alkyl group, (:, to clz alkoxyphenyl group { to c, 2 alkyl group, (^ to Ci2 alkylphenyl-anthracene to b-alkane) The group, the 1-naphthyl-anthracene to the G-alkyl group and the 2-naphthyl-Ci-Ci2 alkyl 0-aralkyloxy group are, for example, a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to the aforementioned alkoxy group. The aralkyloxy group may also have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkyloxy group is usually from 7 to 60' and preferably from 7 to 3G. The aryloxy group may, for example, be phenyl-C! to (12 alkyloxy group, C! to C12 oxyphenylene group-Cl to Cl2 alkoxy group, CJC12 alkylphenyl-CdC12 alkoxy group, or naphthyl group). _Ci to Ci2 alkoxy group, 2-naphthyl-anthracene to C12 alkoxy group, etc. The aryl group thio group 'is, for example, a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to the aforementioned sulfur-burning group. The aryl group may also have The substituent has a number of carbon atoms, usually from 7 to 60, and preferably from 7 to 3 Å. As the arylsulfide group, for example, a base of seven to a sulphur, a sulphur to a benzene benzene can be exemplified. Base to sulphur sulphur, phenyl phenyl-Cl to (tetra) thio-small naphthyl -7-to-, naphthyl-anthracene to C12 alkylthio, etc. (d) base ', for example, the aryl bond of the formula The base t of the group is usually 8 to 6 Å, and preferably 8 to 3 Å. As the arylene: for example, the base { to (4) group, G to (tetra) oxyphenyl A to earth, CdC12 alkylphenyl-c2 to Ci2 alkenyl, Bucaiji _ = naphthalene pure to _ group, and preferably _12 yard oxyphenyl 324120 jCd Cl phenyl phenyl$ to (tetra) group. Moreover, as 匕 to 12 women, for example, vinyl , Bu-propenyl, 2-propy, Budingjin 23 201245267 base, 2-butenyl, pentenyl, 2_ An alkynyl group, for example, a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to an alkynyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkynyl group is usually from 8 to 60. 'It is preferably from 8 to 30. As the aralkynyl group, for example, phenyl-(: 2 to Cu alkynyl, (^ to C12 alkoxyphenyl-G to C12 alkynyl, Ci to Ci2 alkylphenyl-) a to Ci2 alkynyl, 1-naphthyl-c2 to C12 alkynyl and 2-naphthyl to C! 2 alkynyl, and preferably hydrazine to C12 alkoxyphenyl _C2 to C12 alkynyl or Cl to Cl2 alkyl Phenyl-C2 to Cl2 alkynyl. Further, as the C2 to Cl2 fast group, for example, ethynyl, propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1-pentyl An alkynyl group, a 2-pentynyl group, a hexynyl group, a 2-hexynyl group and a 1-octynyl group. As the substituted amine group, at least one hydrogen atom in the amine group is preferably selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group and an aromatic group. An amine group substituted with 1 or 2 groups in the group of a aryl group, an aralkyl group and a monovalent heterocyclic group. The alkyl group, the aryl group, the arylalkyl group and the monovalent heterocyclic group may also have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted amino group, and the number of carbon atoms which may have no substituent which the alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group and the monovalent heterocyclic group may have The amount is usually from 1 to 60, and preferably from 2 to 48. As the substituted amine group, for example, a methylamino group, a dinonylamino group, an ethylamino group, a diethylamino group, a propylamino group, Dipropylamino, isopropylamino, diisopropylamino, butylamino, isobutylamino, second butylamino, tert-butylamino, decylamino, hexyl Amino, cyclohexylamino, heptylamino, octylamino, 2-ethylhexylamino, decylamino, decylamino, 3,7-didecyloctylamino, laurel Amino group, cyclopentylamino group, dicyclopentylamino group, cyclohexylamino group, dicyclohexylamino group, bis(trifluoromethyl)amino group, phenylamino group, diphenyl 324120 24 201245267 amide Alkyl, (匕 to C! 2 alkoxyphenyl)amine, bis(〇 to (:12 alkoxyphenyl)amine, bis(匕 to C! 2 alkyl)amino, naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, pentafluorophenylamino, hexylamino, morphinylamino, pyrimidinylamino, hydrazine-based, tri-roughing amine, (phenyl-Ci to C12 Alkyl)amino, (hydrazine to Cu alkoxyphenyl-fluorene to C12 alkyl) amine group, (〇 to C12 Alkyl-(^ to G2 alkyl)amino group, bis(〇 to (:12 alkoxyphenyl-(^ to C12 alkyl)amino group, bis(匕 to Ck alkylphenyl-anthracene to C12 alkane) Amino, naphthyl-Ct to C12 alkylamino and 2-naphthyl-Ci to C12 alkylamino. The substituted fluorenyl group may be a hydrazine substituted with at least one hydrogen atom in the fluorenyl group substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and a monovalent heterocyclic group. base. The alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group and the anthracene heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted indenyl group is usually from 1 to 60, and preferably from 3 to 48, in the absence of the number of carbon atoms of the substituent which the alkyl group, the aryl group, the arylalkyl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group may have. . Examples of the substituted fluorenyl group include a trimethyl fluorenyl group, a triethyl decyl group, a tripropyl decyl group, a triisopropyl fluorenyl group, an isopropyl fluorenyl fluorenyl group, and an isopropyl diethyl fluorene group. , tert-butyl dimethyl fluorenyl, pentyl dimethyl fluorenyl, hexyl dimethyl fluorenyl, heptyl dimethyl fluorenyl, octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 2-ethyl hexyl Methyl fluorenyl, decyl dimethyl fluorenyl, decyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 3, 7-didecyl octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, lauryl dimethyl fluorenyl, (phenyl _Ci To a Ci2 alkyl) fluorenyl group, (Ci to C12 alkoxyphenyl-anthracene to C! 2 alkyl) fluorenyl group, (匕 to (: 12 alkylphenyl-C, to Ci2 alkyl), Shi Xiji, (1-naphthyl-Ci to Ci2 alkyl) oxazepine, (2-naphthyl-Ci to Cl2 alkyl) base, (phenyl-Ci to C12 alkyl) dimethyl fluorenyl, triphenyl Indenyl, tris(p-xylphenyl)fluorenyl, tris-methylmethyl, diphenylmethyl 324120 25 201245267 sylylene, third τyldiphenyl 11 yl and dimethylphenyl sylylene. As a functional atom, a gas atom, a gas atom, a desert atom, and a (four) subunit can be cited. , usually 2 to 20, and preferably 2 to 18. As the fluorenyl group, for example, an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, an isobutyl fluorenyl group, an amyl group, a benzamidine group, and a tri-t-ethyl group are mentioned. And the pentafluorophenyl fluorenyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the ethoxylated group is usually from 2 to 20, and preferably from 2 to 18. As the decyloxy group, for example, an ethoxy group, a propyl oxy group, and a butyl group are mentioned. Oxyl, isobutyloxy, pentanyloxy, phenyl f methoxy, trifluoroacetoxy and pentafluorobenzyloxy. The imine residue is represented by the formula: HN = C < And an imine compound having a structure represented by at least - in the case of -n = CH_, a group in which one hydrogen atom in the structure is removed. As the imine compound, an imine, an imine, and a bond can be exemplified. a compound in which a hydrogen atom of a nitrogen atom in an aldimine is substituted with a substituent (for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group, an aralkenyl group, an aralkynyl group, etc.). The number of carbon atoms of the imine residue is usually It is 2 to 2 Torr, and preferably 2 to 18. As the imine residue, for example, a group represented by the formula: _CRe = N_Rr and a group represented by the formula, =C(R7)2 (wherein ν is argon) Atom, alkyl, aryl, aromatic Or an alkynyl group, Rr is independently an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic group, an aralkenyl group or an arylalkynyl group. However, if two ITs are present, two of them may be bonded to each other. The ring is formed as a divalent group. Examples of the above-mentioned divalent group include, for example, an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms such as an ethyl group, a trisinoylene group, a tetramethylene group, or a penta-indenyl group. The imine residue may, for example, be represented by the following formula: Soil 324120 201245267

醯胺基的碳原子數，通常是1至20，並宜為2至18。 作為醯胺基，可舉例如曱醯胺基、乙醯胺基、丙醯胺基、 丁醯胺基、苯甲醯胺基、三氟乙醯胺基、五氟苯曱醯胺基、 二甲醯胺基、二乙醯胺基、二丙醯胺基、二丁醯胺基、二 苯曱醯胺基、二（三氟乙醯胺基）及二（五氟苯曱醯胺基）。 醯亞胺基，是由醯亞胺去除鍵結於其氮原子之氫原子 後而得的基。醯亞胺基的碳原子數，通常是4至20，並宜 為4至18。作為醯亞胺基，可舉例如以下的式表示之基。 324120 27 201245267The number of carbon atoms of the guanamine group is usually from 1 to 20, and preferably from 2 to 18. The guanamine group may, for example, be an amidino group, an acetamino group, a propylamine group, a butylammonium group, a benzammonium group, a trifluoroacetamido group, a pentafluorophenylamino group, or a Amidoxime, diethylamine, dipropylamine, dibutylammonium, diphenylguanamine, bis(trifluoroacetamido) and bis(pentafluorophenylamino) . The quinone imine group is a group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom thereof by a quinone imine. The number of carbon atoms of the quinone imine group is usually 4 to 20, and preferably 4 to 18. The quinone imine group may, for example, be a group represented by the following formula. 324120 27 201245267

在化合物擔直接鍵結 ^ f子上的1個氫原子後留下的原子團。 物之中，式化合物’是指在具有環式結構的有機化合 子、氮；f : I的元素不僅是碳原子，也含有氧原子、硫原 二原=、磷原子、硼原子，子、碰原子、碲原子、 '、'、原子的有機化合物。i價雜環基也可具有取代 f/K雜環基之碳原子數，通常是3至6〇,並宜為3至 在1價雜環基Μ原子數中，是不含取代基的 j子數。作為丨價雜環基，可料，胸吩基、Μ。烧 :力基、料基、咬喃基、％咬基、&至b烧基吼唆基、 ^井基、錢基“、叫基、t魏基（pyrrQHdyl)、 旅咬基、㈣基及異料基，其中，宜祕吩基、G至^ 燒基塞吩基、《比咬基、Cl2燒基〇比咬基及三哄基。而且， 324120 28 201245267 作為1價雜環基，宜為丨價芳香族雜環基。丨價芳香族雜 環基，是意指由雜環本身可顯示芳香族性的雜環式化合物 去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子之1個氫原子後留下的原 子團’及在含有前述雜原子但不顯示芳香族性的雜環由使 芳香環縮環的化合物（例如，啡噚啡、啡噻畊、二苯并硼烷、 二笨并矽雜環戊二烯（dibenzosilole)、苯并娘喃等）去除 直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子之1個氫原子後留下的原子團。 取代叛基’是指羧基中的氫原子以選自烷基、芳基、 芳烧基及1價雜環基所成群組中的1個以上之基取代的緩 基。亦即，取代羧基，是指式：_C( = 〇)〇R*表示的基（式 中，R*是烷基、芳基、芳烷基或丨價雜環基）。取代羧基 的碳原子數’通常是2至60，並宜為2至48。前述烷基、 芳基、芳统基或1價雜環基，也可具有取代基 。而且，在 取代羧基的碳原子數中，不包含前述烷基、芳基、芳烷基 及1價雜環基具有的取代基之碳原子數。作為取代羧基， 可舉例如曱氧羧基、乙氧羧基、丙氧羧基、異丙氧羧基、 丁氧羧基、異丁氧羧基、第二丁氧羧基、第三丁氧羧基、 戊氧缓基、己氧羧基、環己氧羧基、庚氧羧基、辛氧羧基、 2-乙基己氧羧基、壬氧羧基、癸氧羧基、3, 7-二甲基辛氧 羧基、十二氧基羧基、三氟曱氧羧基、五氟乙氧羧基、全 氟丁氧叛基、全氟己氧羧基、全氟辛氧羧基、苯氧羧基、 萘氧羧基及吡啶氧羧基。 式（1)中，Y1 是一C〇2-、-S〇3-、-S〇2-、-P〇32·或-B(RaV。 就高分子化合物的酸度之觀點來看，γ1宜為—c〇2-、_s〇2-或 324120 29 201245267 • -P〇32_，並以-C(V較佳。就高分子化合物的安定性之觀點來 看，γ1 宜為-αν、-sor、-sor或-ροΛ。The atomic group remaining after the compound directly bonds to one hydrogen atom on the ^f sub. Among the compounds, the compound 'is an organic zygote having a cyclic structure, nitrogen; the element of f: I is not only a carbon atom but also an oxygen atom, a disulfide dimer, a phosphorus atom, a boron atom, a sub, Organic compounds that touch atoms, helium atoms, ', ', atoms. The i-valent heterocyclic group may have a carbon atom number of the substituted f/K heterocyclic group, and is usually 3 to 6 Å, and preferably 3 to 1 in the atomic number of the monovalent heterocyclic group, which is a substituent-free j. Child number. As a valence heterocyclic group, it can be expected, thoracic phenyl, hydrazine. Burning: force base, material base, biting base, % bite base, & to b-based base, ^ well base, Qianji ", called base, t-weiki (pyrrQHdyl), brigade bite, (four) base And a heterogeneous group, wherein, the thiophene group, the G to ^ thiophene group, the "bite base, the Cl2 alkyl group, the butyl group and the triterpene group. Moreover, 324120 28 201245267 as a monovalent heterocyclic group, It is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic heterocyclic group is a heterocyclic compound which is aromatic in nature and which exhibits aromaticity. The hydrogen atom directly bonded to the carbon atom constituting the ring is removed. The atomic group remaining after and the compound having a heterocyclic ring containing the aforementioned hetero atom but not exhibiting aromaticity are condensed by an aromatic ring (for example, morphine, morphine, dibenzoborane, diphthoquinone A heterocyclic pentadiene (dibenzosilole), a benzophenanthene, etc.) removes an atomic group that is directly bonded to one hydrogen atom of a carbon atom constituting the ring. The substituted thiol group refers to a hydrogen atom in the carboxyl group selected from the group consisting of a group of one or more substituents substituted with an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aryl group and a monovalent heterocyclic group; that is, a substituted carboxyl group is Formula: _C( = 〇) 基 R* represents a group (wherein R* is an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group or an anthracene heterocyclic group). The number of carbon atoms of the substituted carboxyl group is usually 2 to 60. It is preferably 2 to 48. The alkyl group, the aryl group, the aryl group or the monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Further, the alkyl group, the aryl group, and the alkyl group in the substituted carboxyl group are not included. The number of carbon atoms of the substituent of the aralkyl group and the monovalent heterocyclic group. Examples of the substituted carboxyl group include an anthracene carboxyl group, an ethoxy carboxyl group, a propoxy carboxyl group, an isopropoxy carboxyl group, a butoxy carboxyl group, and an isobutoxy carboxyl group. , a second butoxy carboxyl group, a third butoxy carboxyl group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxycarboxy group, a cyclohexyloxycarboxy group, a heptoxycarboxy group, an octoxycarboxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxycarboxy group, a phosphonium carboxyl group, a phosphonium carboxyl group , 3, 7-dimethyloctoxycarboxyl, dodecyloxycarboxy, trifluoromethoxycarboxy, pentafluoroethoxycarboxy, perfluorobutoxy, perfluorohexyloxy, perfluorooctyloxy, benzene Oxyl carboxyl group, naphthyloxycarboxy group and pyridyloxycarboxy group. In the formula (1), Y1 is a C〇2-, -S〇3-, -S〇2-, -P〇32· or -B (RaV. Molecular compound From the viewpoint of acidity, γ1 is preferably -c〇2-, _s〇2- or 324120 29 201245267 • -P〇32_, and -C(V is preferred. From the viewpoint of the stability of the polymer compound, Γ1 should be -αν, -sor, -sor or -ροΛ.

Ra是可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或可具 有取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基。作為可含在Ra中的 碳原子數1至30的烷基及碳原子數6至50的芳基可具有 的取代基，可舉出與前述的Q1之相關說明中例示之取代基 相同的取代基。如取代基存在複數個時，該等可互為相同 也可不相同。作為Ra，可舉例如可具有取代基的曱基、乙 基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、 戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、 該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等可具有取 代基的碳原子數1至20的烷基，及苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、 1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、該等基中的至少1個氫原子經 取代基取代的基等可具有取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳 基。如存在複數個Ra時，各個Ra可互為相同，也可互不 相同。Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent which the alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and the aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may be contained in Ra may have the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q1 described above. base. When there are a plurality of substituents, the ones may be the same or different. Examples of Ra include a mercapto group which may have a substituent, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a geno group. a group having a carbon atom number of 1 to 20 and a phenyl group which may have a substituent, such as a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom in the group, substituted with a substituent, or the like. a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like 6 to 30 aryl groups. If there are multiple Ras, each Ra may be the same or different from each other.

式（1)中，M1是H+或金屬陽離子，或可具有取代基的 銨陽離子。作為金屬陽離子，可舉例如1價、2價或3價 金屬陽離子。作為1價、2價或3價金屬陽離子，可舉例 如Li的陽離子、Na的陽離子、K的陽離子、Rb的陽離子、 Cs的陽離子、Be的陽離子、Mg的陽離子、Ca的陽離子、 Ba的陽離子、Ag的陽離子、A1的陽離子、Bi的陽離子、 Cu的陽離子、Fe的陽離子、Ga的陽離子、Μη的陽離子、 Pb的陽離子、Sn的陽離子、Ti的陽離子、V的陽離子、W 324120 30 201245267 的陽離子、Y的陽離子、Yb的陽離子、Zn的陽離子及以 的陽離子’並宜為 Li+、Na+、K+、Rb+、、Ag+、Mg2+ 及Ca2+。作為銨陽離子可具有的取代.基，可舉例如曱基、 乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基等碳原 子數1至10的烷基，及苯基、卜萘基、2—萘基等碳原子數 6至60的芳基。 式（1)中 ’ Z 疋 F、Cl、Br、Γ、OH-、B(Ra)4-、Ras〇3-、 R COO、CIO、Cl〇2、Cl〇3、CIO,、SCN-、CN' N〇3' SO,、 HS〇4、P〇43、HP〇42-、H2PO4-、BFr 或 PFe-。In the formula (1), M1 is H+ or a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent. The metal cation may, for example, be a monovalent, divalent or trivalent metal cation. Examples of the monovalent, divalent or trivalent metal cation include a cation of Li, a cation of Na, a cation of K, a cation of Rb, a cation of Cs, a cation of Be, a cation of Mg, a cation of Ca, a cation of Ba, and a cation of Ba. Cation of Ag, cation of A1, cation of Bi, cation of Cu, cation of Fe, cation of Ga, cation of Μη, cation of Pb, cation of Sn, cation of Ti, cation of V, W 324120 30 201245267 The cation, the cation of Y, the cation of Yb, the cation of Zn, and the cation of y are preferably Li+, Na+, K+, Rb+, Ag+, Mg2+, and Ca2+. The substituent which the ammonium cation may have may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group, and An aryl group having 6 to 60 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a 2-naphthyl group. In the formula (1), 'Z 疋F, Cl, Br, Γ, OH-, B(Ra)4-, Ras〇3-, R COO, CIO, Cl〇2, Cl〇3, CIO, SCN-, CN' N〇3' SO, HS〇4, P〇43, HP〇42-, H2PO4-, BFr or PFe-.

Ra是可具有取代基的1價有機基。作為該有機基，可 舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第 三丁基、該等基中的至少丨個氫原子經取代基取代的基等 碳原子數1 S 10的烧基，及苯基、卜萘基、該等基中的至 少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等碳原子數6至3〇的芳 基。作為含在Ra中的碳原子數為i至1〇的燒基或碳原子 數為6至30的芳基可具有之取代基，可舉出與前述的 之相關說明中例示之取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個 Ra時’各個Ra可互為相同，也可互不相同。 式（1)中，nl是0以上的整數。就原料單體的合成之 觀點來看，nl宜為〇至8的整數，並以〇至2的整數較佳。 式（1)中，al是1以上的整數，bl是〇以上的整數。 al及bl是以使式（1)表示的基之電荷成為〇之方式選 擇。例如’在 Y1 為-C〇2、-S〇3_、-S〇2-、~P〇32-或)3-, M為H或1價金屬陽離子，或可具有取代基的銨陽離子， 324120 31 201245267 Z1 為 F-、Cl—、Br-、Γ、or、B(Ra)4_、Ras〇「、RaC00—、C10_、 C1(V、Cl〇3-、CUV、SCN-、CN_、N(V、HS(V、H2P〇4—、BFr 或PFe時，al及bl是以滿足ai = bl + 1之方式選擇；在 Y1 為-C(V、-sor、-S(V、-p〇32-或_B(Ra)3-，…為 2 價金屬 陽離子，Z1 為 F-、Cl、Br-、Γ、OH·、B(RaV、Ras〇3-、RaC〇〇-、 cur、chv、ci〇3-、ci〇4·、scrr、CfT、N〇3—、HS〇r、Η2Ρ0Γ、 BF4或PF6—時，al及bl是以滿足bi = 2xal-l之方式選擇； 在Y1為-C(V、-S〇3·、-Siv或—pw-，…為以賈金屬陽離子， Z1 為 Γ、Cl—、Br—、Γ、0H-、B(Ra)r、RaS〇r、Rac〇〇-、ci〇_、 C1(V、C1(V、Cl〇4—、seif、CN_、N(V、HSOr、H2P〇4_、bfv 或PF6時’ al及bl是以滿足bl = 3xaH之方式選擇；在 Y1 為-C(V、翁、屬-、nB(Ra)3_，r 為 h+或工價 金屬陽離子或可具有取代基的録陽離子，Z1為S〇42-或hp〇42- 夺al及Μ疋以滿足al = 2xbl + l之方式選擇。在以上 述的任一數式表示aUM的關係時，al宜為i至云的整 數，並以1或2較佳。 亦即，如存在複數個㈣，各個Q1可互為相同，也可 不：同。如存在複續時’各個M，可互為相同，也可不 個Μ時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不 ^存在複數個Z1時，各個可互為㈣，也可不相 作為前述式⑴表示的基，可舉例如以下的式表示之Ra is a monovalent organic group which may have a substituent. The organic group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group, or a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent. An alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 S 10 and an aryl group having 6 to 3 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent. The alkyl group having 1 to 1 Å of carbon atoms or the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms contained in Ra may have the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description. Substituent. If there are multiple Ras, each Ra may be the same or different from each other. In the formula (1), nl is an integer of 0 or more. From the viewpoint of the synthesis of the raw material monomers, nl is preferably an integer of 〇 to 8, and is preferably an integer of 〇 to 2. In the formula (1), a1 is an integer of 1 or more, and bl is an integer of 〇 or more. Al and bl are selected in such a manner that the charge of the group represented by the formula (1) becomes 〇. For example, 'Y1 is -C〇2, -S〇3_, -S〇2-, ~P〇32- or)3-, M is H or a monovalent metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, 324120 31 201245267 Z1 is F-, Cl-, Br-, Γ, or, B(Ra)4_, Ras〇", RaC00-, C10_, C1 (V, Cl〇3-, CUV, SCN-, CN_, N ( When V, HS (V, H2P〇4—, BFr or PFe, al and bl are selected in such a way as to satisfy ai = bl + 1; in Y1 is -C (V, -sor, -S(V, -p〇) 32- or _B(Ra)3-,...is a divalent metal cation, Z1 is F-, Cl, Br-, Γ, OH·, B (RaV, Ras〇3-, RaC〇〇-, cur, chv , ci〇3-, ci〇4·, scrr, CfT, N〇3—, HS〇r, Η2Ρ0Γ, BF4 or PF6—, al and bl are selected in such a way as to satisfy bi = 2xal-l; -C(V, -S〇3·, -Siv or -pw-,... is a metal cation, Z1 is Γ, Cl-, Br-, Γ, 0H-, B(Ra)r, RaS〇r, Rac〇〇-, ci〇_, C1(V, C1(V, Cl〇4—, seif, CN_, N(V, HSOr, H2P〇4_, bfv or PF6' al and bl are to satisfy bl = 3xaH The way to choose; in Y1 is -C (V, Weng, genus, nB (Ra) 3 _, r is h + or wage metal An ion or a cation having a substituent, Z1 being S〇42- or hp〇42-, and Μ疋 is selected in such a manner as to satisfy a = 2xbl + l. When the relationship of aUM is expressed by any of the above formulas , al should be an integer from i to cloud, and preferably 1 or 2. That is, if there are multiple (four), each Q1 may be the same or not: the same. If there is a continuation, 'each M, can mutually In the case of the same or not, each of n2 may be the same as each other, or when a plurality of Z1 are present, each of them may be (four), or may be the same as the group represented by the above formula (1), and may be represented by the following formula.

土。以下的式中，M是H、u、N 1Na K Rb、Cs4N(CH3)4。 324120 32 201245267earth. In the following formula, M is H, u, N 1Na K Rb, and Cs4N(CH3)4. 324120 32 201245267

+) —^-CH2一COO'M -(CH2)8-COO-M+ ) -O-CH2-COO-M+j -〇—(CH2)8-COO'M COO'M4 ) -(CH2)2-CO〇-M+ -(CH2)4-CO〇-M+ ch3 CH——COO'M+ ch3 -C-CO〇-MH CH, o—(CH2)2-C〇〇'M+j —^-o—(CH2)4-C〇〇'M+ CO〇-M+ / ?H3 , -4-0—C-CO〇-M+ ch3 j COOM+ M^pOC COO'M+ COCTM+ COO'M+ COCTM+ COO'M4+) —^-CH2-COO'M -(CH2)8-COO-M+ ) -O-CH2-COO-M+j -〇—(CH2)8-COO'M COO'M4 ) -(CH2)2 -CO〇-M+ -(CH2)4-CO〇-M+ ch3 CH——COO'M+ ch3 -C-CO〇-MH CH, o-(CH2)2-C〇〇'M+j —^-o —(CH2)4-C〇〇'M+ CO〇-M+ / ?H3 , -4-0—C-CO〇-M+ ch3 j COOM+ M^pOC COO'M+ COCTM+ COO'M+ COCTM+ COO'M4

COO_M+ COCCM+ -0- CO〇-M+COO_M+ COCCM+ -0- CO〇-M+

-so3'm+ -(ch2)8-so3-m+ —S〇3'M+ )—(-(CH2)2-S〇3-M /?H3 叶CH— -so3m+ ) —(-C ch3 -^-o-ch2-so3-m+ j 0一(CH2)8_S03'M+ •0—(CH2)2_S03-M+ ) —^-0—(CH2)4_S03'M+ so3m+ SO,-M+ ?H3 +、 o-c-so3m+ ) ch3so〆 S〇3'M+-so3'm+ -(ch2)8-so3-m+ —S〇3'M+ )—(-(CH2)2-S〇3-M /?H3 Leaf CH—-so3m+ ) —(-C ch3 -^- O-ch2-so3-m+ j 0-(CH2)8_S03'M+ •0—(CH2)2_S03-M+ ) —^-0—(CH2)4_S03'M+ so3m+ SO,-M+ ?H3 +, oc-so3m+ ) ch3so〆S〇3'M+

so3ivr m〉o3s so3-m+4¾ so〆 S03-M+ -o- S〇3*M+So3ivr m>o3s so3-m+43⁄4 so〆 S03-M+ -o- S〇3*M+

324120 33 201245267 [1. 2.式（2)表示的基] 式（2)中，Q2是2價有機基。Y2是氰基或式（3)至式（11) 的任一式表示的基。n2是0以上的整數。如存在複數個Q2 時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不相同。如在前述高分子化 合物内存在複數個式（2)表示的基時，各個式（2)表示的基 可互為相同，也可不相同。 式（2/中，Q2是2價有機基。作為2價有機基，可舉出 與前述Q1表示的2價有機基所例示者相同的基。合成原 料單體的容易度之觀點來看，（^宜為可具有取代基的2價 鏈㈣和烴基、可具有取的伸芳基或可具有取代基的 伸烷氧基。 有關可含在Q2中的2價鏈狀飽和烴基、伸芳基或伸烧 氧基可具有的取代基，也可舉出與前述相關說明所例 示之取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時，該等 可互為相同，也可不相同。 並宜為0至2〇的整數， 式（2)中’n2是0以上的整數， 而以〇至8的整數較佳。 美式⑵中’ Y2是氰基或式⑶至式⑴）的任何一式表示 以敬Auuf .i、取代基的2價煙夷 作為可具有R’表示的取代基之2價烴基，可舉^女 下的基。 、13-伸丙基、1>2—伸 ，5-伸戊基、1>6—伸己 亞甲基、伸乙基、1，2-伸丙基 丁基、1，3-伸丁基、1，4-伸丁基、1 324120 34 201245267 :子1 經9取1:基、1 ’12-伸十二基、該等基中的至少1個氫 5。的W狀等’可具有取代基的破原子數1至 伸戊二伸丁縣、2-伸丁烯基、2_ ^ ^ . 土 2伸壬烯基、2-伸十二烯基、該 ^ 夕1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有取 y 土的喊原子數2至5〇的伸稀基，及/或包含伸乙快基的 11 -有取代基之碳原子數2至5Q的2價鏈狀不飽和煙基； 伸，丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬 基伸環十一基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛烧基、該等基中的 至夕1個&原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有取代基的碳 原子數3至50的2價環狀飽和烴基； 3-伸笨基、i，4_伸苯基、14_伸萘基、丨，5_伸萘基、 2, 6-伸萘基、聯苯基_4,4’ —二基、該等基中的至少1個氫 原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有取代基的碳原子數6至 5 0的伸芳基。 作為可含在R’中，碳原子數1至50的2價鏈狀飽和 煙基、碳原子數2至50的2價鏈狀不飽和烴基、碳原子數 3至50的2價環狀飽和烴基及碳原子數6至50的伸芳基 可具有的取代基，可舉出與前述Q1的相關說明中例示之取 代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時，該等可互為 相同’或也可不相同。式（3)及（5)至（11)中，R· ’是氫原 子、可具有取代基的1價烴基、羧基、磺酸基、羥基、巯 基、-NRe2、氰基或-c( = 〇)NRc2。 324120 35 201245267 作為可具有R，，表示的取代基之1價烴基，可舉例如 甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁爲、 第二丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸 基:月桂基、該等基中的至少⑽氫原子經取代基取代^ 基等可具有取代基的碳原子數i至2〇的烷基，及笨基、卜 蔡基、2~萘基、卜蒽基、2—蒽基、9—葱基、該等基中的至 少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等可具有取代基的碳原子 數6至30的芳基。 就同分子化合物的溶解性之觀點來看且 示神代基之i價烴基，宜為甲基、乙基、苯基、卜蔡基、 2-萘基或料基巾的至少丨個氫原子經取代基取代的基。 作為可含在R，.中，碳原子數1至20的烷基及碳原子 數6至3〇的芳基可具有的取代基，可舉出與前述Q1的相 關說月中例示之取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代 基時’該等可互為相同，也可不相同。 R"表示的-NR%及-C( = 0)NR%中的RC，是可具有取代基 的碳料數1至30之院基或可具有取代基的碳原子數6 至50之芳基。各個可互為相同，也可不相同。作為可 ^在RC中之碳原子數1至30之烧基及碳原子數6至30之 方基可具有的取代基’可舉出與前述Ql的相關說明中例示 <取代基相_取代基。就高分子化合物的溶解性之觀點 來看，R宜為甲基、乙基、苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基或該等 基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基。 式⑷中’ R’’’是可具有取代基的3價烴基。 324120 36 201245267 作為R’’’表示的可具有取代基之3價煙基 ，可舉例如 甲燒二基、乙烧二基、 ，内烷二基、1，2,4-丁烷三基、 1，2, 5-戊烷三基、1 3 5-A P I ^ ，’3戊烷二基、1，2, 6-己烷三基、 1，3, 6-己烧三基、該等基中的至少i個氫原子經取代基取 代的基等’可具有取代基的碳原子數丨至2()之烧煙三基 = kanetriyl)，及 ^ 2, 3—苯三基、1，2, 4-苯三基、I 3, 5-苯三基、該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基 等，可具有取代基的碳原？數6至3〇之芳煙三基 (arenetriyl) ° 就高分子化合物的溶解性之觀點來看，R,"表示的3 價烴基’宜為甲烧三基、乙院三基、12 4_苯三基、13,5_ 苯三基或該等基中的至少丨個氫原子經取代基取代的基。 作為可含在R，’，中，碳原子數1至20的烧烴三基及 碳原子數6至30的芳烴三基可具有的取代基，可舉出斑前 述Q1的相關說明中例示之取代基相同的取代基。如存在 數個取代基時，該等可互為相同，也可不相同。 式⑶及式⑷中’a3是1以上的整數，並宜為2至 10的餐备。 式（5)至（11)中，34是〇以上的整數。在式（5)中，以 宜為〇至30的整數，並以3至2〇的整數較佳。在式⑹ 至⑼中，a4宜為〇至10的整數，並以〇至5的整數較佳。 在式（10)中，a4宜為〇至20的整數，並以3至如的 較佳。在式（11)中，a4宜為〇至20的整數，並以 的整數較佳。 324120 37 201245267 如存在複數個R’時，各個R’可互為相同，也可不相 同。如存在複數個R”時，各個R"可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個a4時，各個a4可互為相同，也可不相同。 就合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看，Y2宜為氰基、 式（3)表示的基、式（4)表示的基、式（5)表示的基、式（9) 表示的基或式（10)表示的基，並以式（3)表示的基、式（4) 表示的基、式（5)表示的基或式（9)表示的基較佳，而以式 (3)表示的基或式（4)表示的基更佳。 [1.3.關於 M1] 如同後述，本發明的高分子化合物中的M1為H+之比 例，是相對於前述高分子化合物中的所有M1時為大於0% 50%以下，並宜為0. 1%以上50%以下。因此，在本發明 的高分子化合物中，是兼含式（1)表示的基之M1為H+的 基，及式（1)表示的基之M1為金屬陽離子的基或可具有取 代基的銨陽離子之基的二者。該等基，可並存於相同的結 構單元中，也可分別存在不同的結構單元中。 [2.式（12)表示的結構單元及式（14)表示的結構單元] 含有前述式（1)表示的基及式（2)表示的基之結構單元， 宜為選自式（12)表示的結構單元及式（14)表示的結構單元 所成群組中的1種以上之結構單元。即，本發明中使用的 高分子化合物，宜具有選自式（12)表示的結構單元及式（14) 表示的結構單元所成群組中的1種以上之結構單元。 作為本發明中使用的高分子化合物之結構單元，可僅 含有式（12)表示的結構單元，也可僅含有式（14)表示的結 324120 38 201245267 構單元，也可含有式（12)表示的結構單元與式（14)表示的 結構單元之組合。本發明中使用的高分子化合物，如具有 選自式（12)表示的結構單元及式（14)表示的結構單元所成 群組中的1種以上之結構單元時，該等結構單元之合計在 前述高分子化合物中含有的所有結構單元中所占的比例， 宜為15至100莫耳％。 [2.1•式（12)表示的結構單元] 式（12)中，R1是含有式（13)表示的基之1價基。Ar1 是可具有R1以外的取代基之（2 +n3)價芳香族基。n3是1 以上的整數。如在前述高分子化合物中存在複數個式（12) 表示的結構單元時，各個式（12)表示的結構單元可互為相 同，也可互不相同。 以下，依序說明R1、式（13)、Ar1及n3。 [2. 1. 1 R1的說明] R1是含有式（13)表示的基之1價基。如存在複數個R1 時，各個R1可互為相同，也可互不相同。 R1也可以是包含式（13)表示的基之1價基。亦即，也 可是式（13)表示的基直接鍵結在Ar1上。 另一方面，R1也可以是部份含有式（13)表示的基之基。 亦即，式（13)表示的基也可以例如經由以下的基或原子而 鍵結於Ar1 : 亞曱基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、 伸壬基、伸十二基、伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸 環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛烷 324120 39 201245267 基、該等基t的至少】個氳原子經取代基取代的基等，可 具有取代基的碳原子數】至5〇的伸燒基； 亞曱氧基、伸乙氧基、伸丙齑其^ r内軋基、伸丁氧基、伸戊氧 基、伸己氧基、伸壬氧基、伸十二氧基、伸環丙氧基、伸 環丁氧基、伸環餘基、伸環己氧基、伸環壬氧基、伸環 十二氧基、伸降冰#氧基、伸匈絲基、該等基中的至 少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有取代基的碳原 子數1至50的伸烧氧基（即，式·· _Ri_0_表示的2價有機 基（式中，Rf是可具有取代基的碳原子數丨至5〇的伸烷基。 作為可具有取絲的碳縣數丨至5()的伸絲，可舉例如 亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、伸 壬基、伸十二基、伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環 己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛烷基、 及該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基））； 可具有取代基的亞胺基； 可具有取代基的亞；5夕基； 可具有取代基的伸乙烯基； 伸乙炔基； 氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等雜原子。 例如’ R1是式（13)表示的基，或式：_Βι_(Αι)η*《式中， A1是式（13)表示的基。Βι是上述碳原子數1至5〇的伸燒 基、碳原子數1至5〇的伸烷氧基、可具有取代基的亞胺基、 可具有取代基的亞矽基、可具有取代基的伸乙烯基、伸乙 快基或雜原子。n*l是1以上的整數。如存在複數個Αι 324120 201245267 時，各個A1可互為相同，也可互不相同）所表示的基。 作為可含在R1中，碳原子數1至20的伸烷基、碳原 子數1至50的伸烷氧基、亞胺基、亞矽基及伸乙烯基可具 有的取代基，係舉與前述Q1的相關說明中例示之取代基相 同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時，該等取代基可互為 相同，也可不相同。 [2.1.2式（13)表示的基之說明] 式（13)中，R2 是（l + ml + m2)價有機基。Q1、Q2、Y1、 Μ1、Z1、Y2、nl、al、bl及n2是表示與前述相同意義。ml 及m2是分別獨立地為1以上之整數。如存在複數個Q1時， 各個Q1可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個Q2時，各 個Q2可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個Y1時，各個 Y1可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個M1時，各個M1 可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1 可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個Y2時，各個Y2 可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個nl時，各個nl 可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個al時，各個al 可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個bl時，各個bl 可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個n2時，各個n2 可互為相同，也可不相同。 作為R2表示的（l + ml + m2)價有機基，可舉例如以下 的基. 由甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二 丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬 324120 41 201245267 基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中的至少丨個氫原子經取代基 取代的基等可具有取代基的碳料數i至2G的絲，去除 (ml + m2)個氫原子後的基； 由苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1 一蒽基、2_蒽基、9'蒽基、 該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等可具^取 代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基’去除（ral + m2)個氮原子後 的基； 由甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧 基、壬氧基、十二氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、 環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烧 氧基、該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等可 具有取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基，去除（ml + iD2) 個氫原子後的基； 由具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除（ml + m2)個氫 原子後的基； 由具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除（ml + m2)個氫 原子後的基。 就合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看，R2表示的（1 + ml + m2)價有機基，宜為由可具有取代基的碳原子數i至 20的烷基去除（ml+ m2)個氫原子後的基、由可具有取代基 的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除i個氫原子後的基，或由可 具有取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除（ml + m2)個氫 原子後的基。 作為可含在R2中，碳原子數1至2〇的院基、碳原子 324120 42 201245267 2至30的芳基及碳原子數i至5q魏氧基可具有的取 r 土义以及胺基及矽基可具有的含碳原子之取代基，可舉 出與刖述Q的相關說明t例示之取代基相同的取代基。如 存在複數個前述取代基時，該等可互為相同，也可不相同。 式03)中，ml及m2是分別獨立地為丨以上之整數。 如存在複數個Q1時’各個q1可互為相同，也可不相同。 如存在複數個Q2時，各個q2可互為相同，也可不相同。如 存在複數個γ1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不相同。如存 在複數個Μ1時，各個Μι可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在 複數個Z時，各個ζι可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複 數個Y2時，各個γ2可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數 個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數 個al時，各個ai可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數 個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數 個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不相同。 [2· 1· 3. Ar1 及 n3 的說明] 前述Ar1是可具有R1以外的取代基之（2+ n3)價芳香族 基。324120 33 201245267 [1. 2. A group represented by the formula (2)] In the formula (2), Q2 is a divalent organic group. Y2 is a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (3) to (11). N2 is an integer of 0 or more. If there are multiple Q2s, each Q2 may be the same or different. When a plurality of groups represented by the formula (2) are present in the polymer compound, the groups represented by the formula (2) may be the same or different. In the formula (2/, Q2 is a divalent organic group. The divalent organic group is the same as those exemplified as the divalent organic group represented by the above Q1. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of a raw material monomer, (^ is preferably a divalent chain (tetra) which may have a substituent and a hydrocarbon group, may have an extended aryl group or an alkylene group which may have a substituent. Related to a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group which may be contained in Q2, The substituent which the base or the stretchable oxy group may have may be the same as the substituent exemplified in the above description. When a plurality of substituents are present, these may be the same or different. It is preferably an integer of 0 to 2 ,, where 'n2 is an integer of 0 or more, and an integer of 〇 to 8 is preferable. In the American (2), 'Y2 is a cyano group or any one of the formulas (3) to (1)). The divalent hydrocarbon group which has a substituent of Auuf.i and a substituent is a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent represented by R', and may be a group of a female group. 13-propyl group, 1> 2-extension, 5 - pentyl, 1 > 6 - hexamethylene, ethyl, 1,2-propyl butyl, 1,3-butylene, 1,4-butyl, 1 324120 34 2012452 67: Subunit 1 is 9: 1 group, 1 '12-extension dodecyl group, at least one hydrogen in the group, etc. W-like, etc., may have a substituent atomic number of 1 to Ding County, 2-exenbutenyl group, 2_^^. Earth 2 is an alkenyl group, a 2-dodedecenyl group, a group in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc., may have a y soil Shouting a dilute base of 2 to 5 Å, and/or a divalent chain-like unsaturated nicotine having a carbon atom number of 2 to 5 Q containing a substituent of a B-ethyl group; extension, propyl, and extensible ring a butyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexylene group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, an extended borneol group, an exoskelet group, a group in the group, an atom substituted by a substituent, etc. a divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; 3-extended base, i, 4-phenylene, 14-thylene naphthyl, anthracene, 5-ethylnaphthyl, 2, a 6-naphthyl group, a biphenyl group, a 4,4'-diyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., may have a substituent having a carbon number of 6 to 50. Aryl. As a divalent chain-like saturated nicotine, carbon having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may be contained in R' The substituent which may have a divalent chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group of 2 to 50, a divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms, and an extended aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms may be mentioned as Q1 described above. The substituents of the substituents exemplified in the related description. When a plurality of substituents are present, the ones may be identical to each other or may be different. In the formulas (3) and (5) to (11), R· ' It is a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a decyl group, -NRe2, a cyano group or -c(= 〇)NRc2. 324120 35 201245267 As a substituent which may have R, The monovalent hydrocarbon group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a second butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group or a octyl group. a group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, and at least a (10) hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent such as an alkyl group having a substituent having a carbon number of i to 2 Å, and a 2:naphthyl group, a diterpene group, a 2-mercapto group, a 9-onion group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like An aryl group having 6 to 30. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the molecular compound and the i-valent hydrocarbon group of the genus, it is preferred that at least one hydrogen atom of the methyl group, the ethyl group, the phenyl group, the phenyl group, the 2-naphthyl group or the base sheet is passed through Substituent substituted group. Examples of the substituent which may be contained in the R,., an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an aryl group having 6 to 3 carbon atoms may be exemplified as the substituents exemplified in the above-mentioned Q1. The same substituents. If a plurality of substituents are present, the ones may be identical to each other or may be different. RC in the range of -NR% and -C( = 0)NR% represented by R" is a substituent having a carbon number of 1 to 30 or a aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent . Each can be the same or different. The substituent which may be a group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and 6 to 30 carbon atoms in the RC may be exemplified in the description of the above Q1 <Substituent phase_substitution base. From the viewpoint of solubility of the polymer compound, R is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group or a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent. . 'R'' in the formula (4) is a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. 324120 36 201245267 The trivalent tobacco group which may have a substituent represented by R′′′ may, for example, be a methanediyl group, an ethidium diyl group, an internal alkanediyl group, a 1,2,4-butanetriyl group, 1,2,5-pentanetriyl, 1 3 5-API ^ , '3 pentanediyl, 1,2,6-hexanetriyl, 1,3,6-hexanetrienyl, these groups a group in which at least i hydrogen atoms are substituted with a substituent, etc., which may have a substituent having a carbon number of 丨 to 2 (), a trityl group = kanetriyl), and ^ 2, 3-benzenetriyl, 1, 2 , a 4-benzenetriyl group, an I 3 , 5-benzenetriyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like, and a carbon source which may have a substituent; A few 6 to 3 芳 of the arenetriyl ° From the viewpoint of the solubility of the polymer compound, the trivalent hydrocarbon group represented by R, " a benzenetrienyl group, a 13,5-benzenetriyl group or a group in which at least one of the hydrogen atoms in the group is substituted with a substituent. The substituent which may be contained in R, ', in the case of a hydrocarbon trialkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an aromatic hydrocarbon triyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, may be exemplified in the description of the above Q1. Substituents with the same substituents. If there are several substituents, the ones may be the same or different. In the formulas (3) and (4), 'a3' is an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably a meal of 2 to 10. In the formulae (5) to (11), 34 is an integer of 〇 or more. In the formula (5), it is preferably an integer of 〇 to 30, and preferably an integer of 3 to 2 。. In the formulae (6) to (9), a4 is preferably an integer of 〇 to 10, and is preferably an integer of 〇 to 5. In the formula (10), a4 is preferably an integer of 〇 to 20, and preferably 3 to s. In the formula (11), a4 is preferably an integer of 〇 to 20, and is preferably an integer. 324120 37 201245267 If there are multiple R's, each R' may be the same or different. When there are a plurality of R's, each R" may be the same or different from each other. If there are a plurality of a4, each a4 may be the same or different from each other. From the viewpoint of the ease of synthesizing raw materials. Y2 is preferably a cyano group, a group represented by the formula (3), a group represented by the formula (4), a group represented by the formula (5), a group represented by the formula (9) or a group represented by the formula (10). (3) the group represented by the formula, the group represented by the formula (4), the group represented by the formula (5) or the group represented by the formula (9), and the group represented by the formula (3) or the group represented by the formula (4). [1.3. Regarding M1] As described later, the ratio of M1 in the polymer compound of the present invention to H+ is more than 0% and 50% or less, and preferably 0, relative to all of M1 in the polymer compound. In the polymer compound of the present invention, M1 which is a group represented by the formula (1) is a group of H+, and M1 of the group represented by the formula (1) is a metal cation. A group or a group of ammonium cations which may have a substituent. These groups may be present in the same structural unit or may exist in different structural units. [2. The structural unit represented by the formula (12) and the structural unit represented by the formula (14) include a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2), and is preferably selected from the structure represented by the formula (12). One or more structural units in the group of the structural unit represented by the formula (14). That is, the polymer compound used in the present invention preferably has a structural unit selected from the formula (12) and a formula (14). One or more structural units in the group of the structural units to be represented. The structural unit of the polymer compound used in the present invention may contain only the structural unit represented by the formula (12), or may contain only the formula (14). The junction unit 324120 38 201245267 may also contain a combination of the structural unit represented by the formula (12) and the structural unit represented by the formula (14). The polymer compound used in the present invention has, for example, selected from the formula (12). When one or more structural units in the group of the structural unit represented by the formula (14) and the structural unit represented by the formula (14), the total proportion of the structural units in all the structural units contained in the polymer compound, Suitable for 15 to 100 moles [2.1. Structural unit represented by the formula (12)] In the formula (12), R1 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13). Ar1 is a substituent (2 + n3) which may have a substituent other than R1 The valence aromatic group. n3 is an integer of 1 or more. When a plurality of structural units represented by the formula (12) are present in the polymer compound, the structural units represented by the formula (12) may be the same or may not be mutually exclusive. In the following, R1, (13), Ar1 and n3 are described in order. [2. 1. 1 Description of R1] R1 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13). If a plurality of R1 are present, Each R1 may be the same or different from each other. R1 may also be a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13). That is, the group represented by the formula (13) may be directly bonded to Ar1. On the other hand, R1 may also be a group partially containing a group represented by the formula (13). That is, the group represented by the formula (13) may be bonded to Ar1, for example, via the following group or atom: anthracene group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, hydrazine Base, extended dodecyl, Cyclopropyl, Cyclobutyl, Cyclopentyl, Cyclohexyl, Cyclone, Tetylene, borneol, and adamantane 324120 39 201245267 At least one of the ruthenium atoms of the group t may be substituted with a substituent or the like, and may have a substituent having a carbon number of from 5 to 5 Å; a decyloxy group; an exoethoxy group; R inner rolling, butyloxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, extended ring, extended ring a hexyloxy group, a cyclopentenyloxy group, a cyclododecaoxy group, an extended oxime group, an exohalene group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a substitution. The divalent organic group represented by the formula (·· _Ri_0_) having a carbon atom number of 1 to 50 (wherein Rf is an alkylene group having 5 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. As a tool There are wire extensions of the number of carbon counts up to 5 (), such as methylene, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, decyl, and twelfth. , cyclopropyl, cyclobutene, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, borneylene, an adamantyl, and at least one of the groups a group in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent;); an imine group which may have a substituent; a subunit which may have a substituent; a 5-radical group; a vinyl group which may have a substituent; an ethynyl group; an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, A hetero atom such as a sulfur atom. For example, 'R1 is a group represented by the formula (13), or a formula: _Βι_(Αι)η* "wherein, A1 is a group represented by the formula (13). Βι is a above-mentioned alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an imine group which may have a substituent, an anthracene group which may have a substituent, and a substituent group Stretching vinyl, stretching B-group or heteroatoms. n*l is an integer of 1 or more. If there are multiple Αι 324120 201245267, each A1 may be the same or different from each other. As the substituent which may be contained in R1, an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkyleneoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an imido group, an anthranylene group and a vinyl group may be mentioned. The substituents of the substituents exemplified in the above description of Q1 are the same. When a plurality of substituents are present, the substituents may be the same or different. [2.1.2 Description of the group represented by the formula (13)] In the formula (13), R2 is a (l + ml + m2) valent organic group. Q1, Q2, Y1, Μ1, Z1, Y2, nl, al, bl, and n2 are the same meanings as described above. Ml and m2 are each independently an integer of 1 or more. If there are multiple Q1s, each Q1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Q2s, each Q2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Y1s, each Y1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple M1s, each M1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Z1s, each Z1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Y2s, each Y2 may be the same or different. If there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different. If there are multiple a1, each al may be the same or different. If there are multiple bls, each bl may be the same or different. If there are multiple n2s, each n2 may be the same or different. The (l + ml + m2) valent organic group represented by R2 may, for example, be the following group. From a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a third group. Butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, oxime 324120 41 201245267 group, fluorenyl group, lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent or the like may have a substituent a carbonaceous material with a number of i to 2G, a group after removal of (ml + m2) hydrogen atoms; from phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-hydrazino, 9'蒽a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., and the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms of the substituent may be removed (ral + m2) after the nitrogen atom; Oxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy a group having a substituent, such as a ring, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, a diamond alkoxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a substituent having 1 to 50 alkoxy groups, removed Ml + iD2) a group after a hydrogen atom; a group after removing (ml + m 2 ) hydrogen atoms from an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; and removing a thiol group having a substituent having a carbon atom (ml + M2) a group after a hydrogen atom. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, the (1 + ml + m2) valent organic group represented by R2 is preferably removed (ml + m2) from an alkyl group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. a group after a hydrogen atom, a group obtained by removing an i hydrogen atom from an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (ml) + m2) A group after a hydrogen atom. As an aromatic group which may be contained in R2, having a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å, an aryl group having a carbon atom of 324120 42 201245267 2 to 30, and a carbon number i to 5q alkoxy group, which may have an amino group and an amine group and The substituent of the carbon atom which the mercapto group may have may be the same substituent as the substituent exemplified in the description of Q. When a plurality of the aforementioned substituents are present, the ones may be the same or different. In Formula 03), ml and m2 are each independently an integer of 丨 or more. If there are a plurality of Q1's, each q1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple Q2s, each q2 may be the same or different. If there are a plurality of γ1, each Y1 may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple Μ1, each Μι may be the same or different. If there are multiple Zs, each ζ can be the same or different. If there are a plurality of Y2, each γ2 may be the same or different from each other. If there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different. If there are multiple a1s, each ai may be the same or different. If there are multiple bls, each bl may be the same or different. If there are a plurality of n2, each n2 may be the same or different. [2·1· 3. Description of Ar1 and n3] The above Ar1 is a (2+n3) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R1.

Ar可具有R1以外之取代基。作為前述取代基，可舉 出與前述Q1的相關說明中例示之取代基相同的取代基。如 存在複數個前述取代基時，該等可互為相同，也可不相同β 作為前述Ar1具有的R1以外之取代基，就合成原料單 體的容易度之觀點來看，宜為烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧 基、羧基、取代羧基及齒原子。 324120 43 201245267 • 式（12)中，n3是1以上的整數，並宜為1至4的整數， 而以1至3的整數較佳 作為式（12)中的Αι·ΐ表示之（2 + n3)價芳香族基，可舉 例如（2 + n3)價芳香族烴基、（2 + n3)價芳香族雜環基，並 宜為僅由碳原子形成的（2 + n3)價芳香族基，或包含碳原子 與選自氫原子、氮原子及氧原子所成群組中的丄個以上之 原子的（2 + n3)價芳香族基。作為該（2 + n3)價芳香族基， 可舉例如，由單環式芳香環（例如，苯環、η比咬環、^-二哄環、1’3-二_、4_二哄環、l 3,卜三哄環、咬喃 環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、噚唑環、吖二唑環等），去 除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的（2+η3)個氣原子後之 = + η3)價基；由具有二個以上的該單環式芳香環縮合的結 冓之縮合多環式芳香環，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子 =㈣個氣原子後之(2 + η3)價基；由選自該單環式 方Ϊ衣ΐ該縮合多環式芳香環所成群組中的二個以上之芳 早鍵、伸乙或伸乙快基連結的結構之芳香環集 :’去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的（2+η3)個氯料 = (2 + η3)價基；由具有含有選自該單環 香環及該芳香環集合的二個以上之芳香環： ^方香％之中鄰接的2個芳香環以亞甲基、伸乙基、幾基 等價基或f貌四基橋聯之結構的橋聯多環式芳香環，去 (=):在:。成環的碳原子上的(2 + n3)個氫原 324120 就向分子化合物之溶解性之觀點來看，前述縮合多環 44 201245267 二或合的單環式芳香環之個數，宜為2至4,並 孙一 而以2更佳。就溶解性之觀點來;f，&、+、 =環集合t連結的芳香環之個數宜為2至:二=Ar may have a substituent other than R1. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q1 above. When a plurality of the above substituents are present, these may be the same as each other, or may be different from β as a substituent other than R1 of Ar1, and it is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl group from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer. An oxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a carboxyl group, a substituted carboxyl group, and a tooth atom. 324120 43 201245267 • In the formula (12), n3 is an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and an integer of 1 to 3 is preferably represented by Αι·ΐ in the formula (12) (2 + The n3) valent aromatic group may, for example, be a (2 + n3) valent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a (2 + n3) valent aromatic heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (2 + n3) valent aromatic group formed only of carbon atoms. Or a (2 + n3) valent aromatic group containing a carbon atom and at least one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and an oxygen atom. The (2 + n3)-valent aromatic group may, for example, be a monocyclic aromatic ring (for example, a benzene ring, a η-bite ring, a ^-dioxane ring, a 1'3-di-, a 4-difluorene ring). Ring, l 3, triterpene ring, nibble ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, indazole ring, oxadiazole ring, etc.), remove the direct bond on the carbon atom constituting the ring (2+ Η3) after a gas atom = + η3) valence group; a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring having a knot of two or more monocyclic aromatic rings condensed, removing a carbon atom directly bonded to the constituent ring = (4) a (2 + η3) valence group after a gas atom; two or more aromatic early bonds, a stretched B or a stretched B selected from the group consisting of the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring selected from the monocyclic ring Aromatic ring set of a fast-bonded structure: 'Removal of (2+η3) chlorines directly bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring = (2 + η3) valence group; having a ring containing a ring selected from the ring And two or more aromatic rings of the aromatic ring set: ^ a bridge of two adjacent aromatic rings in a square of a methylene group, an extended ethyl group, a few groups, or a tetra-bridged structure Joint polycyclic aromatic ring, go ( =): at:. The number of (2 + n3) hydrogen atoms 324120 on the ring-forming carbon atoms is from the viewpoint of solubility of the molecular compound, and the number of the monocyclic aromatic rings of the above-mentioned condensed polycyclic ring 44 201245267 is preferably 2 To 4, and Sun is better with 2. From the viewpoint of solubility; f, &, +, = ring set t-linked aromatic ring number is preferably 2 to: two =

更佳。就高分子化合物之溶解 P ㈣嫌物=看’ 或3較佳，而以2更佳。(ρ·26)且為2至 作為前料環Better. The dissolution of the polymer compound P (four) suspect = see ' or 3 is better, and 2 is better. (ρ·26) and 2 to as the front ring

Ν ,ΝΝ ,Ν

Η 10Η 10

1111

之環。 作為前述縮合多環式：香 環 可舉例如以下的式表示 324120 45 201245267Ring. The condensed polycyclic formula: the scented ring may be represented by the following formula: 324120 45 201245267

4i 42 作為前述橋聯多環芳香環，可舉例如以下的式表示之 環。 324120 46 2012452674i 42 The bridged polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the following formula. 324120 46 201245267

就高分子化合物之導電性及合成原料單體的容易度 之觀點來看，Ar^表示的（2 + n3)價芳香族基，宜為由式j 至15、19至25、31至35、43、46至48或51表示的環， 去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的（2 + η3)個氫原子後 之（2 + η3)價基’並以由式 1、2、4、5、6、13、14、15、 19、21、23、31、32、33、43、46、47 或 51 表示的環， 去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的（2 +η3)個氫原子後 之（2 +η3)價基較佳，而以由式1、5、6、13、14、15、21、 23、33、43、46或47表示的環，去除直接鍵結在組成環 的碳原子上的（2 + η3)個氫原子後之（2 +η3)價基更佳。The (2 + n3)-valent aromatic group represented by Ar^ is preferably from the formulas j to 15, 19 to 25, 31 to 35, from the viewpoints of the conductivity of the polymer compound and the easiness of the synthesis of the monomer. a ring represented by 43, 46 to 48 or 51, which removes (2 + η3) valence groups directly bonded to (2 + η3) hydrogen atoms on the carbon atoms constituting the ring and is represented by Formulas 1, 2, and 4 a ring represented by 5, 6, 13, 14, 15, 19, 21, 23, 31, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51, which removes direct bonding to the carbon atoms constituting the ring (2 + η3 a (2 + η3) valence group after a hydrogen atom is preferred, and a direct bond is removed by a ring represented by Formula 1, 5, 6, 13, 14, 15, 21, 23, 33, 43, 46 or 47 The (2 + η3) valence group after the (2 + η3) hydrogen atoms on the carbon atoms constituting the ring is more preferable.

AjJ宜為由以下的式52至63表示的2價基去除η3個 氫原子後的基。 324120 47 201245267 52 53 M 55AjJ is preferably a group obtained by removing η 3 hydrogen atoms from the divalent group represented by the following formulas 52 to 63. 324120 47 201245267 52 53 M 55

[2.2.式（14)表示的結構單元] 式（14)中，R3是含有前述式（13)表示的基或式（15)表 示的基之1價基。R4是含有式（16)表示的基之1價基。Ar2 是可具有R3及R4以外的取代基之（2 + η4 + η5)價芳香族基。 η4及η5分別獨立地為1以上之整數。如在前述高分子化 合物内存在複數個式（14)表示的結構單元時，各個式（14) 表示的結構單元可互為相同，也可不相同。 [2.1.1. R3之說明] R3是含有前述式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基之1 價基。如存在複數個R3時，該等可互為相同，也可不相同。 R3也可以是包含式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基之 1價基。亦即，式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基也可直 接鍵結於Ar2。 另一方面，R3也可以是部份含有式（13)表示的基或式 (15)表示的基之基。亦即，式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示 的基，也可例如經由以下的基或原子而鍵結在Ar2 : 324120 48 201245267 亞曱基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、 伸壬基、伸十二基、伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸 環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛烷 基、該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等，可 具有取代基的碳原子數1至5〇的伸院基； 亞曱氧基、伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基、伸丁氧基、伸戊氧 基、伸己氧基、伸壬氧基、伸十二氧基、伸環丙氧基、伸 %丁氧基、伸環戊氧基、伸環己氧基、伸環壬氧基、伸環 十二氧基、伸降冰片氧基、伸金剛烷氧基、該等基甲的至 少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有取代基的碳原 子數1至50的伸烷氧基（亦即，式：—Rg_〇_表示的2價有 機基（式中，Rg是可具有取代基的碳原子數丨至5〇的伸烷 基。作為可具有取代基的碳原子數丨至5〇的伸烷基，可舉 例如亞曱基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、 伸壬基、伸十二基、伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸 環己基、伸環壬基、伸環十二基、伸降冰片基、伸金剛烷 基及該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基））； 可具有取代基的亞胺基； 可具有取代基的亞矽基； 可具有取代基的伸乙烯基； 伸乙炔基； 氧原子、氮原子、硫原子等雜原子。例如，R3是式（13) 表示的基、式（15)表示的基，或式：_Β2_(Α2)η*2(式中，A2 是式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基。B2是表示與相同 324120 49 201245267 ，意。n*2是〗以上的整數。如存在複數個^時，各個 A2可互為相同，也可互不相同）表示的基。 也可不相同。 [2· 1. 1. R4之說明] 作為可含在R3中，碳原子數！至5〇的伸燒基、碳原 子數1至50的伸炫氧基、亞胺基、亞石夕基及伸乙稀基可具 有的取代基’可舉出與前述Q1的相關說明中例示之取代基 相同的取代基。如存在複數個取代基時，該等可互為相同， R4是含有式（16)表示的基之丨價基。如存在複數個r4 時，各個R可互為相同，也可不相同。[2.2. Structural unit represented by the formula (14)] In the formula (14), R3 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the above formula (13) or a group represented by the formula (15). R4 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (16). Ar2 is a (2 + η4 + η5) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R3 and R4. Η4 and η5 are each independently an integer of 1 or more. When a plurality of structural units represented by the formula (14) are present in the polymer compound, the structural units represented by the formula (14) may be the same or different. [2.1.1. Description of R3] R3 is a valent group containing a group represented by the above formula (13) or a group represented by the formula (15). If there are multiple R3s, the ones may be the same or different. R3 may also be a group containing a group represented by the formula (13) or a group represented by the formula (15). That is, the group represented by the formula (13) or the group represented by the formula (15) may be directly bonded to Ar2. On the other hand, R3 may be a group containing a group represented by the formula (13) or a group represented by the formula (15). That is, the group represented by the formula (13) or the group represented by the formula (15) may be bonded to Ar2, for example, via the following group or atom: 324120 48 201245267 Amidino, ethyl, propyl, and extens Butyl, pentyl, hexyl, thiol, dodecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, extensible a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., may have a substituent having a carbon atom number of 1 to 5 Å; Ethoxy, propenoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, hexanoxy, cyclopentyl An oxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a ferroceneoxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom of the group is substituted with a substituent And a divalent organic group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (that is, a divalent organic group represented by the formula: -Rg_〇_ (wherein Rg is a carbon atom which may have a substituent 丨Up to 5 inches An alkyl group which may have a substituent having a carbon number of from 丨 to 5 Å, and examples thereof include an anthracene group, an exoethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, and a fluorenyl group. , a 12-base, a cyclo-propyl group, a cyclo-butyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexylene group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, an extended borneol group, an exo-adamantyl group, and the like. a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent;); an imine group which may have a substituent; a mercapto group which may have a substituent; a vinyl group which may have a substituent; an exetylene group; an oxygen atom, nitrogen A hetero atom such as an atom or a sulfur atom. For example, R3 is a group represented by the formula (13), a group represented by the formula (15), or a formula: _Β2_(Α2)η*2 (wherein A2 is a group represented by the formula (13) or a formula (15) Base. B2 is the same as the same 324120 49 201245267, meaning. n * 2 is the integer above. If there are multiple ^, each A2 can be the same or different from each other. It can also be different. [2· 1. 1. Description of R4] As the number of carbon atoms that can be contained in R3! Examples of the substituents which may be possessed by a stretching group of up to 5 Å, an extended oxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, an imine group, a sulfite group and a vinylidene group are exemplified in the description of the aforementioned Q1. The substituents are the same substituents. When a plurality of substituents are present, the ones may be identical to each other, and R4 is a valence group containing a group represented by the formula (16). If there are multiple r4, each R may be the same or different.

R也可以是包含式（16)表示的基之1價基。即，式（16) 另一方面，R4也可以是部份含有式（16)表示的基之 基：亦即’式(16)表示的基也可經由前述r3的相關說明中 例示的基（取代基亦同）或原子而鍵結sAr2。 3例如，R4是式（16)表示的基，或式：_B3_(A3)n*3(式中， A是式⑽表*的基，B3是表示與β1相同之意。η*R may also be a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (16). That is, on the other hand, R4 may be a group partially containing a group represented by the formula (16): that is, a group represented by the formula (16) may also be via the group illustrated in the related description of the aforementioned r3 ( The substituent is also the same as the atom or the bond sAr2. 3, for example, R4 is a group represented by the formula (16), or a formula: _B3_(A3)n*3 (wherein, A is a group of the formula * in the formula (10), and B3 is the same as β1. η*

式（1 5 )中，R 疋早鍵或（1 _丨—Γ»、·Λ,. ϋ _ 1 η 1、a 1 及 b 1 导矣由·，〇； 导β相问之意。η * 3是1 ’各個Α3可互為相同，也In the formula (15), R 疋 early bond or (1 _丨-Γ», ·Λ,. _ _ 1 η 1, a 1 and b 1 are guided by ·, 〇; * 3 is 1 'each Α 3 can be the same for each other, also

乙、nl、al及bl是表示與前过 整數。但是，如R5為單鍵時， 時’各個Q可互為相同，也可 324120 50 201245267 時，各個y1可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個M1 時，各個Μ1可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個zl 時，各個z1可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個ni 時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個ai 時，各個al可互為相同，也可不相同。如存在複數個Μ 時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不相同。 式（15)中’作為R5表示的（i + m3)價有機基，可舉例 如以下的基： 由曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二 丁基、第二丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬 基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中的至少i個氫原子經取代基 取代的基等’可具有取代基的碳原子數丨至2〇的烷基去除 m3個氫原子後的基； & 由苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2__蒽基、9_蒽基、 該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等，可具有 取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基去除m3個氫原子後的'基； 由甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戍氧基、己氧 基、壬氧基、十二氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、 環己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷 氧基、該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等， 可具有取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除m3個氫原 子後的基；由具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除m3個氫原 子後的基； 由具有含碳原子的取代基之石夕基去除個氫原子後 324120 51 201245267 的基。 就合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看，R5表示的g + m3)價有機基’宜為由可具有取代基的碳原子數1至2〇的 烧基去除m3個氫原子後的基、由可具有取代基的碳原子數 6至30的芳基去除m3個氫原子後的基，或由可具有取代 基的石厌原子數1至50的院氧基去除m3個氩原子後的基。 作為含在R5中，碳原子數丨至2Q的烧基、碳原子數6 至30的芳基及碳原子數i至5〇的烧氧基可具有的取代 基’以及胺基及石夕基可具有的含碳原子之取代基，可舉出 與前述Q1的相關說明中例示之取代基相同的取代基。如存 在複數個前述取代基時，該等可互為相同，也可不相同。 式（15)中’m3是1以上之整數y旦是，如RS為單鍵時， m3 是 1。 [2.4式（16)表示的基之說明] 式（16)中，R6是單鍵或（1 + m4)價有機基。γ2及是 表示與前述相同意義。m4是i以上之整數。但是，如R6 為單鍵時，m4是1 ^如存在複數個q2時，各個q2可互為相 同，也可不相同。如存在複數個γ2時，各個γ2可互為相同， 也可不相同。如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同， 也可不相同。 式（16)中，作為R6表示的d + M)價有機基，可舉例 如以下的基： 由曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二 丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬 324120 52 201245267 基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中的至少丨個氫原子經取代基 取代的基等可具有取代基的碳原子數1至20的炫基，去除 m4個氣原子後的基； 由苯基、卜萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2_蒽基、9_蒽基、 該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等可具有取 代基的峡原子數6至30的芳基’去除m4個氫原子後的基； 由甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、 壬氧基、十二氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環戊氧基、環 己氧基、環壬氧基、環十二氧基、降冰片氧基、金剛烷氧 基、該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基等可具 有取代基的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基，去除以個氫原子 後的基； 由具有含碳原子的取代基之胺基去除m4個氫原子後 的基； 由具有含碳原子的取代基之矽基去除m4個氫原子後 的基。 就合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看，R6表示的（1 + m4)價有機基，宜為由可具有取代基的碳原子數1至20的 烧基去除m4個氫原子後的基、由可具有取代基的碳原子數 6至3〇的芳基去除m4個氫原子後的基、由可具有取代基 的碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去除m4個氫原子後的基。 作為含在R6中，碳原子數1至20的烷基、碳原子數6 至30的芳基及碳原子數1至50的烷氧基可具有的取代 基’以及胺基及矽基可具有的含碳原子之取代基，可舉出 324120 53 201245267 與前述Q1的相關說明中例示之取代基相同的取代基。如存 在複數個R6表示的（l + m4)價有機基可具有的取代基時， 該等取代基可互為相同，也可不相同。 式（16)中，m4是1以上之整數。但是，如R6為單鍵時， m4 是 1。 [2.5. Ar2之說明] 式（14)中，Ar2是可具有R3及R4以外的取代基之（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族基。 前述Ar2也可具有R3及R4以外的取代基。作為前述取 代基，可舉出與前述Q1的相關說明中例示之取代基相同的 取代基。如存在複數個前述取代基時，該等可互為相同， 也可不相同。 就合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看，作為前述Ar2 具有的R3及R4以外之取代基，宜為烷基、烷氧基、芳基、 芳氧基、羧基、取代羧基或鹵原子。 式（14)中，n4是1以上的整數，並宜為1至4的整數， 而以1至3的整數較佳。 式（14)中，n5是1以上的整數，並宜為1至4的整數， 而以1至3的整數較佳。 作為式（14)中的Ar2表示之（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族基， 可舉例如（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族烴基及（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香 族雜環基，並宜為僅由碳原子形成的（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族 基，或由碳原子與選自氫原子、氮原子及氧原子所成群組 中的1個以上之原子形成的（2+ n4 + n5)價芳香族基。作為 324120 54 201245267 該（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族基，可舉例如，由單環式芳香環（例 =，苯環、吡啶環、丨，2_二哄環、丨，3_二啡環、丨，4_二畊 %、呋喃環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環等），去除直接鍵結 在組成環的碳原子上的（2 + n4 + n5)個氫原子後的（2 + n4 + n5)價基；由具有二個以上該單環式芳香環之縮合結構的 縮合多環式芳香環，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的 (^2 + η4 + η5)個氫原子後的（2 + n4 + n5)價基；由選自該單 環j芳香環及該縮合多環式芳香環所成群組中的二個以上 之芳香環以單鍵、伸乙烯基或伸乙块基連結之芳香環集合， 去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的（2 + n4 + n5)個氯原 子後的（2 + n4 + n5)價基；由含有選自該單環式芳香環、該 縮=多環式芳香環及該芳香環集合的二個以上之芳香環， 該芳=環之中鄰接的2個芳香環以亞^基、伸乙基、幾基 等2彳貝基或甲烷四基橋聯而具有交聯結構之橋聯多環式芳 香，，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的+ + 個氫原子後的（2 + n4 + n5)價基等。 就高分子化合物之溶解性之觀點來看，前述縮合多環 式芳香射縮合的單環式芳香環之個數，宜為2至4，並、 二2或3較佳’而以2更佳。就溶解性之觀點來看，前述 香環集合所連結的芳香環之個數，宜為2至4，並以2 5較佳，而以2更佳。就高分子化合物之溶解性之觀點 來看’前述橋聯多環式芳香環所.交聯的㈣環之個數，宜 為2至4，並以2或3較佳，而以2更佳。 作為單環式芳香環’可舉例如式⑽表示之結構單元 324120 55 201245267 的相關說明中例示之式1至5、式7至10表示的環。 作為縮合多環式芳香環，可舉例如式（12)表示之結構 單元的相關說明中例示之式13至33表示的環。 作為芳香環集合，可舉例如式（12)表示之結構單元之 相關說明中例示之式34至42表示的環。 作為橋聯多環芳香環，可舉例如式（12)表示之結構單 元之相關說明中例示之式43至51表示的環。 就高分子化合物的導電性及合成原料單體的容易度 之觀點來看，Ar2表示的（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族基，宜為由 式 1 至 5、7 至 10、式 13 至 15、19 至 25、31 至 35、43、 46至48或51表示的環，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子 上的（2 + n4 + n5)個氫原子後基；並以由式1、2、4、5、6、 13、14、15、19、2卜 23、3卜 32、33、43、46、47 或 51 表示的環，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的（2 + n4 + n5)個氫原子後之基較佳；而以由式1、13、14、15、21、 23、33、43、46或47表示的環，去除直接鍵結在組成環 的碳原子上的（2 + n4 + n5)個氫原子後之基更佳。 式（14)中，Ar2宜為由式（12)表示之結構單元的相關說 明中例示之式52、53、55至63表示的2價基去除（n4 + n5) 個氫原子後之基。 [2.3.關於 M1] 如同後述，本發明的高分子化合物中的M1為H+之比 例，是相對於前述高分子化合物中的所有M1的大於0%、 50%以下，並宜為0. 1%以上50%以下。因此，如本發明 324120 56 201245267 的高分子化合物具有選自式（】2)表示的結構單元及式（j4) 表不的結構單元所成群組令的一種以上的結構單元時，在 該種以上的結構單元之尹共通的或各別的結構單元，係 含有M1為H+的基與M1為金屬陽離子的基，或可具有取代 基的録陽離子之基二者。 [2. 4.各結構單元之例] [2. 4. 1.式（12)表示的結構單元之例] 作為式（12)表示的結構單元，可舉例如可具有以下的 式表示的取代基之結構單元，就合成高分子化合物的容易 度與電子輸送性之觀點來看，宜為式52a,、55&1、55bl、 55c〗、56b1、57b1、58ai、59bi、6〇b丨、61a丨、㈣、61cl、 63b1表示的結構單元。以下式中的R2、Ql、nlYl、Ml、zl、 8卜!!11、〇2、112、¥2及1112是與前述相同意義。如1^、91、 rU、Y、Μ、Z、al、πα、q2、n2、^及…係分別存在複 數個時，複數個該討分別互為相同，也可互不相同。 324120 57 201245267B, nl, al, and bl are expressed as the previous integer. However, if R5 is a single bond, each Q can be the same for each other, or 324120 50 201245267, each y1 can be the same or different. If there are multiple M1s, each Μ1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple zl, each z1 may be the same or different. If there are multiple ni, each nl may be the same or different. If there are multiple ai, each al may be the same or different. If there are multiple Μ, each bl may be the same or different. In the formula (15), the (i + m3) valent organic group represented by R5 may, for example, be the following group: a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second group. a group, a second butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least i hydrogen atoms in the groups are substituted with a substituent, etc. may have a group in which the alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 2 Å has a m3 hydrogen atom; & phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2_-fluorenyl, 9_ a thiol group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like, and a aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, a group after removing m3 hydrogen atoms; Ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, decyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclo a methoxy group, a cyclododecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like, and may have a substituent having 1 to 50 carbon atoms. Alkoxy group removes m3 hydrogenogens a group after the removal of m3 hydrogen atoms from an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; a group of 324120 51 201245267 after removing a hydrogen atom from a group having a carbon atom-containing substituent. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, the g + m3) valence organic group represented by R5 is preferably a group obtained by removing m3 hydrogen atoms from a calcined group having 1 to 2 Å of a carbon atom which may have a substituent. a group in which m3 hydrogen atoms are removed from an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or m3 argon atoms are removed from a hospital oxy group having a number of anatomical groups of 1 to 50 which may have a substituent base. As the alkyl group contained in R5, the alkyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 2, the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and the alkoxy group having 5 to 5 carbon atoms may have a substituent 'and an amine group and a Shihki group. The substituent of the carbon atom-containing substituent which may be contained may be the same as the substituent exemplified in the description of Q1 above. Where a plurality of the aforementioned substituents are present, the two may be the same or different. In the formula (15), 'm3 is an integer of 1 or more, and if m is a single bond, m3 is 1. [2.4. Description of the group represented by the formula (16)] In the formula (16), R6 is a single bond or a (1 + m4) valent organic group. Γ2 and y represent the same meaning as described above. M4 is an integer greater than i. However, if R6 is a single bond, m4 is 1 ^. If there are multiple q2, each q2 may be the same or different. If a plurality of γ2 are present, each γ2 may be the same or different from each other. If there are a plurality of n2, each n2 may be the same or different. In the formula (16), the d + M) valent organic group represented by R6 may, for example, be the following group: a fluorenyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group. , a third butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a fluorene 324120 52 201245267 group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc. a thio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms having a substituent, a group after removing m4 gas atoms; and a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in a group is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a substituent of an aryl group having 6 to 30 s of a chiral atom, and a group after removing m4 hydrogen atoms; from a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or a propyl group Oxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, dodecyloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclodecyloxy, ring a dodecyloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and is removed. Group in which a hydrogen atom; group is removed after the m4 hydrogen atoms of the amino group having a substituent containing carbon atoms; m4 group after removing two hydrogen atoms from the silicon based substituent group having the carbon atom. The (1 + m4) valent organic group represented by R6 is preferably a group obtained by removing m4 hydrogen atoms from a calcined group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer. a group obtained by removing m4 hydrogen atoms from an aryl group having 6 to 3 Å of a carbon atom which may have a substituent, and a group having m4 hydrogen atoms removed from an alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent . As the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may be contained in R6, the substituent 'and the amine group and the fluorenyl group may have Examples of the substituent containing a carbon atom include the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description of Q1 in 324120 53 201245267. When there are a plurality of substituents which the (l + m4) valent organic group represented by R6 may have, the substituents may be the same or different. In the formula (16), m4 is an integer of 1 or more. However, if R6 is a single bond, m4 is 1. [2.5. Description of Ar2] In the formula (14), Ar2 is a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R3 and R4. The Ar2 may have a substituent other than R3 and R4. Examples of the substituents include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Q1 above. Where a plurality of the foregoing substituents are present, the two may be the same or different. The substituent other than R3 and R4 which the Ar2 has in view of the ease of synthesis of the raw material monomer is preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a carboxyl group, a substituted carboxyl group or a halogen atom. In the formula (14), n4 is an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and preferably an integer of 1 to 3. In the formula (14), n5 is an integer of 1 or more, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and preferably an integer of 1 to 3. The (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group represented by Ar2 in the formula (14) may, for example, be a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic heterocyclic group. And preferably a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group formed only of carbon atoms, or a carbon atom and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. (2+ n4 + n5) valence aromatic group. 324120 54 201245267 The (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group may, for example, be a monocyclic aromatic ring (Example =, benzene ring, pyridine ring, anthracene, 2_dioxane ring, anthracene, 3_2) Carbocyclic ring, anthracene, 4_2%, furan ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, etc.), after removal of (2 + n4 + n5) hydrogen atoms directly bonded to the carbon atoms of the ring a (2 + n4 + n5) valence group; a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring having a condensation structure of two or more of the monocyclic aromatic rings, which removes direct bonding to a carbon atom constituting the ring (^2 + η4 + (2 + n4 + n5) valence group after η 5) hydrogen atoms; two or more aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of the monocyclic j aromatic ring and the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring are a single bond, a set of aromatic rings bonded by a vinyl group or a benzyl group, which removes (2 + n4 + n5) valence groups directly bonded to (2 + n4 + n5) chlorine atoms on the carbon atoms constituting the ring; a two or more aromatic ring selected from the group consisting of the monocyclic aromatic ring, the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, and the aromatic ring set, wherein the adjacent two aromatic rings in the aryl ring are argon groups and ethyl groups , a bridged polycyclic aromatic having a crosslinked structure, such as a group of 2 fluorene or methane tetrakis, which removes + + hydrogen atoms directly bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring (2 + n4) + n5) Price base, etc. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the polymer compound, the number of the condensed polycyclic aromatic condensed monocyclic aromatic ring is preferably 2 to 4, and 2 or 3 is preferred, and 2 is more preferable. . From the viewpoint of solubility, the number of aromatic rings to which the above-mentioned scented ring is bonded is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2, and more preferably 2. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the polymer compound, the number of the (four) rings crosslinked by the aforementioned bridged polycyclic aromatic ring is preferably 2 to 4, preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 2 . The ring represented by the formulas 1 to 5 and 7 to 10 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (10), 324120 55 201245267, as the monocyclic aromatic ring. The condensed polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by Formulas 13 to 33 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (12). The aromatic ring set may be, for example, a ring represented by the formulas 34 to 42 exemplified in the related description of the structural unit represented by the formula (12). The bridged polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring represented by the formulae 43 to 51 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (12). The (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group represented by Ar2 is preferably from the formulas 1 to 5, 7 to 10, and 13 to the viewpoint of the conductivity of the polymer compound and the easiness of synthesizing the raw material monomer. a ring represented by 15, 19 to 25, 31 to 35, 43, 46 to 48 or 51, which removes (2 + n4 + n5) hydrogen atom rear groups directly bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring; a ring represented by 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 13, 14, 15, 19, 2, 23, 3, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51, removed directly bonded to the carbon atoms constituting the ring The base of (2 + n4 + n5) hydrogen atoms is preferred; and the ring represented by formula 1, 13, 14, 15, 21, 23, 33, 43, 46 or 47 removes direct bonding in the composition The group after (2 + n4 + n5) hydrogen atoms on the carbon atom of the ring is more preferable. In the formula (14), Ar2 is preferably a group in which the divalent group represented by the formulae 52, 53, 55 to 63 exemplified in the description of the structural unit represented by the formula (12) is removed by (n4 + n5) hydrogen atoms. 1%。 The ratio of the M1 of the polymer compound of the present invention is more than 0%, 50% or less, and preferably 0.1%. Above 50%. Therefore, when the polymer compound of the present invention 324120 56 201245267 has one or more structural units selected from the group consisting of the structural unit represented by the formula (2) and the structural unit represented by the formula (j4), The conjugated or individual structural unit of the above structural unit is a group containing a group in which M1 is H+ and a group in which M1 is a metal cation, or a group in which a cation having a substituent is present. [2. 4. Example of each structural unit] [2. 4. 1. Example of structural unit represented by the formula (12)] The structural unit represented by the formula (12) may, for example, be substituted by the following formula. The structural unit of the base is preferably 52a, 55 & 1, 55bl, 55c, 56b1, 57b1, 58ai, 59bi, 6〇b丨, from the viewpoints of easiness and electron transportability of the synthetic polymer compound. Structural units represented by 61a, (4), 61cl, and 63b1. R2, Q1, nlYl, Ml, zl, 8b, !11, 〇2, 112, ¥2, and 1112 in the following formulae have the same meanings as described above. For example, when there are plural numbers of 1^, 91, rU, Y, Μ, Z, al, πα, q2, n2, ^, and ..., the plurality of the respective ones are identical to each other, and may be different from each other. 324120 57 201245267

{(Q2)^2}^ 59a1· {(Z1)„i(M1)b,Y1-(Q1)hi}, {Y2-(Q2)n2}m2·{(Q2)^2}^ 59a1· {(Z1)„i(M1)b, Y1-(Q1)hi}, {Y2-(Q2)n2}m2·

59b1· 丨〆{(QVV^MVZ1)^, '^{(Q2)nrY2>m2 324120 58 20124526759b1· 丨〆{(QVV^MVZ1)^, '^{(Q2)nrY2>m2 324120 58 201245267

«ζ'λ,ίΜα.ΥΜα^,λπ {^-(〇气2>,«ζ'λ,ίΜα.ΥΜα^,λπ {^-(〇气2>,

^ «Q'im-V'iM'll.iiZ'jbiJmi {(21)b,(M1)a1YMQ')n,}m,^. 2 ^✓{(Q'jnrY^i.gu .^ «Q'im-V'iM'll.iiZ'jbiJmi {(21)b,(M1)a1YMQ')n,}m,^. 2 ^✓{(Q'jnrY^i.gu .

{Y2-(Q2U^ Ua1 {(Z1)w(M').1YNQ\,}m1^RA，2^«Q，>.1-Y，(M1).1(21)bl} fill?1 上述式中，就合成R2的容易度之觀點來看，宜為由可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基，去除直接鍵結在組 成環的碳原子上的（ml + m2)個氫原子後之基。 可具有取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基，— 1-#^ ^ 2-#^ > . 2-t&. 至少1個氫原子經取代基取代的基。 作為前述取代基，可舉出與前述以的 夕抱从盆+ η 1相關說明中例示 之取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個前 數個可分別互為相同，也可不相同。 «基時’複 作為式（12)表示的結構單元，可舉出可夏 表示取代基之結構單元。以下的式中，m 式 324120 59 201245267{Y2-(Q2U^ Ua1 {(Z1)w(M').1YNQ\,}m1^RA,2^«Q,>.1-Y,(M1).1(21)bl} fill?1 In the above formula, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing R2, it is preferred that the aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent be removed from the carbon atom constituting the ring (ml + m2). a group after a hydrogen atom. An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, — 1-#^^ 2-#^ > . 2-t&. at least one hydrogen atom substituted with a substituent Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of the basin + η 1 described above. If a plurality of the first plurality are the same, they may be different from each other. The "base time" complex is a structural unit represented by the formula (12), and a structural unit which can represent a substituent in summer can be cited. In the following formula, m formula 324120 59 201245267

0(CH2CH20)2CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH30(CH2CH20)2CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

324120 60 201245267324120 60 201245267

324120 61 201245267324120 61 201245267

0{CH2CH20)2CH3 0{CH2CH20)3CH30{CH2CH20)2CH3 0{CH2CH20)3CH3

324120 62 201245267324120 62 201245267

H3q〇H2CH2C)20 0(CH2CH20)2CH3H3q〇H2CH2C)20 0(CH2CH20)2CH3

[2.4.2.式（14)表示的結構單元之例] 63 324120 201245267 作為式（14)表示的結構單元，可舉例如可具有以下的 式表不取代基之結構單元，就合成高分子化合物的容易度 與電子輸送性之觀點來看，宜為式52a2、55a2、55b2、55c2、 56b2、57b2、58a2、59a2、60b2、61a2、61c2 或 63a2 表示的 結構單元。以下式中的R2、q1、nl、Yl、Μ’、Z1、al、ml、 Q2、n2、Y2、m2、R5、m3、R6及m4，是與前述者同義。如 R2、Q1、nl、Y丨、Μ1、Z丨、al、ml、Q2、n2、Y2、m2、R5、m3、 R6及m4係分別存在複數個時，複數個該等可分別互為相 同，也可互不相同。 64 324120 201245267 /{(QVyWwAmW /«C»VY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 «Z1>b1(M1)a1Y1KQ1Um· {Y2-(Q2)"-R，‘R2、抑w〜，/RV«QvY& π納山〆'R2[2.4.2. Example of the structural unit represented by the formula (14)] 63 324120 201245267 The structural unit represented by the formula (14) may, for example, be a structural unit having the following formula: From the viewpoint of easiness and electron transportability, it is preferable that the structural unit is represented by the formula 52a2, 55a2, 55b2, 55c2, 56b2, 57b2, 58a2, 59a2, 60b2, 61a2, 61c2 or 63a2. R2, q1, nl, Yl, Μ', Z1, al, ml, Q2, n2, Y2, m2, R5, m3, R6 and m4 in the following formula are synonymous with the above. When there are multiple numbers of R2, Q1, nl, Y丨, Μ1, Z丨, al, ml, Q2, n2, Y2, m2, R5, m3, R6 and m4, respectively, the plurality of these may be the same , but also different from each other. 64 324120 201245267 /{(QVyWwAmW /«C»VY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 «Z1>b1(M1)a1Y1KQ1Um· {Y2-(Q2)"-R,'R2, suppress w~,/ RV«QvY& π纳山〆'R2

52b2 r64 52a2 53a252b2 r64 52a2 53a2

^-{(tfinZ-Y2}^ 55a2^-{(tfinZ-Y2}^ 55a2

{(QlrYWUZ'W, [(QVyU{(QlrYWUZ'W, [(QVyU

{Y2-(Q2)n2}m4-Re 55bi «Z1)bl(M1)alY1-(Q1)„l}m1x (^Wm2^R2{Y2-(Q2)n2}m4-Re 55bi «Z1) bl(M1)alY1-(Q1)„l}m1x (^Wm2^R2

^-{(Q^nr^W^-{(Q^nr^W

{^2-(Q3)n2}m.{^2-(Q3)n2}m.

Nv N R2-{(Q\rY\M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1W^rV2^ 52a2 324120 65 201245267 {Y2-(Q2)n2}m4*R?尸2-Nv N R2-{(Q\rY\M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1W^rV2^ 52a2 324120 65 201245267 {Y2-(Q2)n2}m4*R?

•{(Q1)m-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2•{(Q1)m-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2

61 a2 {Y2-(Q2Um4-R6 .{(qVyWwz1)^61 a2 {Y2-(Q2Um4-R6 .{(qVyWwz1)^

{^-(Q^rM-R6 61#{^-(Q^rM-R6 61#

62# {(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 «qVy2w {(Q1)n1-Y1(M1L(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m262# {(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 «qVy2w {(Q1)n1-Y1(M1L(Z1)b1}m1 {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2

324120 66 201245267 R5-«Q1)n1-Y1(M1)al(Z1)bl}m3 {Y2-(Q2Wm〆324120 66 201245267 R5-«Q1)n1-Y1(M1)al(Z1)bl}m3 {Y2-(Q2Wm〆

Re-«〇Ww 52a^Re-«〇Ww 52a^

12b312b3

R^(91)nrY1(M1)01(Z1)bl}m3R^(91)nrY1(M1)01(Z1)bl}m3

57bi57bi

{V2-<Q2)n2>^-Re «Z1)bl(M1)alY1-(Q1)m}m3-R5 iSfai 迦3{V2-<Q2)n2>^-Re «Z1) bl(M1)alY1-(Q1)m}m3-R5 iSfai

{Y2-(Q2)n2V-R6 / R^iQ'Jnl-V'fM^altZ'ib^mS{Y2-(Q2)n2V-R6 / R^iQ'Jnl-V'fM^altZ'ib^mS

{Y2-(Q2)n2}m4-Re 67 324120 201245267 {Y^Q^^nvt-R® R5-[(Q1 )n1-Y1 (M1)a1(Z1{Y2-(Q2)n2}m4-Re 67 324120 201245267 {Y^Q^^nvt-R® R5-[(Q1 )n1-Y1 (M1)a1(Z1

{Y2-<Q2)n2>m4-R6 6U22{Y2-<Q2)n2>m4-R6 6U22

{Y2-(Q2)n2W-R6 61c2{Y2-(Q2)n2W-R6 61c2

{Y^Q^ndnvi-R6 ^-{(0\νΛΜ\,{Ζ\ύηί3 {Y2-(Q2)n2}m4-R6v^ R5-{(Q1 )ni-Y1(M1 )ai(Z1)b1}m3 R5-{(Q1)ni-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m3 上述式中，就合成R2的容易度之觀點來看，宜為由可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基，去除直接鍵結在組 成環的碳原子上的（ml + m2)個氫原子後之基。 上述式中，就合成R5的容易度之觀點來看，宜為由可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基，去除直接鍵結在組 成環的碳原子上的m3個氫原子後的基。 上述式中，就合成R6的容易度之觀點來看，宜為由可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至30的芳基’去除直接鍵結在組 成環的碳原子上的m4個氫原子後之基。可具有取代基的碳 原子數6至30的芳基，宜為苯基、卜萘基、2-萘基、卜 蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基或該等基中的至少1個氫原子經取 代基取代的基。 324120 68 201245267 作為前述取代基，可舉出與前述Q1的相關說明中例示 之取代基相同的取代基。如存在複數個前述取代基時，該 等取代基可互為相同，也可不相同。 作為式（14)表示的結構單元，可舉出可具有以下式表 示取代基的結構單元。以下的式中，Μ是與前述者同義。{Y^Q^ndnvi-R6 ^-{(0\νΛΜ\,{Ζ\ύηί3 {Y2-(Q2)n2}m4-R6v^ R5-{(Q1 )ni-Y1(M1 )ai(Z1)b1 }m3 R5-{(Q1)ni-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m3 In the above formula, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing R2, it is preferred to have 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. An aryl group which removes a group which is directly bonded to (ml + m 2 ) hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom constituting the ring. In the above formula, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing R 5 , it is preferred to have a substituent An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and a group obtained by directly bonding m3 hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom constituting the ring. In the above formula, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing R6, it is preferable to The aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms having a substituent removes a group which is directly bonded to m4 hydrogen atoms on the carbon atom constituting the ring. The aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is preferably A phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a decyl group, a 2-indenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group or a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent. 324120 68 201245267 As the aforementioned substituent, Substituent phase exemplified in the related description of Q1 above When a plurality of the above-mentioned substituents are present, the substituents may be the same or different from each other. The structural unit represented by the formula (14) may be a structural unit which may have a substituent represented by the following formula. In the following formula, Μ is synonymous with the foregoing.

o(ch2ch2o)3ch3o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

324120 69 201245267324120 69 201245267

324120 70 201245267324120 70 201245267

0(CH2CH20)3CH30(CH2CH20)3CH3

324120 71 201245267324120 71 201245267

324120 72 201245267324120 72 201245267

324120 73 201245267324120 73 201245267

324120 74 201245267324120 74 201245267

324120 75 201245267324120 75 201245267

本發明中使用的高分子化合物，並且也可具有式（17) 表示的結構單元The polymer compound used in the present invention, and may also have a structural unit represented by the formula (17)

(17) (-Ar3-]——X， m5 (式（17)中，Ar3是可具有取代基的2價芳香族基或可具有 取代基的2價芳香族胺殘基’X’是可具有取代基的亞胺 基、可具有取代基的亞矽基、可具有取代基的伸乙稀基或 伸乙炔基’ 及m6分別獨立地為0或1。但是，m5及㈣ 的至少1者是1。） 324120 76 201245267 式（24)中的Ar8，是可具有取代基的2價芳香族基或 可具有取代基的2價芳香族胺殘基。 作為式（17)中的Ar3表示的2價芳香族基，可舉例如2 價芳香族烴基、2價芳香族雜環基。作為該2價芳香族基， 可舉例如，由單環式芳香環（例如，苯環、吡啶環、1，2-二畊環、1, 3-二畊環、1，4-二畊環、1，3, 5-三啡環、呋喃 環、吼11各環、°塞吩環、n比唾環、°米°坐環、曙嗤環、曙二。坐 環、吖二唑環等），去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的2 個氫原子後的2價基；由具有二個以上單環式芳香環之縮 合結構的縮合多環式芳香環，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳 原子上的2個氫原子後的2價基；由選自該單環式芳香環 及該縮合多環式芳香環所成群組中的二個以上芳香環以單 鍵、伸乙烯基或伸乙炔基連結的芳香環集合，去除直接鍵 結在組成環的碳原子上的2個氳原子後的2價基；由具有 含有選自該單環式芳香環、該縮合多環式芳香環及該芳香 環集合所成群組中的2個芳香環，芳香環之中鄰接的2個 芳香環以亞曱基、伸乙基、羧基等2價基或甲烷四基橋聯 之結構之橋聯多環式芳香環，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳 原子上的2個氫原子後的2價基等。 就高分子化合物的溶解性之觀點來看，前述縮合多環 式芳香環中縮合的單環式芳香環之個數，宜為2至4，並 以2至3較佳，而以2更佳。就溶解性之觀點來看，前述 芳香環集合中連結的芳香環之個數，宜為2至4,並以2 或3較佳，而以2更佳。就高分子化合物之溶解性之觀點 324120 77 201245267 中交聯的芳香環之個數，宜 2或3較佳，而以2更佳。 作為前述單環式芳(17) (-Ar3-]——X, m5 (In the formula (17), Ar3 is a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic amine residue 'X' which may have a substituent The imine group having a substituent, the fluorenylene group which may have a substituent, the ethylene or ethynyl group which may have a substituent, and m6 are each independently 0 or 1. However, at least one of m5 and (d) It is 1.) 324120 76 201245267 Ar8 in the formula (24) is a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic amine residue which may have a substituent, and is represented by Ar3 in the formula (17). The divalent aromatic group may, for example, be a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of the divalent aromatic group include a monocyclic aromatic ring (for example, a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, or the like). 1,2-two tillage rings, 1, 3-two tillage rings, 1,4-two tillage rings, 1,3, 5-trientole rings, furan rings, oxime 11 rings, ° thiophene rings, n ratio saliva Ring, °m ° ring, anthracene ring, bismuth. Ring, oxadiazole ring, etc.), remove the divalent group directly bonded to the two hydrogen atoms on the carbon atoms of the ring; Condensation of more than one monocyclic aromatic ring a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring having a structure, which removes a divalent group directly bonded to two hydrogen atoms constituting a carbon atom of the ring; and is formed from the monocyclic aromatic ring and the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring Two or more aromatic rings in the group are a group of aromatic rings linked by a single bond, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group, and a divalent group directly bonded to two deuterium atoms on the carbon atoms constituting the ring; Containing two aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of the monocyclic aromatic ring, the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, and the aromatic ring group, and the adjacent two aromatic rings in the aromatic ring are an anthracene group and a A bridged polycyclic aromatic ring having a structure in which a divalent group such as a carboxyl group or a carboxyl group or a methane tetra group is bridged, and a divalent group obtained by directly bonding two hydrogen atoms on a carbon atom constituting the ring, etc. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the compound, the number of the monocyclic aromatic rings condensed in the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and even more preferably 2. From the viewpoint of sex, the number of aromatic rings linked in the above aromatic ring set is preferably 2 to 4, and is 2 or 3 , And more preferably 2. Viewpoint of solubility of a polymer compound 324 120 77 201 245 267 The number of aromatic rings in the cross-linked, preferably should be 2 or 3, and more preferably 2. Examples of the monocyclic aromatic

1 ιΤΧ 八.1 ιΤΧ eight.

了舉例如以下的絲示之環。 Ν〆 53 ΝFor example, the following ring of silk is shown. Ν〆 53 Ν

6262

Ν έΐ 作為前述縮八夕 之環。 料環，可舉例如 舉例如以下的式表 324120 201245267Ν έΐ As the aforementioned ring of the Eighth Eve. The material ring can be exemplified by the following formula 324120 201245267

作為前述芳香環集合，可舉例如以下的式表示之環。 324120 79 201245267The ring of the aromatic ring may be, for example, a ring represented by the following formula. 324120 79 201245267

SiSi

ss.Ss.

o oo o

HH

i〇l s lag 作為前述橋 22I〇l s lag as the aforementioned bridge 22

聯多環芳香環， 環 可舉例如以 104 下的式表示之a polycyclic aromatic ring, which may be represented by, for example, 104

就高分子化合物的電子接受性及電洞接受性的任— 者或兩者之觀點來看，Ar3表示的2價芳香族基，宜為由式 52 至 67、68 至 83、89 至 93、104 至 106、1〇8 或 1〇9 表 324120 201245267 示的環，去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的2個氫原子 後之2價基；並以由式52至57、66、67、89、91、93、 104、105、108或109表示的環，去除直揍鍵結在組成環 的碳原子上的2個氫原子後的2價基較佳。 衣 上述的2價芳香族基，也可具有取代基。作為該取代 基，可舉出與前述Q1的相關說明中例示的取代基相 代基。 ％ 作為式（17)中的Ar3表示的2價芳香族胺殘基，可舉 例如式（18)表示的基 + N-j—Ar6-- Ar8 m7 (18) -Ar4-——N—i-Ar5The divalent aromatic group represented by Ar3 is preferably from the formulae 52 to 67, 68 to 83, 89 to 93, from the viewpoints of electron acceptability and hole acceptability of the polymer compound or both. 104 to 106, 1〇8 or 1〇9 Table 324120 201245267 The ring shown, removing the divalent group directly bonded to the two hydrogen atoms on the carbon atoms constituting the ring; and by the formula 52 to 57, 66, The ring represented by 67, 89, 91, 93, 104, 105, 108 or 109 is preferably a divalent group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom constituting the ring. The above-mentioned divalent aromatic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a substituent substituent group exemplified in the description of Q1 above. % is a divalent aromatic amine residue represented by Ar3 in the formula (17), and is exemplified by a group represented by the formula (18): + N-j-Ar6-- Ar8 m7 (18) - Ar4- - N-i-Ar5

Ar9-NAr9-N

Ar10 (式（18)中Ar、Ar、Ar6及Ar7是分別獨立地為可具有取 代基之伸芳基或可具有取代基的2價雜環基，w及 Μ是分觸立地為可具有取絲之芳基或可具有取代基 的Π貝雜％基，m7及m8是分別獨立地為〇或”。 作為刖述伸芳基、芳基、2價雜環基及1價雜環基可 ::有的，代基，可舉例如㈣子、燒基、烧氧基、烧硫基、 方基、芳氧基、芳硫基、芳縣、枝氧基、芳烧硫基、 稀&炔基、芳烯基、芳炔基、醯基、醯氧基、醯胺基、 _胺基'亞_基、取代胺基、取代⑦基、取代梦氧基、 324120 201245267 取代矽硫基、取代矽胺基、氰基、硝基、1價雜環基、雜 芳氧基、雜芳硫基、烷氧羰基、芳氧羰基、芳烷氧羰基、 雜芳氧羰基及羧基等。該取代基也可以是例如乙烯基、乙 炔基、丁炔基、丙烯酸基、丙烯酸酯基、丙烯醯胺基、甲 基丙烯酸基、甲基丙烯酸酯基、甲基丙烯醯胺基、乙烯醚 基、乙烯胺基、矽醇基、具有小員環（環丙基、環丁基、環 氧基、氧雜環丁烷基（oxetane)、倍羰烯（diketene)、環硫 基等）的基、含有内酯基、内醯胺基或矽氧烷衍生物的結構 之基等交聯基。 一0- •S-等2價基而鍵結 如m7為〇時，可使Ar4中的碳原子與中的碳原子 直接鍵結。也可使人1*4中的碳原子與Ar6中的碳原子經由Ar10 (Ar, Ar, Ar6 and Ar7 in the formula (18) are independently a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent or may have a substituent, and w and oxime may be in a touch-up manner. An aryl group of a silk or a mussel heterovalent group which may have a substituent, and m7 and m8 are each independently anthracene or "." as a aryl group, an aryl group, a divalent heterocyclic group and a monovalent heterocyclic group. :: Some, alkenyl, for example, (iv), alkyl, alkoxy, thiol, aryl, aryloxy, arylthio, aryl, alkoxy, arylsulfanyl, dilute & Alkynyl, aralkenyl, arylalkynyl, fluorenyl, decyloxy, decylamino, ylamino 'subunit, substituted amino, substituted 7, substituted oxy, 324120 201245267 substituted thiol And substituted by amidino group, cyano group, nitro group, monovalent heterocyclic group, heteroaryloxy group, heteroarylthio group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aralkyloxycarbonyl group, heteroaryloxycarbonyl group and carboxyl group, etc. The substituent may also be, for example, a vinyl group, an ethynyl group, a butynyl group, an acryl group, an acrylate group, an acrylamide group, a methacryl group, a methacrylate group, a methacrylamide group, Ether group, vinylamine group, sterol group, having a small member ring (cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, epoxy, oxetane, diketene, cyclothio, etc.) a crosslinking group such as a group having a structure of a lactone group, an indoleamine group or a decyloxy group derivative. A 0- •S-iso-valent group and a bond such as m7 is 〇, an Ar4 can be obtained. The carbon atoms in the bond are directly bonded to the carbon atoms in the group. The carbon atoms in the human 1*4 and the carbon atoms in the Ar6 can also be passed.

Ar8、Ar9及“。是分別獨立地為可具有取代基之芳基 具Γ代基的1價雜環基。作為芳基，可舉出與前述 Q的相關朗巾例示的芳基相同的基。 可舉出與前述Q1的相關說明中例示雜:相二： 基。作為該取代基，可舉出與前_的相= 目同的 _基相同的基。A〆；*及的^ ==可具有取代基的2價雜環基。 舉出自方香族烴絲直接鍵結在組成方土了 =氮原子㈣下㈣刊。作騎a 壤的基、具有縮合環的基、單鍵鍵結了出，、有本 苯環及縮合環的基，以及經由2價有機^上選自獨立的 烯基）而鍵結2個以上選自獨立的1如’乙稀基等 纖。 及縮合環的基等。伸 201245267 芳基的碳原子數通常是6至60,並宜為7至仏。作為伸芳 基之例，可舉出伸苯基、伸聯苯基、Ci仏燒氧伸苯基、 (^至Cn烧基伸苯基、卜伸萘基、2-伸蔡基、卜伸蒽基、2_ 伸蒽基及9-伸蒽基。前述伸芳基中的氫原子也可以^子 作為該伸芳基（氟原子取代芳基），可舉例如四氣伸 本基等。在伸芳基之中，宜為伸苯基、伸聯苯基、CjCl2 燒氧伸苯基、匕至C12烷基伸苯基。 作為Ar4、Ar5、Ar·6及Ar7表示的2價雜環基，可舉出 自雜環式化合物去除直接鍵結在組成環的碳原子上的2個 ^原子後留下的原子團。此處的雜環式化合物，是指具有 環式結構的有機化合物之中，作為组成環的元素不僅是碳 原子’也指含有氧原子、硫原子、氮原子、磷原子、硼原 1、砂原子、縣子、賴、子、㈣子等雜原子的有機化 曰物。2價雜環基也可具有取代基。2價雜環基的碳原子數 =常是4至60,並宜為4至2G。而且，在2價雜環基的破 原子數中’不包含取絲㈣原子數。作為2價雜環基， 可舉例如噻吩二基、Cl至L烷基噻吩二基、吡咯二基、呋 喃二基、吡啶二基、（^至C,2烷基吡啶二基、嗒畊二基、嘧 啶二基、吡啡二基、三畊二基、吡咯啶二基、哌啶二基、 =琳二基及異料二基，其中並以麵二基、MG^基 吩一基、吡啶二基及（：,至L烷基吡啶二基較佳。 ^作為伸芳基及2價雜環基可具有的取代基，可舉出與 迷Q的相關說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基。存在複 數個前述取代基時，該等可互為相同，也可不相同。 324120 83 201245267 作為式（18)表示的2價芳香族胺殘基，可例示如由下 述式115至124表示的芳香族胺去除直鍵結在組成環之碳 原子上的2個氳原子後之基。就對於高分子化合物的電洞 電流之安定性之觀點來看，式（18)表示的2價芳香族胺殘 基，宜為由式115、116、117或120表示的芳香族胺去除 直接鍵結在組成環之碳原子上的2個氫原子後之基。Ar8, Ar9 and ". are each a monovalent heterocyclic group which has a deuterated group independently of an aryl group which may have a substituent. The aryl group is the same as the aryl group exemplified in the above-mentioned Q. The description of the above Q1 is exemplified by the following: phase two: a group. Examples of the substituent include the same group as the _ group of the former _ phase. A 〆; * and ^ = = a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. It is exemplified that the self-fragrance hydrocarbon filament is directly bonded to the constituent squamous earth = nitrogen atom (four) (4). It is used as a base for riding a soil, a group having a condensed ring, and a single The bond is formed by a bond, a base having a benzene ring and a condensed ring, and a bond selected from a divalent organic group selected from an independent alkenyl group, and two or more selected from the group consisting of an independent one such as an ethylene group. And the base of the condensed ring. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group of 201245267 is usually 6 to 60, and preferably 7 to 仏. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a phenyl group, and a Ci Oxy-phenylene, (^ to Cn-based phenyl, di-naphthyl, 2-extension, bismuth, 2-extension, and 9-extension). The hydrogen atom in the above aryl group also Can be used as the extension The group (fluorine atom-substituted aryl group) may, for example, be a tetra-equivalent group, etc. Among the aryl groups, it is preferably a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a CjCl2 oxyphenylene group, a fluorene to a C12 alkyl benzene group. The divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar4, Ar5, Ar.6 and Ar7 may be an atomic group which is left after the two atoms which are directly bonded to the carbon atom of the ring are removed from the heterocyclic compound. The heterocyclic compound herein refers to an organic compound having a cyclic structure, and the element as a constituent ring is not only a carbon atom but also contains an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, a boron atom, and a sand. An organic ruthenium of a hetero atom such as an atom, a county, a samarium, a (tetra), etc. The divalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the divalent heterocyclic group is usually from 4 to 60, and is preferably Further, in the number of broken atoms of the divalent heterocyclic group, 'the number of atoms of the wire (4) is not included. Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group include a thiophene diyl group, a Cl to L alkylthiophenediyl group, and a pyrrole group. Diyl, furandiyl, pyridyldiyl, (^ to C, 2 alkylpyridyldiyl, indole diyl, pyrimidinediyl, pyridyldiyl, trigonyl a pyrrolidinediyl group, a piperidinyl group, a lindiyl group, and a heterodimer group, wherein a bismuth group, a MG group, a pyridyl group, and a (:, to L alkylpyridinediyl group) Preferably, the substituent which the aryl group and the divalent heterocyclic group may have are the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of the Q. When a plurality of the substituents are present, these may be used. 324120 83 201245267 As the divalent aromatic amine residue represented by the formula (18), an aromatic amine represented by the following formulas 115 to 124 can be exemplified to remove the direct bond in the carbon of the constituent ring. The base of the two atomic atoms on the atom. From the viewpoint of the stability of the hole current of the polymer compound, the divalent aromatic amine residue represented by the formula (18) is preferably represented by the formula 115, 116. The aromatic amine represented by 117 or 120 removes a group which is directly bonded to two hydrogen atoms constituting a carbon atom of the ring.

式115至124表示的芳香族胺，也可在可生成2價芳 香族胺殘基的範圍中具有取代基。作為前述取代基，可舉 出例如與前述Q1的相關說明中例示的取代基相同的取代基 及前述式（2)表示的基，宜為前述式（2)表示的基。如存在 複數個取代基時，該等可互為相同，也可互不相同。 式（17)中，X’是表示可具有取代基的亞胺基、可具 324120 84 201245267 有取代基的亞矽基、可具有取代基的伸乙烯基或伸乙炔 基。作為亞胺基、矽基或伸乙烯基可具有的取代基，可舉 出例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二 丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、2-乙基己基、壬基、癸基、3, 7-二甲基辛基、月桂基等碳原 子數1至20的烷基，及苯基、卜萘基、2-萘基、卜蒽基、 2-蒽基、9-蒽基等碳原子數6至30的芳基等。 在亞胺基、矽基或伸乙烯基中，如存在複數個取代基 時，該等可互為相同，也可互不相同。 就高分子化合物對於空氣、濕氣或熱的安定性之觀點 來看，X’宜為亞胺基、伸乙烯基、伸乙炔基。 m5及m6是分別獨立地為0或1，m5及m6的至少1者 是1。就高分子化合物的電子輸送性而言，宜使m5為1、 πι6 為 0。 [4.結構單元的含有比例] 本發明的高分子化合物中，宜含有式（12)表示之結構 單元及式（14)表示的結構單元。就電場發光元件的發光效 率之觀點來看，在高分子化合物中含有的所有結構單元（但 是除去末端的結構單元）中，該等結構單元之合計所占的比 例，宜為30至100莫耳％。 [5.末端的結構單元] 而且，作為本發明的高分子化合物之末端的結構單元 (末端基），可舉出例如氫原子、曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙 基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、 324120 85 201245267 己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、曱氧 基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第 二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚 氧基、辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、3, 7-二 曱基辛氧基、月桂氧基、曱硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、異丙 硫基、丁硫基、異丁硫基、第二丁硫基、第三丁硫基、戊 硫基、己硫基、環己硫基、庚硫基、辛硫基、壬硫基、癸 硫基、月桂硫基、曱氧苯基、乙氧苯基、丙氧苯基、異丙 氧苯基、丁氧苯基、異丁氧苯基、第二丁氧苯基、第三丁 氧苯基、戊氧苯基、己氧苯基、環己氧苯基、庚氧苯基、 辛氧本基、2-乙基己氧笨基、壬氧笨基、癸氧苯基、3,7_ 二曱基辛氧苯基、月桂氧苯基、曱基笨基、乙基笨基、二 曱基笨基、丙基苯基、2, 4, 6-三曱基苯基、曱基乙基苯基、 異丙基苯基、丁基苯基、異丁基苯基、第三丁基苯基、戊 基苯基、異戊基苯基、己基苯基、庚基苯基、辛基苯基、 壬基苯基、癸基苯基、十二基苯基、甲基胺基、二曱基胺 基、乙基胺基、二乙基胺基、丙基胺基、二丙基胺基、異 丙基胺基、二異丙基胺基、丁基胺基、異丁基胺基、第二 丁基胺基、第三丁基胺基、戊基胺基、己基胺基、環己基 胺基、庚基胺基、辛基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、壬基胺基、 癸基胺基、3, 7-二曱基辛基胺基、月桂基胺基、環戊基胺 基、二環戊基胺基、環己基胺基、二環己基胺基、二（三氟 曱基）胺基、苯基胺基、二苯基胺基、（0至（：12烷氧苯基） 胺基、二（G至C12烷氧苯基）胺基、二（(^至Cu烷基苯基） 324120 86 201245267 胺基、1-萘基胺基、2-萘基胺基、五氟苯基胺基、π比唆基 胺基、嗒畊基胺基、嘧啶基胺基、。比畊基胺基、三哄基胺 基、（苯基-Cl至Cl2烧基）胺基、(Cl至Cl2烧氧苯基-Cl至Cl2 烷基）胺基、（匕至（：12烷基苯基-(^至C12烷基）胺基、二（Cl 至烷氧苯基-(^至匕2烷基）胺基、二（(^至C!2烷基笨基 -匕至G2烷基）胺基、1-萘基-(^至烷基胺基、2-萘基 至Cl2烧基胺基、三曱基梦基、三乙基石夕基、三丙基石夕基、 三異丙基矽基、異丙基二曱基矽基、異丙基二乙基矽基、 第三丁基二甲基矽基、戊基二曱基矽基、己基二甲基矽基、 庚基二甲基矽基、辛基二甲基矽基、2-乙己基二曱基矽基、 壬基二甲基矽基、癸基二曱基矽基、3, 7-二曱基辛基二甲 基矽基、月桂基二曱基矽基、（苯基至C12烷基）矽基、 (d Cu烷氧苯基-匕至C12烷基）石夕基、（d (：12烷基苯基 -匕至匕2烷基）矽基、（卜萘基-(^至Ci2烷基）矽基、（2-萘 基-Ci至Ci2烷基）矽基、（苯基至c12烷基）二曱基矽基、 三苯基矽基、三（對-二甲苯基）矽基、三苯曱基矽基、二苯 基曱基矽基、第三丁基二苯基矽基、二甲基苯基矽基、噻 吩基、Ο至Cl2烷基噻吩基、吡咯基、呋喃基、吡啶基、匕 至Cl2烷基吡啶基、嗒啡基、嘧啶基、吡啡基、三哄基、吡 咯啶基、哌啶基、喹啉基、異喹啉基、羥基、巯基、氟原 子、氯原子、溴原子及峨原子等。 如存在複數個前述末端的結構單元時，該等結構單元 可互為相同，也可不相同。 [6.高分子化合物之特性] 324120 87 201245267 以下，說明本發明的高分子化合物之特性。 [6· 1 ·分子量] ^子化合物’是指換算聚苯乙#的重量平均分 為lxIOSx上的化合物。 i 就㈣本發_高分子化合物之成膜性之觀點來看， 化合物換算聚笨乙歸之重量平均分子量的下限 且為1X 〇以上’並以崎上較佳以MO、 而以5X10以上尤佳。就相同樣之觀點來看，前述高分子 化合物換算韓乙狀重量平 $⑴“刀子 以下，独㈣、下触Γ = 子㈣上限宜為赠 乙婦之重量平均分子量之^ Μ子化合物換算聚苯 种里里十巧刀子里之範圍’宜為1><1〇3至Μ 2x10 至 lxl〇7較佳，以 3 1〇3 w 1χ1〇7尤佳。 0至1X10更佳，而以5χ1〇3至 就本發明的高分子化合物之純度之觀 分子化合浦絲笨㈣錢量平均好量线lxl03= 上。此㈣之觀點來看’前述高分子化合物換算聚笨乙烯 之數量平均分子量的上限宜為㈣以下，並以㈣^ 較佳，而以5χ106以下更佳。前述高分子化合物換算聚 乙婦之數量平均分子量之範圍，宜為lxl()3至㈣7,並以 1x103至1x107較佳’而以Ixlo3至5xl06更佳。 就本發明的高分子化合物之溶解性而言，前述高分子 化合物換算聚苯乙烯之重量平均分子量的下限宜為 以上，相同之觀點來看，前述高分子化合物換算聚苯乙 稀之重量平均分子量的上限㈣5xlG5以下，並以5χ1〇4 324120 88 201245267 以下較佳， X — ，而以3χΐ〇3以下更佳。前述高分子化合物換算 : 缔，重量平均分子量之範圍，宜為1χ1〇3至5xl〇5， 日、:上J。至5χ1〇4較佳，而以lxl〇3至3χ103更佳。本發 月的回刀子化合物換算聚笨乙烯之數量平均分子量及重量 里’可利用例如凝膠滲透層析（GPC)而分別求得。 作為共輕鬲分子化合物的特性] 务月中使用的高分子化合物，宜為共軛化合物。本 彳b人&起用的南分子化合物為共軛化合物，是指該高分子 子所具^主鏈中係包含多重鍵及/或以氮原子、氧原子等原 該高Z之非共用電子對挟持1個單鍵而連接的領域。如 人化〇物疋共軛高分子化合物時，就共軛高分子化 含在夕i子輸送性之觀點來看，其以{(高分子化合物中， 子對挾持鏠及ί或氡原子、氧原子等原子所具有之非共用電 (高分子、彳\個單鍵而連接的領域中的主鏈上之原子個數V 算出的。物中之主鏈上的全部原子個數）丨Xl〇〇%所計 戰以上％) ’宜為50%以上，並以60%以上為較佳，以 4更佳’以’以上為特佳，而以9G%以上更尤 [6·3·軌道能量] ^本發明的高分子化合物之電子接受性及電洞接受 (Ίmm、點來看’則述高分子化合物的最低非占有分子軌道 、）之軌道能量下限’宜為_5.〇eV以上，並以-4.5eV 以上較佳。就相同之觀點來看，前述高分子化合物的麵 執道處ϊ：上限，宜為~2· GeV以下。前述高分子化合物的 324120 89 201245267 LUM0之軌道能量的範圍，宜為-5. OeV以上-2. OeV以下， 並以-4. 5eV以上-2. OeV以下較佳。 就相同之觀點來看，本發明的高分子化合物之最高占 有分子執道（HOMO)的軌道能量下限，宜為-6. OeV以上，並 以-5. 5eV以上較佳。就相同之觀點來看，前述高分子化合 物之HOMO的軌道能量上限，宜為-3. OeV以下。前述高分 子化合物的HOMO之軌道能量的範圍，宜為-6.OeV以上 -3. OeV以下，並以-5. 5eV以上-3. OeV以下較佳。HOMO之 執道能量，通常低於LUM0之執道能量。 高分子化合物的HOMO之軌道能量，是在測定高分子 化合物的離子化電位（ionization potential)後，藉由將 所得的離子化電位作為該軌道能量而求得。高分子化合物 的LUM0之軌道能量，是求得HOMO與LUM0之能量差，藉由 將該值與前述所測定的離子化電位之和作為該執道能量而 求得。在測定離子化電位時，可使用光電子分光裝置。HOMO 與LUM0之能量差，是使用紫外光分光光度計、可見光分光 光度計或近紅外光分光光度計而測定高分子化合物的吸收 光譜後，由其吸收末端求得。 [7.高分子化合物之具體例] 作為本發明的高分子化合物，可舉例如以下的式表示 的高分子化合物。本說明書中，具有以斜線「/」區隔複數 個結構的式表示之構造單元的高分子化化合物，此等結構 單元是無規地排列。如以斜線「/」區隔2種結構時，右侧 的結構單元之比例為（100-P)莫耳％。p宜為30至99%， 324120 90 201245267 並以50至99%較佳。以斜線「/」區隔3種結構的式表示 之高分子化化合物，左側的結構單元之比例為ρ莫耳％， 中央的結構單元之比例為q莫耳％，右侧的結構單元之比 例為（100^)莫耳％。{)宜為1至5〇,並以1至3〇較佳。 q且為1至50，並以1至3〇較佳。而且，也可復含有以下 的式表示的結構單元以外之結構單元，在此種情形中，也 可以與下述以相同方式表示。此等結構單元是無規地排列。 而且，以下的式中，Μ是表示與前述者同義，n是聚合度， 在可合成的範圍内，式中的任意氫原子也可以改換成取代 基。作為前述取代基可舉出與前述Qi的相關說明中例示之 取代基相同的基。The aromatic amine represented by the formulae 115 to 124 may have a substituent in the range in which a divalent aromatic amine residue can be produced. The substituent which is the same as the substituent exemplified in the description of Q1 and the group represented by the above formula (2) are preferably the group represented by the above formula (2). Where a plurality of substituents are present, the two may be identical to each other or different from each other. In the formula (17), X' is an imido group which may have a substituent, an anthracene group which may have a substituent of 324120 84 201245267, a vinyl group which may have a substituent or an ethynyl group. Examples of the substituent which the imino group, the fluorenyl group or the vinyl group may have include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and a third butyl group. a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a decyl group, a decyl group, a 3,7-dimethyloctyl group, a lauryl group, and the like, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a diterpene group, a 2-fluorenyl group or a 9-fluorenyl group. In the imine group, the fluorenyl group or the vinyl group, if a plurality of substituents are present, these may be the same or different from each other. From the viewpoint of the stability of the polymer compound to air, moisture or heat, X' is preferably an imido group, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group. M5 and m6 are each independently 0 or 1, and at least one of m5 and m6 is 1. In terms of electron transportability of the polymer compound, it is preferable that m5 is 1, and πι6 is 0. [4. Content ratio of the structural unit] The polymer compound of the present invention preferably contains a structural unit represented by the formula (12) and a structural unit represented by the formula (14). In view of the luminous efficiency of the electric field light-emitting element, in the case of all the structural units contained in the polymer compound (but the structural unit having the terminal removed), the total proportion of the structural units is preferably 30 to 100 mol. %. [5. Structural unit at the end] The structural unit (terminal group) at the terminal of the polymer compound of the present invention may, for example, be a hydrogen atom, a thiol group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group or a butyl group. Isobutyl, second butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, 324120 85 201245267 hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, decyloxy, ethoxy Base, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyl Oxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, 3,7-didecyloctyloxy, lauryloxy, sulfonylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio Butylthio, isobutylthio, second butylthio, tert-butylthio, pentylthio, hexylthio, cyclohexylthio, heptylthio, octylthio, sulfonylthio, sulfonylthio , laurylthio, decyloxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, propoxyphenyl, isopropoxyphenyl, butoxyphenyl, isobutoxyphenyl, second butoxyphenyl, tert-butoxyphenyl Pentyloxyphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, ring Oxyphenyl, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, anthracene, anthracenyloxy, 3,7-didecyloctyloxyphenyl, lauric oxyphenyl, anthracene Stupid base, ethyl strepto, dimercapto, propylphenyl, 2,4,6-tridecylphenyl, decylethylphenyl, isopropylphenyl, butylphenyl, Isobutylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, pentylphenyl, isopentylphenyl, hexylphenyl, heptylphenyl, octylphenyl, nonylphenyl, nonylphenyl, twelve Phenyl, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, dipropylamino, isopropylamino, diisopropylamino, Butylamino, isobutylamino, t-butylamino, tert-butylamino, pentylamino, hexylamino, cyclohexylamino, heptylamino, octylamino, 2 -ethylhexylamino, mercaptoamine, mercaptoamine, 3,7-didecyloctylamino, laurylamine, cyclopentylamino, dicyclopentylamino, cyclohexylamine , dicyclohexylamino, bis(trifluoromethyl)amino, phenylamino, diphenylamino, (0 To (:12 alkoxyphenyl)amino, bis(G to C12 alkoxyphenyl)amine, bis((^ to Cu alkylphenyl) 324120 86 201245267 Amino, 1-naphthylamino, 2 -naphthylamino group, pentafluorophenylamino group, π-decylamino group, hydrazine amino group, pyrimidinylamino group, argonylamino group, tridecylamino group, (phenyl-Cl to Cl2 alkyl)amino, (Cl to Cl2 oxyphenyl-Cl to Cl2 alkyl) amine group, (匕 to (: 12 alkylphenyl-(^ to C12 alkyl) amine group, two (Cl to Alkoxyphenyl-(^ to 匕2 alkyl)amino, bis((^ to C!2 alkyl)-anthracene to G2 alkyl)amino, 1-naphthyl-(^ to alkylamino) , 2-naphthyl to Cl2 alkylamino, tridecylmonyl, triethyl sulphate, tripropyl sulphate, triisopropyl decyl, isopropyl decyl fluorenyl, isopropyl Ethyl decyl, tert-butyldimethylmethyl, pentyl decyl fluorenyl, hexyl dimethyl fluorenyl, heptyl dimethyl fluorenyl, octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 2-ethylhexyl Dimethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl dimethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 3, 7-dialkyl octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, lauryl dimercapto fluorenyl, Phenyl to C12 alkyl) fluorenyl, (d Cu alkoxyphenyl-fluorene to C12 alkyl) oxazepine, (d (: 12 alkylphenyl-fluorene to decyl) alkyl), (naphthyl) -(^ to Ci2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (2-naphthyl-Ci to Ci2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (phenyl to c12 alkyl) decyl fluorenyl, triphenyl fluorenyl, tri (p- Xylyl) fluorenyl, triphenyl fluorenyl fluorenyl, diphenyl fluorenyl fluorenyl, tert-butyldiphenyl fluorenyl, dimethylphenyl fluorenyl, thienyl, fluorene to Cl 2 alkyl thiophenyl , pyrrolyl, furyl, pyridyl, fluorene to Cl2 alkylpyridyl, morphine, pyrimidinyl, pyridyl, trimethyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, A hydroxyl group, a sulfhydryl group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and a ruthenium atom. When a plurality of structural units of the foregoing end are present, the structural units may be identical to each other or may be different. [6. Characteristics of polymer compound] 324120 87 201245267 Hereinafter, the properties of the polymer compound of the present invention will be described. [6·1 ·Molecular weight] ^Sub-compound' means a compound having a weight average of 1 x IOSx in terms of polystyrene. i In the case of (4) the film-forming property of the polymer compound, the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the compound is determined to be 1X 〇 or more', and it is preferable to use MO in the range of 5×10 or more. good. From the same point of view, the above-mentioned polymer compound is converted into a Korean sigmoid weight of $(1) "below the knife, the only (four), the lower touch Γ = sub (four) upper limit should be the weight average molecular weight of the gift of the woman ^ Μ 化合物 compound conversion poly benzene The range of 'li" knives is preferably 1><1〇3 to Μ 2x10 to lxl〇7, preferably 3 1〇3 w 1χ1〇7. 0 to 1X10 is better, and 5χ1〇 3 to the viewpoint of the purity of the polymer compound of the present invention, the molecular weight of the polymer, and the average amount of the average molecular weight of the polymer compound converted from the above-mentioned polymer compound. Preferably, it is (4) or less, and is preferably (4)^, and more preferably 5χ106 or less. The range of the average molecular weight of the polymer compound in terms of the amount of the polymer compound is preferably lxl()3 to (4)7, and preferably 1x103 to 1x107. In the solubility of the polymer compound of the present invention, the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound-converted polystyrene is preferably the same or higher, and the polymer compound is the same. Convert polystyrene The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight (4) is less than 5xlG5, and is preferably 5χ1〇4 324120 88 201245267, and X- is preferably 3χΐ〇3 or less. The above polymer compound conversion: the range of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1χ1. 〇3 to 5xl〇5, day,: upper J. to 5χ1〇4 is better, and lxl〇3 to 3χ103 is better. This month's returning knife compound converts the average molecular weight and weight of polystyrene. It is obtained by, for example, gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The properties of the compound as a co-fluorene molecular compound] The polymer compound used in the month of the moon is preferably a conjugated compound. The term "conjugated compound" means a domain in which the main chain contains a plurality of bonds and/or a single bond in which a non-shared electron pair of the high Z such as a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom is held by a single bond. For example, when the conjugated polymer compound is conjugated with a polymer compound, the conjugated polymer compound is contained in the viewpoint of the transportability of the oxime, and it is {(in the polymer compound, the pair is held against the ί or 氡 atom, Non-shared by atoms such as oxygen atoms (The number of atoms in the main chain in the field of the polymer, 彳\ a single bond and the number of atoms in the main chain is calculated.) 丨Xl〇〇% is calculated or more.)) Preferably, it is 50% or more, and more preferably 60% or more, and 4 is more preferably 'more than ', and more preferably 9G% or more [6·3·orbital energy] ^ The electron acceptability and the hole acceptance (Ίmm, the point of view of the lowest non-occupied molecular orbital of the polymer compound) are preferably _5. 〇eV or more, and preferably -4.5 eV or more. From the same viewpoint, the upper limit of the surface of the above-mentioned polymer compound is preferably ～2· GeV or less. OeV以下以下。 Preferably, the above-mentioned polymer compound 324120 89 201245267 LUM0 orbital energy range of -5. OeV or more - 2. OeV or less, and -4. 5eV or more - 2. OeV or less is preferred. 5eV以上优选。 Preferably, the highest molecular weight of the molecular compound of the present invention (HOMO) orbital energy lower limit, preferably -6. OeV or more, and preferably -5. 5eV or more. The above-mentioned upper limit of the orbital energy of the HOMO of the above-mentioned polymer compound is preferably -3. OeV or less. OeV以下以下。 Preferably, the above-mentioned high molecular weight of the HOMO orbital energy range of -6. OeV or more -3. OeV or less, and -5. 5eV or more - 3. OeV or less is preferred. The energy of HOMO is usually lower than the energy of LUM0. The orbital energy of HOMO of the polymer compound is obtained by measuring the ionization potential of the polymer compound and using the obtained ionization potential as the orbital energy. The orbital energy of LUM0 of the polymer compound is obtained by determining the energy difference between HOMO and LUM0, and the sum of the value and the ionization potential measured as the ego energy is obtained. When measuring the ionization potential, a photoelectron spectroscopic device can be used. The energy difference between HOMO and LUM0 is determined by measuring the absorption spectrum of the polymer compound using an ultraviolet spectrophotometer, a visible spectrophotometer or a near-infrared spectrophotometer. [7. Specific examples of the polymer compound] The polymer compound of the present invention may, for example, be a polymer compound represented by the following formula. In the present specification, a polymerized compound having a structural unit represented by a plurality of structures having a slash "/" is used, and these structural units are randomly arranged. If the structure is separated by a slash "/", the ratio of the structural unit on the right side is (100-P) mol%. p is preferably from 30 to 99%, 324120 90 201245267 and preferably from 50 to 99%. The macromolecular compound represented by three types of structures with a slash "/", the ratio of the structural unit on the left side is ρ mol %, the ratio of the central structural unit is q mol %, and the ratio of the structural unit on the right side It is (100^) mol%. {) is preferably 1 to 5 inches, and preferably 1 to 3 inches. q is from 1 to 50, and preferably from 1 to 3 Å. Further, the structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the following formula may be further included, and in this case, it may be expressed in the same manner as the following. These structural units are randomly arranged. Further, in the following formula, Μ means synonymous with the above, and n is a degree of polymerization, and any hydrogen atom in the formula may be changed to a substituent within a range which can be synthesized. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those exemplified in the description of Qi above.

(p/g/ 10Q-p^7 mol%) COO^M* 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3(p/g/ 10Q-p^7 mol%) COO^M* 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

324120 91 201245267 α〇〇·Μ+ COCTM+324120 91 201245267 α〇〇·Μ+ COCTM+

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

92 324120 20124526792 324120 201245267

+MOOC〆 0(CH2CH20)3CH3+MOOC〆 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

、COO.M+ (plq/ 100-p-Q mol%) 324120 93 201245267, COO.M+ (plq/ 100-p-Q mol%) 324120 93 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

+MOOC.+MOOC.

N\W/N Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇3〇 Η30(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇* ^=^CO〇-M+ .CXCHsCHzOhCHa "0(0Η20Η20)3〇*3 (pfql 100-p-<7 mol%)N\W/N Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇3〇Η30(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇* ^=^CO〇-M+ .CXCHsCHzOhCHa "0(0Η20Η20)3〇*3 (pfql 100-p-&lt ;7 mol%)

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇

0(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/qf 100-p-<7 mol%) 324120 94 2012452670(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/qf 100-p-<7 mol%) 324120 94 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/q/ 100-ρ-ς mol%)(p/q/ 100-ρ-ς mol%)

(p/q/ 100-p-Q mol%)(p/q/ 100-p-Q mol%)

324120 95 201245267 COO*M+324120 95 201245267 COO*M+

(p/100-p mol%) COO'M+(p/100-p mol%) COO'M+

(p/ql 100-p-q mol%) COCTM+(p/ql 100-p-q mol%) COCTM+

(p/qf 100-p-q mol%) 324120 96 201245267 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3(p/qf 100-p-q mol%) 324120 96 201245267 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

H3C(0H2CH2C>30 n 'COO'M*H3C(0H2CH2C>30 n 'COO'M*

H3C(OH2CH2C)30 n fc〇〇-M+ (p/100-p mol%)H3C(OH2CH2C)30 n fc〇〇-M+ (p/100-p mol%)

324120 97 201245267324120 97 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/ql 100-p-<7 mol%) 324120 98 201245267(p/ql 100-p-<7 mol%) 324120 98 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%) (p/100-p mol%) 324120 99 201245267(p/100-p mol%) (p/100-p mol%) 324120 99 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(plql 100-p-q mol%)(plql 100-p-q mol%)

(plql 100-p-q mol%)(plql 100-p-q mol%)

324120 100 201245267324120 100 201245267

(p/q/ 100-p-qf mol%)(p/q/ 100-p-qf mol%)

(plq/ 100-p-qr mol%)(plq/ 100-p-qr mol%)

324120 101 201245267 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3324120 101 201245267 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

(p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3(p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

(p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3(p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

(p/100-p mol%) 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3(p/100-p mol%) 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

n (p/100-p mol%) 324120 102 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3n (p/100-p mol%) 324120 102 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/100-p mol%)0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/100-p mol%)

324120 103 201245267 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3324120 103 201245267 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

o(ch2ch2o>3ch3 (p/100-p mol%)o(ch2ch2o>3ch3 (p/100-p mol%)

〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (ρ/α/100-P^moi%)〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (ρ/α/100-P^moi%)

324120 104 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3324120 104 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

0(CH2CH2〇)3CH30(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

0(CH2CH20)3CH30(CH2CH20)3CH3

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-pmol%) (p/100-p mol%) 324120 105 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3(p/100-pmol%) (p/100-p mol%) 324120 105 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

0(CH2CH2〇bCH3 (p/100-p mol%)0(CH2CH2〇bCH3 (p/100-p mol%)

0(CH2CH2〇bCH3 (p/q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)0(CH2CH2〇bCH3 (p/q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)

0(CH2CH20)3CH30(CH2CH20)3CH3

324120 106 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3324120 106 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

0(CH2CH20)3CH30(CH2CH20)3CH3

Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η5〇)3〇.Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η5〇)3〇.

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 H^C{0H^CH2C)30 ^ 0{CH2CH20)3CH3 {p/q/ 100-p-</mol%) 0(CH2CH2〇bCH30(CH2CH20)3CH3 H^C{0H^CH2C)30^0{CH2CH20)3CH3 {p/q/ 100-p-</mol%) 0(CH2CH2〇bCH3

(plql 100-p-q mol%)(plql 100-p-q mol%)

(X 0(CH2CH20)3CH3(X 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

(plq/ 100-p-<y mol%) 324120 107 0'201245267 0(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η3(plq/ 100-p-<y mol%) 324120 107 0'201245267 0(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η3

0(CH2CH20)3CH30(CH2CH20)3CH3

(ρ/100-ρ mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3(ρ/100-ρ mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

(ρ/100-ρ mol%) 0(CH2CH20)3CH3(ρ/100-ρ mol%) 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

0(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η30(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η3

(ρ/100-ρ mol%) (ρ/100-ρ mol%) 324120 108 201245267 0(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3(ρ/100-ρ mol%) (ρ/100-ρ mol%) 324120 108 201245267 0(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3

(p/qf/ 100-p-Q mol%) 0(CH2CH20)3CH3(p/qf/ 100-p-Q mol%) 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/q/100-p-Qmol%)0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/q/100-p-Qmol%)

324120 109 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3324120 109 201245267 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

CXCHaCHzOhCHaCXCHaCHzOhCHa

H3C(0H2CH2C)30. HsQOHsCHzCJaO'H3C(0H2CH2C)30. HsQOHsCHzCJaO'

CHCHzCHsOfeCHa '0(CH2CH20}3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-qr nx»l%) 0(CH2CH2〇hCHzCHCHzCHsOfeCHa '0(CH2CH20}3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-qr nx»l%) 0(CH2CH2〇hCHz

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇'H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇'

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH CXCHzChizOfeCHa0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH CXCHzChizOfeCHa

{plql 100-p-Q mol%) H3C(OH2CH2C)3Ov^^/>V^^〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3CT v v、0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/q/ 100-p-q mol%) 324120 110 201245267{plql 100-pQ mol%) H3C(OH2CH2C)3Ov^^/>V^^〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3CT vv, 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/q/ 100-pq mol% ) 324120 110 201245267

(p/100-pmol%)(p/100-pmol%)

324120 111 201245267324120 111 201245267

{p/ql 100-p-q mol%){p/ql 100-p-q mol%)

324120 112 201245267324120 112 201245267

H3C(OH2CH2C)3q +MOOCH3C(OH2CH2C)3q +MOOC

P(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 COO'M+P(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 COO'M+

0(CH2CH2〇>3CH3 O(CH2CH2〇)3CH30(CH2CH2〇>3CH3 O(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇v +MOOC H3C(OH2CH2C)3a H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇" (p/100-p mol%) P(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 -COCTM+H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇v +MOOC H3C(OH2CH2C)3a H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇" (p/100-p mol%) P(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 -COCTM+

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 (p/q/100-p-<y mol%) p(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 COO'M+0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 (p/q/100-p-<y mol%) p(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 COO'M+

H3C(OH2CH2Ch〇、 +M-〇OCH3C (OH2CH2Ch〇, +M-〇OC

H3C(OH2CH2C)3q +M'OOCH3C(OH2CH2C)3q +M'OOC

H3〇(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3QOH2CH2C)3〇· p(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 CO〇-M+H3〇(OH2CH2C)3〇H3QOH2CH2C)3〇· p(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 CO〇-M+

0(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η3 、0(C_2〇)3CH3 (p/q/ 100-p-Q mol%) H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 HaCiOHzCHzOsO*0(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇Η3,0(C_2〇)3CH3 (p/q/ 100-p-Q mol%) H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 HaCiOHzCHzOsO*

〇iCH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-gmol%)〇iCH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-gmol%)

H3C(OH2CH2C)3q +M'OOCH3C(OH2CH2C)3q +M'OOC

P(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 coaM+ H3C(0H2CH2C)30, H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇·P(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 coaM+ H3C(0H2CH2C)30, H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇·

,0(CH2CH2〇>3CH3 "〇(ΟΗ2ΟΗ2〇)3〇Η3 (plql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 113 201245267,0(CH2CH2〇>3CH3 "〇(ΟΗ2ΟΗ2〇)3〇Η3 (plql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 113 201245267

〇^100-ρ mol%>〇^100-ρ mol%>

H3C(0H2CH2C)30 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (pM00-p mol%)H3C(0H2CH2C)30 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (pM00-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 114 201245267324120 114 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

H3C(0H2CH2C)30 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (plql 100-p-Q mol%)H3C(0H2CH2C)30 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (plql 100-p-Q mol%)

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 0(CH2CH20)3CH3H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

H3C(0H2CH2C)30 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 {plql 100-p-qf mol%) 324120 115 201245267H3C(0H2CH2C)30 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 {plql 100-p-qf mol%) 324120 115 201245267

(p/100-pmol%)(p/100-pmol%)

(plci 100-p-Q mol%)(plci 100-p-Q mol%)

(p/q/100-p-<; mol%)(p/q/100-p-<; mol%)

h3c(o 叶 ch2c)3o.H3c(o leaves ch2c)3o.

0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Η3〇(〇Η2〇Η2〇3〇*0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Η3〇(〇Η2〇Η2〇3〇*

HjQOH-.CHzOaO.HjQOH-.CHzOaO.

(p/q/ 100-p-Qmol%) Ύ〇^Η2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3 ^OtCHzCHzOfeCHa (p/q/ 100-p-flmoi%) 324120 116 201245267(p/q/ 100-p-Qmol%) Ύ〇^Η2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3 ^OtCHzCHzOfeCHa (p/q/ 100-p-flmoi%) 324120 116 201245267

(ρ/100-ρ mol%)(ρ/100-ρ mol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 117 201245267324120 117 201245267

(plql 100-p-g mol%)(plql 100-p-g mol%)

(plq! 100-p-q mol%)(plq! 100-p-q mol%)

324120 118 201245267 H3C(〇H2CH2C)3〇,324120 118 201245267 H3C (〇H2CH2C) 3〇,

p(CH2CH20>3CH3 ♦MOOCp(CH2CH20>3CH3 ♦MOOC

H3C(OH2CH2C)s〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3CyH3C(OH2CH2C)s〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3Cy

0(CH2CI-f2〇)3C^ O(CH2CH2〇)3CH30(CH2CI-f2〇)3C^ O(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

HsC(OH2CH2C)3〇、HsC(OH2CH2C)3〇,

+MOOC+MOOC

cooir (p/100-pmol%) aCH2CH20feCH3 h3c(〇H2CH2C)3o H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇·Cooir (p/100-pmol%) aCH2CH20feCH3 h3c(〇H2CH2C)3o H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇·

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-q mol%) Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇,0(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-q mol%) Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇,

〇(〇Η2〇η2〇)3〇Η3 CO〇-M+ +MOOC〇(〇Η2〇η2〇)3〇Η3 CO〇-M+ +MOOC

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇, +ΜΌ〇σH3C(OH2CH2C)3〇, +ΜΌ〇σ

HbC(OH2CH2C)3〇_ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇i OtCHzCHzOfeCHgcoolerHbC(OH2CH2C)3〇_ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇i OtCHzCHzOfeCHgcooler

OiCHzCHzOfeCHa OiCHzCHzO^CHaOiCHzCHzOfeCHa OiCHzCHzO^CHa

(plqf 100-i>Q mol%) ^QOHzCHzCJaO. HaCiOHsCHzOsO*(plqf 100-i>Q mol%) ^QOHzCHzCJaO. HaCiOHsCHzOsO*

0^，20仰3 O(CH2CH2〇)3CH (plqf 100-p-Q mol%) Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇3〇,0^,20仰3 O(CH2CH2〇)3CH (plqf 100-p-Q mol%) Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇3〇,

aCHzCHsOhCHa +MOOCaCHzCHsOhCHa +MOOC

H3C(〇H2〇H2C)30· H3C(OH2CH2C)30H3C(〇H2〇H2C)30· H3C(OH2CH2C)30

0(CH2CH2〇)3Cht 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (plql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 119 2012452670(CH2CH2〇)3Cht 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (plql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 119 201245267

(pM 00-p mol%>(pM 00-p mol%>

324120 120 201245267324120 120 201245267

324120 121 201245267324120 121 201245267

COOVC H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇*COOVC H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇*

0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2Ch2〇)3CH3 〇d/1 00-p mol%)0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2Ch2〇)3CH3 〇d/1 00-p mol%)

COOIVT 0{CH2CH^P)3PHz H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇*COOIVT 0{CH2CH^P)3PHz H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇*

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 {plq/100-p-q mol%)0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 {plq/100-p-q mol%)

COOIVT H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇· 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C{OH2CH2C)3〇*COOIVT H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇· 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C{OH2CH2C)3〇*

CKCHjCH^Ch 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 122 201245267CKCHjCH^Ch 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/ql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 122 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 123 201245267324120 123 201245267

CKCHjCHgO^CHaCKCHjCHgO^CHa

α〇Η2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3〇Η2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3

324120 124 201245267 +WOOC. H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇*324120 124 201245267 +WOOC. H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇*

COO-M* H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 HaCXOHzCHzCbO·COO-M* H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 HaCXOHzCHzCbO·

0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 CKCHzCHzOJaCHa (p/100-p mol%)0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 CKCHzCHzOJaCHa (p/100-p mol%)

+MOO KBCiOHzCHj.CJgO·+MOO KBCiOHzCHj.CJgO·

COOrM* KjC(〇H2CH2Cb〇. 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇*COOrM* KjC(〇H2CH2Cb〇. 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇*

CXCHjCHzOJaChb 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3CXCHjCHzOJaChb 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

(p/q/1 CX)-p-Q mol%) +Mt> H^CiOHzCHsChO*(p/q/1 CX)-p-Q mol%) +Mt> H^CiOHzCHsChO*

coaM* OiCHzCHzOJsCHs H3C(O^CH2C)3〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3< (p/ql 100-p-q mol%)coaM* OiCHzCHzOJsCHs H3C(O^CH2C)3〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3<(p/ql 100-p-q mol%)

0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3C 呔0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3C 呔

αχ ♦mx> Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇·Αχ ♦mx> Η3〇(ΟΗ2〇Η20)3〇·

coaM" OiCHzCHzObCHacoaM" OiCHzCHzObCHa

CXC^CHp^CHa 0(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3CXC^CHp^CHa 0(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3

/-〇C (^q〇H2CH2C)3〇. Η3^0Η20Η20)3σ (p/ql 100-p-<?mol%) 〔 324120 125 201245267/-〇C (^q〇H2CH2C)3〇. Η3^0Η20Η20)3σ (p/ql 100-p-<?mol%) [324120 125 201245267

324120 126 201245267324120 126 201245267

(p/q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)(p/q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)

(p/ql 100-p-Q mol%)(p/ql 100-p-Q mol%)

(plql 100-p-q mol%)(plql 100-p-q mol%)

324120 127 201245267 H3C(〇KiCH2C)3〇. Η30(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇· H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇324120 127 201245267 H3C(〇KiCH2C)3〇.Η30(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇· H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇

COO-M* C00-M4 COO*M+ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇, (p/100-p mol%) C〇〇-M+ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(0H2CH2C)30*COO-M* C00-M4 COO*M+ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇, (p/100-p mol%) C〇〇-M+ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(0H2CH2C)30*

OtC^CHaOJaCHa 0(CH2CH2〇hCH3OtC^CHaOJaCHa 0(CH2CH2〇hCH3

0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 O(CH2CH20)3CHa h3c(oh2ch2c)3o. h3c(oh2ch2c)3o.0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 O(CH2CH20)3CHa h3c(oh2ch2c)3o. h3c(oh2ch2c)3o.

,OfCH2CH2〇)3〇H3 ν〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3 COOW H3C(0H2CH2C)30 I 〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(0H2CH2C)30，,OfCH2CH2〇)3〇H3 ν〇(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇Η3 COOW H3C(0H2CH2C)30 I 〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇H3C(0H2CH2C)30,

(p/q/ 100-ρ-ς mol%)(p/q/ 100-ρ-ς mol%)

cooler cooivT h3〇(oh2ch2c)3〇丫、 HaCiOHzCHzOjO·^^ k>s^O(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/(^ 100-p-a mol%)Cooler cooivT h3〇(oh2ch2c)3〇丫, HaCiOHzCHzOjO·^^ k>s^O(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/(^ 100-p-a mol%)

/〇 H3C(OH2CH2Ch〇 丫、 kv^'0(CH2<»20)3CH3 (p/q/1 〇〇-p-<7 mol%) H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 Η30(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3〇·/〇H3C(OH2CH2Ch〇丫, kv^'0(CH2<»20)3CH3 (p/q/1 〇〇-p-<7 mol%) H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇Η30(ΟΗ2〇Η2〇)3 〇·

COO*M+ ^C(0H2CH2C)3O" 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3COO*M+ ^C(0H2CH2C)3O" 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

(plql 100-ρ-ς mol%) 324120 128 201245267(plql 100-ρ-ς mol%) 324120 128 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 129 201245267324120 129 201245267

324120 130 201245267324120 130 201245267

(p/100*p mol%)(p/100*p mol%)

(〆<?/ 100-/M? mol%>(〆<?/ 100-/M? mol%>

H,CiOH«CH.C^O OiCH^CH^O^H·»H,CiOH«CH.C^O OiCH^CH^O^H·»

(p/ql 100-p-Q mol%) 324120 131 201245267(p/ql 100-p-Q mol%) 324120 131 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 132 201245267 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇324120 132 201245267 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇

,o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COOM+,o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COOM+

h3c(oh2ch2c)3o P(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/100-p mol%)H3c(oh2ch2c)3o P(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/100-p mol%)

(plql 100-p-qf mol%)(plql 100-p-qf mol%)

324120 133 201245267324120 133 201245267

HaCiOHsCHiOaOHaCiOHsCHiOaO

PiCHzCHzOhCHb CO〇-M+PiCHzCHzOhCHb CO〇-M+

0(CH2CH2〇)3Chb O(CH2CH2〇)3CHb H3C(OH2CH2C)a〇 (p/100-p mol%) H3C(0H2CH2C)30、0(CH2CH2〇)3Chb O(CH2CH2〇)3CHb H3C(OH2CH2C)a〇 (p/100-p mol%) H3C(0H2CH2C)30,

,0(CH2C_3Ch^ CX)OM+,0(CH2C_3Ch^ CX)OM+

^q〇H2CH2C)3q^q〇H2CH2C)3q

,0(CH2C_3CK3 COOM+ H3C(0H2CH2C)30 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇· (p/q/100-p-q mol%),0(CH2C_3CK3 COOM+ H3C(0H2CH2C)30 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇· (p/q/100-p-q mol%)

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇、 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇〆 {p/q/ 100-p-c/ mol%) 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3—/ 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇, H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇〆 {p/q/ 100-p-c/ mol%) 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3—/ 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

(p/q/ 100-p-q mol%) 324120 134 201245267 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(0H2CH2C)^0(p/q/ 100-p-q mol%) 324120 134 201245267 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(0H2CH2C)^0

COO*M+ COO.M+COO*M+ COO.M+

(p/100-pmol%)(p/100-pmol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 135 201245267 h3c(oh2ch2c)3o、 — o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COCTM+ h3c(oh2ch2c)3o (p/100-p mol%)324120 135 201245267 h3c(oh2ch2c)3o, — o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COCTM+ h3c(oh2ch2c)3o (p/100-p mol%)

{p/ql 100-p-Q mol%){p/ql 100-p-Q mol%)

(plql 100-p-q mol%)(plql 100-p-q mol%)

(plql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 136 201245267 H3〇(OH2CH2C)30、(plql 100-p-q mol%) 324120 136 201245267 H3〇(OH2CH2C)30,

0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 COCfl·^ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3Cy (p/100-p mol%)0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 COCfl·^ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. H3C(OH2CH2C)3Cy (p/100-p mol%)

Η3^0Η2ΟΗ2〇)30Η3^0Η2ΟΗ2〇)30

一 0(CH2CH2〇bCH3 r^jj 0(〇Η2〇Ή2〇)3〇Η3 H3C(OH2CH2C>3〇- (p/q/ 100-p-Q mol%)0 (CH2CH2〇bCH3 r^jj 0(〇Η2〇Ή2〇)3〇Η3 H3C(OH2CH2C>3〇- (p/q/ 100-p-Q mol%)

324120 137 201245267324120 137 201245267

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇v .COO'MH3C(OH2CH2C)3〇v .COO'M

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%) 324120 138 201245267 0(CH2CH20)aCH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 COO'M+(p/100-p mol%) 324120 138 201245267 0(CH2CH20)aCH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 COO'M+

h3c(oh2ch2c)3o (p/100-p mol%)H3c(oh2ch2c)3o (p/100-p mol%)

(p/q/ 100-p-qf mol%)(p/q/ 100-p-qf mol%)

(p/q/100-p-q mol%) 324120 139 201245267 η3〇(〇Η2〇η2〇)3〇 cocrn(p/q/100-p-q mol%) 324120 139 201245267 η3〇(〇Η2〇η2〇)3〇 cocrn

H3〇(OH2CH2C)3〇 hbCXOHzC^CJaOH3〇(OH2CH2C)3〇 hbCXOHzC^CJaO

OCCHz^O^CHa CHCHzCHzOfeCHa (p/100-pmol%)OCCHz^O^CHa CHCHzCHzOfeCHa (p/100-pmol%)

{plql 100-p-q mol%){plql 100-p-q mol%)

324120 140324120 140

201245267 COO_M+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COO.M+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COO'M+ 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3201245267 COO_M+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COO.M+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COO'M+ 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%) 324120 141 201245267(p/100-p mol%) 324120 141 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 142 201245267 coof324120 142 201245267 coof

co〇-ivfCo〇-ivf

COCTM*COCTM*

{plq! 100-p-q mol%) COCTM*{plq! 100-p-q mol%) COCTM*

COO-M"COO-M"

324120 143 201245267324120 143 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324120 144 201245267324120 144 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(plql 100-p-q mol%)(plql 100-p-q mol%)

324120 145 201245267324120 145 201245267

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/ql 100-p-q mol%)(p/ql 100-p-q mol%)

(p/q/ 100-p-q mol%)(p/q/ 100-p-q mol%)

324120 146 201245267324120 146 201245267

324120 147 201245267324120 147 201245267

(p/ql 100-p-q mol%)(p/ql 100-p-q mol%)

324120 148 201245267324120 148 201245267

HgCiOHaCHjCfeOv^^^^COOlVl* H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. HgCiOHjC^OaOT^ '"〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Η^ΟΗ/Η^Ο·HgCiOHaCHjCfeOv^^^^COOlVl* H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇. HgCiOHjC^OaOT^ '"〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Η^ΟΗ/Η^Ο·

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 O(CH2CH20)3CH30(CH2CH20)3CH3 O(CH2CH20)3CH3

HaCiO^CHaChOHaCiO^CHaChO

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH30(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3

HaqOHjCHzCJa HaQOHjCHzOaHaqOHjCHzCJa HaQOHjCHzOa

Hjqo^c^o. 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 HaqOHzCHjOaO* (p/g/ 100-p-Q mol%)Hjqo^c^o. 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 HaqOHzCHjOaO* (p/g/ 100-p-Q mol%)

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch30(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

H3q〇H2CH2C)3〇. HaCiOHjCHzCJaO*H3q〇H2CH2C)3〇. HaCiOHjCHzCJaO*

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 C00'M+ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇' {pfqi 100-p-Q mol%) H3C(0H2CH2C)30 H3Ci〇H2CH2C)3〇.0(CH2CH20)3CH3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3 C00'M+ H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇0(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇' {pfqi 100-pQ mol%) H3C(0H2CH2C)30 H3Ci〇H2CH2C)3〇 .

,0(CH2CH2〇)3CH: 、0(CH2CH20)aCH: wv wnjU n2U ftun 3 I 13WVWI 12^1 {plq! 100-p-Q mol%) / -〇^〇|~ 〇rN》, 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH: , 0(CH2CH20)aCH: wv wnjU n2U ftun 3 I 13WVWI 12^1 {plq! 100-p-Q mol%) / -〇^〇|~ 〇rN》

HgCiOHzCI^OijO H3q〇H2CH2C)3〇‘HgCiOHzCI^OijO H3q〇H2CH2C)3〇‘

H3C{OH2CH2C)3〇 〇iCH2CH2〇)3CH3 H3C(0H2CH2C)30*H3C{OH2CH2C)3〇 〇iCH2CH2〇)3CH3 H3C(0H2CH2C)30*

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 OtCHzCHaO^CH；0(CH2CH20)3CH3 OtCHzCHaO^CH;

(p/q/ 100-ρ-ς mol%) [7.高分子化合物的製造方法] 以下說明本發明的高分子化合物之製造方法。作為本 發明的高分子化合物的製造方法之理想形態，可舉出使用 含有離子的化合物作為原料，使其縮合聚合的方法；及第 一步驟中使用不含離子的化合物作為原料，使其縮合聚合 而合成ifj分子化合物後，再於第二步驟中由該高分子化合 149 324120 201245267 物合成含有離子的高分子化合物之方法。 可舉例如，選擇使用下述式（21)表示的化合物作為前 述原料的方法。 Y3-Aa-Y4 (21) (式（21)中，八3是含有式（1)表示的基與式（2)表示的基之2 價基；Y3及Y4是分別獨立地表示參與縮合聚合的基）。 同時，可舉出例如選擇使用下述式（2Γ )表示的化合 物作為前述原料的方法。 Y3-Aaa-Y4 (21，） (式（2Γ )中，Aaa是含有式（22)表示的基與式（2)表示的基 之2價基。Y3及Y4是分別獨立地表示參與縮合聚合的基）。 -R7-{(Q3)n6-Y5}m9 (22) (式（22)中，R7是（l + m9)價有機基。 Q3是表示2價有機基。 Y5 是-C〇2Rx、-S〇3Rx、-S〇2Rx、-P〇3(Rx)2 或-B(RX)2。 n6是0以上的整數。(p/q/100-ρ-ς mol%) [7. Method for Producing Polymer Compound] A method for producing the polymer compound of the present invention will be described below. A preferred embodiment of the method for producing a polymer compound of the present invention includes a method of condensing and polymerizing a compound containing an ion as a raw material, and a condensation polymerization of a compound containing no ion as a raw material in the first step. After synthesizing the ifj molecular compound, a method of synthesizing the ion-containing polymer compound from the polymer compound 149 324120 201245267 is further carried out in the second step. For example, a method of using a compound represented by the following formula (21) as the above-mentioned starting material is selected. Y3-Aa-Y4 (21) (In the formula (21), 八3 is a valent group containing a group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2); Y3 and Y4 are each independently represented to participate in a condensation polymerization. Base). In the meantime, for example, a method of selecting a compound represented by the following formula (2Γ) as the above-mentioned raw material is selected. Y3-Aaa-Y4 (21,) (In the formula (2Γ), Aaa is a divalent group containing a group represented by the formula (22) and a group represented by the formula (2). Y3 and Y4 are each independently represented to participate in condensation polymerization. Base). -R7-{(Q3)n6-Y5}m9 (22) (In the formula (22), R7 is a (l + m9) valent organic group. Q3 is a divalent organic group. Y5 is -C〇2Rx, -S 〇3Rx, -S〇2Rx, -P〇3(Rx)2 or -B(RX)2. n6 is an integer of 0 or more.

Rx是氫原子、可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基。 m9是表示1以上的整數。 如存在複數個Q3時，各個Q3可互為相同，也可互不相 同。 如存在複數個Y5時，各個Y5可互為相同，也可互不相 同。 如存在複數個n6時，各個n6可互為相同，也可互不 324120 150 201245267 '相同。 如存在複數個Rx時，各個Rx可互為相同，也可互不相 同。）。 本發明的高分子化合物中，如同時含有上述式（21)中 的-Aa-表示之結構單元與前述-Aa-以外的其他結構單元 時，只要使用具有2個參與縮合聚合的基之化合物作為前 述-Aa-以外的其他結構單元，使其與前述式（21)表示的化 合物一同共存而縮合聚合即可。而且，也可使用前述式（2Γ) 表示的化合物取代前述式（21)表示的化合物。 作為具有2個參與縮合聚合的基之化合物，可例示如 式（19)及式（20)表示的化合物。 Y6-Ab-Y7 (19) (式（19)中，Ab是可具有前述式Ar3表示的取代基之2價芳 香族基或可具有取代基之2價芳香族胺殘基所表示的結構 單元；Y6及Y7是分別獨立地表示參與縮合聚合的基）。 Y8-Ac-Y9 (20) (式（20)中，Ae是具有前述式（2)表示基之2價芳香族基或 2價芳香族胺殘基所表示的結構單元；作為前述2價芳香 族基或2價芳香族胺殘基，可舉出與前述Ar3所舉出的基 相同的基，Y8及Y9是分別獨立地表示參與縮合聚合的基）。 以如此方式，使式（21)(前述Y3-Aa-Y4)表示的化合物 縮合聚合之外，藉由使式（19)表示的化合物及/或式(20) 表示的化合物縮合聚合，即可製造復具有-Ab-表示的結構 單元及/或-Ae-表示的結構單元之高分子化合物。而且，也 324120 151 201245267 可使用前述式（2Γ )表示的化合物取代前述式（21)表示的 化合物。 作為與式（21)、（2Γ )、（19)及（20)參與縮合聚合的 基（Y3、Y4、Y6、Y7、Y8及Y9)，可舉例如氫原子、鹵原子、 烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基、芳烷基磺酸酯基、硼酸酯 殘基、疏曱（sulfonium methyl)基、鱗曱（phosphonium methyl)基、磷酸酯甲基、單_化曱基、-B(0H)2、甲醯基、 氰基及乙稀基。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的_原子，可 舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子及碘原子。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的烷基磺酸 酉旨基，可例示如曱烧罐酸醋基、乙院橫酸醋基、三I甲烧 續酸S旨基。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的芳基磺酸 酯基，可例示如苯磺酸酯基及對-曱苯磺酸酯基。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的芳烷基磺 酸酯基，可例示如苯曱基磺酸酯基。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的硼酸酯殘 基，可例示如下述式表示的基。Rx is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. M9 is an integer representing 1 or more. If there are multiple Q3s, each Q3 may be identical to each other or different from each other. If there are multiple Y5s, each Y5 may be identical to each other or different from each other. If there are multiple n6s, each n6 may be the same for each other, or may not be the same as 324120 150 201245267 '. If there are multiple Rx, each Rx may be the same or different from each other. ). In the polymer compound of the present invention, when a structural unit represented by -Aa- in the above formula (21) and a structural unit other than the above -Aa- are simultaneously contained, a compound having two groups participating in condensation polymerization is used as the polymer compound. The structural unit other than the above -Aa- may be condensed and polymerized together with the compound represented by the above formula (21). Further, the compound represented by the above formula (21) may be used instead of the compound represented by the above formula (21). The compound represented by the formula (19) and the formula (20) can be exemplified as the compound having two groups which participate in the condensation polymerization. Y6-Ab-Y7 (19) (In the formula (19), Ab is a structural unit represented by a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent represented by the above formula Ar3 or a divalent aromatic amine residue which may have a substituent ; Y6 and Y7 are each independently representing a group participating in the condensation polymerization). Y8-Ac-Y9 (20) (In the formula (20), Ae is a structural unit represented by a divalent aromatic group or a divalent aromatic amine residue having a group represented by the above formula (2); Examples of the group-based or divalent aromatic amine residue include the same groups as those exemplified above for Ar3, and Y8 and Y9 each independently represent a group which participates in condensation polymerization. In this manner, by condensation polymerization of the compound represented by the formula (21) (the above Y3-Aa-Y4), the compound represented by the formula (19) and/or the compound represented by the formula (20) can be condensed and polymerized. A polymer compound having a structural unit represented by -Ab- and/or a structural unit represented by -Ae- is produced. Further, 324120 151 201245267 The compound represented by the above formula (21) can be used instead of the compound represented by the above formula (21). Examples of the groups (Y3, Y4, Y6, Y7, Y8, and Y9) which participate in the condensation polymerization with the formulae (21), (2Γ), (19), and (20) include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, and an alkylsulfonic acid. Ester group, aryl sulfonate group, aralkyl sulfonate group, borate ester residue, sulfonium methyl group, phosphonium methyl group, phosphate methyl group, mono-indenyl group , -B(0H)2, formyl, cyano and ethyl. The _ atom which may be selected as the group which participates in the above condensation polymerization may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. The alkyl sulfonate group which can be selected as the group which participates in the above condensation polymerization may, for example, be a sulphuric acid vinegar group, a bismuth acetate group or a tris-hydrogen S group. As the arylsulfonate group which can be selected as the group which participates in the above condensation polymerization, for example, a benzenesulfonate group and a p-toluenesulfonate group can be exemplified. As the aralkylsulfonate group which may be selected as a group which participates in the above condensation polymerization, a phenyl sulfonate group such as a phenyl sulfonate group can be exemplified. The boronic acid ester residue which can be selected as the group which participates in the condensation polymerization can be exemplified by the following formula.

作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的锍曱基，可 例示如下述式表示的基； 324120 152 201245267 -CH2S+Me2E_，或-CH2S+Ph2E_ (式中，E是表示鹵原子。Ph是表示苯基，以下亦同）。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的鱗曱基，可 例示如下述式表示的基； -CH2P+Ph3E_ (式中，E是表示與前述者同義）。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的磷酸酯曱 基，可例示如下述式表示的基； -CH2P0(0Rj)2 (式中，是表示烷基、芳基或芳烷基）。 作為可選擇作為參與前述縮合聚合的基的單鹵化曱 基，可例示如氟化曱基、氯化曱基、溴化曱基及碘化曱基。 作為適合參與前述縮合聚合的基的基，係因聚合反應 的種類而異。在例如山本（Yamamoto)偶合反應等使用0價 鎳錯合物的反應時，可舉例如_原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳 基續酸酯基及芳烧基續酸酯基。在鈐木（Suzuki)偶合反應 等使用鎳觸媒或鈀觸媒的反應時，可舉例如烷基磺酸酯 基、鹵原子、删酸g旨殘基、-B(0H)2等。如氧化劑或電化學 性氧化聚合時，可舉例如氫原子。 在製造本發明的高分子化合物之際，也可採用例如使 具有複數個參與縮合聚合的前述式（21)表示之化合物（單 體），又視需要而與前述式（19)或式（20)表示之化合物（單 體）一同溶解於有機溶劑中，使用鹼或適當的觸媒，在有機 溶劑的熔點以上沸點以下的溫度反應的聚合方法。作為聚 324120 153 201245267 合方法，可採用例如“Organic Reactions” ，第14卷，270 至 490 頁，John Wiley&Sons，Inc.，1965 年所述之方法； “Organic Syntheses” ’ Collective 第 6 卷，407 至 411 頁，John Wiley&Sons，Inc. ’ 1988 年所述之方法；chemi.As the thiol group which can be selected as a group which participates in the above condensation polymerization, a group represented by the following formula can be exemplified; 324120 152 201245267 -CH2S+Me2E_, or -CH2S+Ph2E_ (wherein E is a halogen atom. Ph is a Phenyl group, the same applies below). The sulfhydryl group which can be selected as the group which participates in the above condensation polymerization is exemplified by a group represented by the following formula: -CH2P+Ph3E_ (wherein E is synonymous with the above). The phosphate thiol group which can be selected as the group which participates in the above condensation polymerization is exemplified by a group represented by the following formula: -CH2P0(0Rj)2 (wherein, an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group). As the monohalogenated fluorenyl group which may be selected as the group which participates in the above condensation polymerization, for example, a fluorenylfluoride group, a ruthenium chloride group, a ruthenium bromide group and a ruthenium iodide group can be exemplified. The group which is suitable as a group which participates in the above condensation polymerization varies depending on the kind of the polymerization reaction. For the reaction using a zero-valent nickel complex compound, for example, a Yamamoto coupling reaction, for example, an atom, an alkylsulfonate group, an aryl sulfonate group, and an aryl sulfonate group can be mentioned. In the case of a reaction using a nickel catalyst or a palladium catalyst, such as a Suzuki coupling reaction, for example, an alkylsulfonate group, a halogen atom, an acid residue, and -B(0H)2 may be mentioned. For example, an oxidizing agent or an electrochemical oxidative polymerization may, for example, be a hydrogen atom. In the production of the polymer compound of the present invention, for example, a compound (monomer) represented by the above formula (21) having a plurality of participating in condensation polymerization may be used, and if necessary, the above formula (19) or formula (20) The compound (monomer) shown in the above is dissolved in an organic solvent, and a polymerization method in which a base or a suitable catalyst is used at a temperature lower than the melting point of the organic solvent or higher is used. As a method of poly 324120 153 201245267, for example, "Organic Reactions", Vol. 14, pp. 270-490, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1965; "Organic Syntheses" ' Collective Volume 6, 407-411, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 'Methods described in 1988; chemi.

Rev.，第 95 卷，2457 頁（1995 年）所述之方法；j. 〇rgan〇met. Chem·，第 576 卷 ’ 147 頁（1999 年）所述之方法；Macrom〇i. Chem.，Macromol. Symp·，第 12 卷，229 頁（1987 年）所述 之方法。而且，也可使用前述式（21’）表示的化合物取代前 述式（21)表示的化合物。 在製造本發明的高分子化合物之際，也可視參與縮合 聚合的基而採用已知的縮合聚合反應。作為縮合聚合反應， 可舉例如應用鈴木偶合反應使該單體聚合的方法、應用 Grignani反應使該單體聚合的方法、應用"（〇)錯合物聚 合的方法、應用FeC 13等氧化劑使該單體聚合的方法、使 該單體電化學性氧化聚合的方法及藉由具有適當的脫離基 之中間體高分子的分解之方法。在縮合聚合反應之中，宜 為應用鈐木偶合反應聚合的方法、應用Grignard&應聚合 的方法及應用〇價鎳錯合物使該單體聚合的方法，因其易 於控制所得的高分子化合物之結構。 作為本發明的高分子化合物的製造方法之其他理想 形態，可舉出：使用具有選自鹵原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳 基磺酸酯基及芳烷基磺酸酯基所成群組中的基作為參與縮 D聚口的基之原料單體，於0價鎳錯合物的存在下縮合聚 合，製造咼分子化合物的方法。作為此種方法中使用的原 324120 154 201245267 料單體，可舉例如二鹵化化合物、雙（烷基磺酸酯）化合物、 雙（芳基磺酸酯）化合物、雙（芳烷基磺酸酯）化合物、鹵-烧基續酸醋化合物、鹵-芳基石黃酸酉旨化合物、鹵-芳烧基績 酸酉旨化合物、烧基續酸醋-芳基續酸醋化合物、烧基續酸酉旨 -芳烷基磺酸酯化合物及芳基磺酸酯-芳烷基磺酸酯化合 物。 作為本發明的高分子化合物的製造方法之另外的理 想形態，可舉出：將原料單體於鎳觸媒或鈀觸媒的存在下縮 合聚合的方法；該原料單體係具有選自鹵原子、烷基磺酸 酉旨基、芳基績酸S旨基、芳烧基續酸S旨基、-B(0H)2及硼酸酉旨 殘基所成群組中的基作為參與縮合聚合之基，且全部原料 單體所具有的鹵原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基及芳 烷基磺酸酯基的莫耳數之合計（J)與-B(0H)2及硼酸酯殘基 之莫耳數的合計（K)之比，實質上為1(通常，K/J是0.7 至1. 2的範圍）。 在製造高分子化合物時，可使用有機溶劑。雖然亦會 因使用的化合物或反應而異，但一般為了抑制副反應，宜 使用經充分脫氧處理的有機溶劑。在使用有機溶劑製造高 分子化合物時，宜在惰性環境下進行反應。作為前述有機 溶劑，宜與前述脫氧處理以相同方式進行脫水處理。但是， 在鈴木偶合反應等與水的2相系反應時，則無此等限制。 作為有機溶劑，可舉例示如以下的有機溶劑： 戊烧、己烧、庚院、辛烧、環己烧等飽和烴； 苯、曱苯、乙基苯、二曱苯等不飽和烴； 324120 155 201245267 .曱醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類’ 曱酸、醋酸、丙酸等羧酸類； 二曱醚、二乙醚、甲基-第三丁醚、四氫吱喃（以下稱 為「THF」）、四氫哌喃、二曙院等醚類； 三曱基胺、三乙基胺、N，N，N’，N’ -四甲基伸乙二胺、 %啶等胺類； N，N-二甲基甲醯胺、N，N-二甲基乙醯胺、N，N-二乙基 乙醯胺、N-曱基嗎林氧化物等醯胺類。 該等有機溶劑可單獨使用1種，或將2種以上混合使 用。就反應性之觀點來看，在有機溶劑之中，宜為醚類， 教以THF及二乙醚較佳。就反應速度之觀點來看，宜為曱 笨及二甲苯。 在製造前述高分子化合物之際，為使原料單體反應’ 宜在反應液中添加鹼或觸媒。鹼及觸媒，只要依採用的聚 合方法選擇即可❶鹼或觸媒，宜充分溶解於反應所使用的 象劑。作為將前述鹼或觸媒混合在反應液中的方法，可例 不如在氬氣、氮氣等惰性氣體環境下，一邊攪拌反應液， 〜邊徐緩添加鹼或觸媒的溶液之方法；及將反應液徐緩添 力0至驗或觸媒的溶液中的方法。 本發明的高分子化合物中，可以安定的基保護末端 基。如任由聚合性基殘留在末端基，則有可能會降低所得 的電場發光元件之發光特性及壽命特性。如本發明的高分 子化合物為共軛高分子化合物，且如上述方式以安定的基 保護末端基時’宜具有與該高分子化合物的主鏈之共軛結 324120 156 201245267 構為連接的共軛鍵。作為該共軛結構，可舉例如經由碳-碳鍵而與芳基或雜環基鍵結的結構。作為保護末端基的安 定之基，可舉出1價芳香族基等。 以下說明前述用以製造本發明的高分子化合物之理想方 法之於第一步驟合成不含離子的高分子化合物，並於第二步 驟由該高分子化合物合成含有離子的高分子化合物的方法。 作為藉由該方法的較理想形態，可舉出在第一步驟聚 合不含陽離子的高分子化合物，並於第二步驟由該高分子 化合物製造含有陽離子的高分子化合物的方法。作為第一 步驟的反應，可舉例如以前述的縮合聚合反應聚合不具有 陽離子的高分子化合物的方法。作為第2步驟的反應，可 舉例如使第一步驟所得的高分子化合物與金屬氫氧化物、 金屬碳酸鹽、烷基氫氧化銨等，視需要而溶解於有機溶劑 中，並於有機溶劑的熔點以上沸點以下的溫度反應之方 法，及在該反應之後再視需要而藉由鹽酸、硫酸、醋酸等 使陽離子轉換成H+的方法。而且，可適宜利用選擇使用前 述式（2Γ )表示的化合物之方法。 [8.高分子化合物的M1為H+之比例] 本發明的高分子化合物就前述高分子化合物的耐熱 性與溶解性之觀點來看，相對於前述高分子化合物中的所 有M1，前述高分子化合物中的M1為H+之比例宜為0. 1%以 上30%以下，並以0. 1 %以上20%以下較佳。 本發明的高分子化合物中的M1為H+之比例，可藉由 丽R光譜儀測定。 324120 157 201245267 [9.含有南分子化合物之層] 如在電場發光元件中使用含有本發明的高分子化合 物之層時，其宜為實質上非發光性者。此處，含有某高分 子化合物之層為實質上非發光性，是指如下述之意。首先， 在下述的實施例2中，除了使用作為對象的高分子化合物 取代共軛高分子化合物丨之外，其餘以與實施例2相同之 方式而製作電場發光元件E。另一方面，依照下述比較例i 中所述之方式製作電場發光元件C1。僅就電場發光元件E 雖具有含高分子化合物之層，而電場發光元件C1是不具有 含南分子化合物之層之點而言，電場發光元件£與電場發 光元件C1係不同。其次，對電場發光元件E及電場發光元 件C1外加10V的順向電壓後測定發光光譜。對電場發光元 件C1 ’求得予以所得的發光光譜最大波峰之波長λ。設波 長λ的發光強度為1，將電場發光元件C1所得的發光光譜 規格化後’對波長積分並計算出規格化發光量S。。另一方 面’設波長λ的發光強度為1，將電場發光元件e所得的 發光光譜規格化後，對波長積分並計算出規格化發光量 3。如以（8-3。）/8。><1〇〇計算之值為30%以下時，亦即，在 與不具有含高分子化合物之層的電場發光元件C1之規格 化發光量比較時，如具有含高分子化合物之層的電場發光 元件Ε的規格化發光量之增加份為3〇%以下，表示所使用 之含有高分子化合物之層通常為是實質非發光性，而以 (s-s〇)/s〇xioo計算之值宜為15%以下，並以1〇%以下較 佳0 324120 158 201245267 <電子裝置> 其次，說明本發明之電子裝置。 本發明的電子裝置係具備含有高分子化合物之層作 為電荷注入層及/或電荷輸送層層，該高分子化合物具有含 式（1)表示的基及式（2)表示的基之結構單元，相對於前述 高分子化合物中的所有M1 ’前述高分子化合物中的μ1為η +之比例為0. 1%至50%。本發明的電子裝置除了通常含 有前述高分子化合物之層外，係含有第1電極、第2電極 與發光層或電荷分離層。發光層或電荷分離層是位於第i 電極與第2電極之間。 本發明的電子裝置可使用於電場發光元件、光電轉換 元件等元件。如將電子裝置使用於電場發光元件（以下，會 有稱為「本發明的電場發光元件」之情形）時，該電子裝置 係具有發光層。如將電子裝置使用於光電轉換元件（以下， 會有稱為「本發明的光電轉換元件」之情形）時，該電子裝 置係具有電荷分離層。 <電場發光元件> 以下說明本發明的電場發光元件。本發明的電場發光 元件’是具有含上述高分子化合物之層的電場發光元件。 本發明的電場發光元件，係具有例如陰極、陽極、位 於前述陰極與前述陽極之間的發光層，及位於前述發光層 與m述陰極或前述發光層與前述陽極間之含有本發明所使 用的高分子化合物之層。本發明的電場發光元件可具有基 板作為任意的組成要件，且可在該基板的面上，設置前述 324120 159 201245267 陰極、陽極、發光層、含有本發明可使用的高分子化合物 之層及任意的組成要件之組成。 作為本發明的電場發光元件之層組成，可舉出以下的 各種形態： (1) 在基板上設置陽極’在其上層積層發光層，在其 上層積層含有本發明的高分子化合物之層，再於其上層積 層陰極的形態； (2) 在基板上設置陽極’在其上層積層含有本發明的 高分子化合物之層，積層發光層，再於其上層積層陰極的 形態； (3) 在基板上設置陽極，在其上層積層含有本發明的 高分子化合之層，積層發光層，在其上層積層含有本發明 尚分子化合物之層，再於其上層積層陰極的形態； (4) 在基板上設置陰極，在其上層積層含有本發明的 高分子化合物之層，在其上層積層發光層，再於其上層積 層陽極的形態； (5) 在基板上設置陰極，在其上層積層發光層，在其 上層積層含有本發明的高分子化合物之層，再於其上層積 層陽極的形態； (6) 在基板上設置陰極，在其上層積層含有本發明的 1¾刀子化合物之層，在其上層積層發光層，在其上層積層 含有本發明的高分子化合物之層，再於其上層積層陽極的 形態。 在則述形態（1)至（6)的形態中，亦可分別再設置保護 324120 160 201245267 •層、緩衝層、反射層、電洞阻隔層等具有其他機能的層。 同時，另外在下述詳述電場發光元件的組成◎如將密封膜 或密封基板覆蓋在電場發光元件時，會形成使電場發光元 件與外界氣體隔絕的發光褒置。 [1.含有本發明的高分子化合物之層] 含有本發明的高分子化合物之層中，也可使前述高分 子化合物與周知的材料混合。可舉例如高分子的電荷輸送 材料、低为子的電荷輸送材料，石墨稀（graphene)、富勒 烯（fullerene)、奈米碳管等導電性碳；金屬、合金、金屬 氧化物、金屬硫化物等導電性化合物，及該等材料的混合 物。作為電荷輸送材料，也可使用組成電洞輸送層的材料 及組成電子輸送層的材料。作為金屬、合金、金屬氧化物 及金屬硫化物，也可使用組成陽極的材料或組成陰極的材 料。並且，在不損及發光元件的發光機能之範圍内，也可 混合不具有發光機能及電荷輸送機能的有機材料。 本發明的電場發光元件，可以是由基板侧採光的所謂 底部發光型、由與基板相反侧採光的所謂頂部發光型、及 雙面採光型之中的任一型式之電場發光元件。 作為形成含有本發明的高分子化合物之層的方法，可 舉例如使用含前述高分子化合物的溶液成膜的方法。 作為由溶液成膜時使用的溶劑’可舉例如選自水、醇 類、醚類、酯類、腈基化合物類、硝基化合物類、齒化炫 基類、鹵化芳基類、硫醇類、硫醚類、亞硬類、硫酮類、 醯胺類、羧酸類的一種溶劑，以及選自該等的二種以上溶 324120 161 201245267 劑之混合溶劑。溶劑的溶解參數宜為9.3以上。作為溶解 數在 ^上的溶劑（各括弧内之值表示各溶劑的溶解 參數之值）之例，可舉出水（21.0)、曱 醇（12. 9)、乙醇 (11_ 2) ' 2_丙醇（11. 5)、卜丁醇（9. 9)、第三丁醇（1〇. 5)、 乙腈（11.一8)、乙二醇（14 7)、N，N一二曱基甲酿胺 5)、一甲基亞砜（12. 8)、醋酸（12· 4)、硝基苯（11. 、 硝f甲烷⑴.0)、二氣乙烷(9. 7)、二氯甲烷(9.6)、 ^苯（9· 6)、絲（9· 9)、二㈣（9. 8)、碳酸丙烯（13. 3)、 吡啶（10.4)、二硫化碳（1〇.〇)，及該等溶劑之混合溶劑。（溶 解參數之值是參照「溶财冊第14刷講談社股份有限公 司」）。 2種/合剑（设為溶劑卜溶劑2)的混合溶劑之溶解參數 m)可由L〜5lX少5 2Χφ2求得（L是溶劑1的溶 參數’…是溶劑1的體積分率’ L是溶劑2的溶解參 ，少2是溶劑2的體積分率。）。 作為由溶液成膜的方法，可舉例如塗佈法及印刷法， :、體上可舉例如旋轉塗佈法、洗鑄（咖丨丨叫）法、棒塗佈 去、輥塗法、線棒塗佈法、浸塗法、狹縫塗佈法、帽式塗 佈法（cap coat ing)、喷塗法、毛細管塗佈法、喷嘴塗佈法、 微凹板印刷法、凹板印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、 套版印刷法、分配器（dispenser)印刷法及反轉印刷法。 含有本發明的高分子化合物之層的厚度，其最適值係 因使用的尚分子化合物而異’只要以使驅動電壓與發光效 率為適度之值之方式選擇即可’宜是lnm至lvm，又宜為 324120 162 201245267 2nm至500nm，又更宜為2nm至200nm。就保護發光層之觀 點來看，該厚度宜為5nm至1 v m。 [2.電場發光元件的層組成] 電場發光元件，一般是具有陰極、陽極，及位於陰極 與陽極之間的發光層。亦可復具備組成要件。 例如，可在陽極與發光層之間具有電洞注入層及電洞 輸送層之中的1層以上。如存在電洞注入層時，可在發光 層與電洞注入層之間具有電洞輸送層。 另一方面，可在陰極與發光層之間具有電子注入層及 電子輸送層之中的1層以上。如存在電子注入層時，可在 發光層與電子注入層之間具有電子輸送層。 含有本發明的高分子化合物之層，可使用作為電洞注 入層、電洞輸送層、電子注入層、電子輸送層等層。如將 含有前述高分子化合物之層使用作為選自電洞注入層及電 洞輸送層的1層或2層時，第1電極是陽極，第2電極是 陰極。如將含有前述高分子化合物之層使用作為選自電子 注入層及電子輸送層的1層或2層時，第1電極是陰極， 第2電極是陽極。 陽極是供應電洞至電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、發光層 等層的電極。陰極是供應電子至電子注入層、電子輸送層、 發光層等層的電極。 發光層，是指在外加電場時，具有下述機能之層：由 鄰接陽極侧之層接受電洞、由鄰接陰極侧之層接受電子的 機能，可以電場之力使接受的電荷（電子與電洞）移動的機 324120 163 201245267 能，及提供電子與電洞再結合的場以致使再結合而發光 機能。 、 電子注入層，是指與陰極鄰接之層，為具有可由陰極 接受電子的機能之層，並且視需求而具有輸送電子的機 能、阻隔由陽極注入的電洞之機能及供應電子至發光層的 機能中之任一機能之層。電子輸送層，是指主要具有輪送 電子的機能之層，為可視需求而具有由陰極接受電子的機 能、阻隔由陽極注入的電洞之機能及供應電子至發光層 機能中之任一機能之層。 、 電洞注入層，是指與陽極鄰接之層，為具有由陽極接 f電洞的機能之層’並且可視需求而具有輸送電洞的機 能二供應電洞至發光層的機能及阻隔由陰極注人的電子之 機月匕中之任種機能之層。電洞輸送層，是指主要具有輸 达，洞的機能之層，為可視需求而具有由陽極接受電洞的 機月b、供應電洞至發光層及阻隔由陰極注人的電子之機能 中之任一機能之層。 廢二電子輸送層與電洞輸送層可統稱為電荷輸送 /入層與電洞注入層可統稱為電荷注入層。 或可雜統件可具打⑽層組成（a)， /、有由層a成（a)略去電難入層、電洞輸送層、電子 輸送層及電子注人層的任何1層以上之層組成。層組成⑷ 中’含有本發明的高分子化合物之層可使用作為選自電洞 注入層、電洞輸送層、電子注入層及電子輸送層所成群組 中的1層以上之層。 324120 164 201245267 (a) 陽極-電洞注入層-(電洞輸送層）-發光層-(電子 輸送層）-電子注入層-陰極 符號「-」是表示各層為鄰接而積層。「（電洞輸送層）」 是表示含有1層以上電洞輸送層之層組成。「（電子輸送 層）」是表示含有1層以上電子輸送層之層組成。於以下的 層組成之說明亦同。 本發明的電場發光元件，可在1個積層結構中具有2 層的發光層。此時，電場發光元件可具有下述的層組成 (b)，或亦可具有由層組成（b)略去電洞注入層、電洞輸送 層、電子輸送層、電子注入層、電極中的1層以上之層組 成。層組成（b)中，含有本發明的高分子化合物之層可使用 作為存在於陽極與最接近陽極的發光層之間的層，或使用 作為存在於陰極與最接近陰極的發光層之間的層。 (b) 陽極-電洞注入層-(電洞輸送層）-發光層_(電子 輸送層）-電子注入層-電極-電洞注入層-(電洞輸送層）-發 光層-(電子輸送層）-電子注入層-陰極 本發明的電場發光元件，可在1個積層結構中具有3 層以上的發光層。此時，電場發光元件可具有下述的層組 成（c)，或可具有由層組成（c)略去電洞注入層、電洞輸送 層、電子輸送層、電子注入層及電極中的1層以上之層組 成。層組成（c)中，含有本發明的高分子化合物之層可使用 作為存在於陽極與最接近陽極的發光層之間的層，或使用 作為存在於陰極與最接近陰極的發光層之間的層。 (c) 陽極-電洞注入層-(電洞輸送層）-發光層-(電子 324120 165 201245267 輸送層電子注入層-重複單元A—重複單元Α..·_陰極 此處’「重複單元A」是表示電極-電洞注入層-(電洞 輸送層發光層-(電子輸送層 >-電子注入層之層組成的單 元0 作為本發明的電場發光元件的理想組成，可舉出下述 的層組成（d)至（η)。下述層組成中，含有本發明的高分子 化合物之層，可使用作為選自電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、 電子注入層及電子輸送層所成群組中的1層以上之層。 (d) 陽極-電洞注入層-發光層—陰極 (e) 陽極-發光層—電子注入層-陰極 (Ο陽極-電洞注入層-發光層-電子注入層—陰極 (g)陽極-電洞注入層_電洞輸送層_發光層—陰極 00陽極-電洞注入層-電洞輸送層_發光層—電子注入 層-陰極 (l) 陽極-發光層-電子輸送層-電子注入層〜陰極 (m) IW極-電洞注入層_發光層-電子輸送層—電子注入 層-陰極 (η)陽極-電洞注入層_電洞輸送層-發光層_電子輸送 層-電子注入層-陰極 含有本發明的高分子化合物之層，宜為電子注入層或 電子輸送層。如含有前述高分子化合物之層為電子注入層 或電子輸送層時，第1電極是陰極。 本發明的電場發光元件也可鄰接電極設置絕緣層，以 提高與電極之間的密著性及/或改善來自電極之電荷之注 324120 166 201245267 入挥=在電荷輸送層或發光層的界面上安插薄緩衝層， ΐ之:數产防1"混合等。積層之層的順序、積 三之曰獸及各層的厚度，可考量發光效率及元件壽命而決 定0 [3.組成電場發光元件之各層] 其人更詳細說明組成本發明的電場發光元件之各層 的材料及形成方法。 [3.1基板] 組成本發明的電場發光元件之基板，只要是在形成電 極時及形成有機層時不產纽㈣化的基板料。作為基 板，可使用例如玻璃、塑膠、高分子膜、金屬膜、矽基板 及積層有該等材料的基板。前述基板可湘市售品，也可 利用藉由周知的方法所製造的基板。 在本發明的電場發光元件組成顯示器的晝素時，可在 «亥基板上δ又置驅動晝素用的電路，也可在該驅動電路上設 置平坦化膜。平坦化膜的中心線平均粗度（Ra)，宜滿足Ra <10nm。Rev., Vol. 95, p. 2457 (1995); j. 〇rgan〇met. Chem., Vol. 576, pp. 147 (1999); Macrom〇i. Chem., Macromol. Symp., Vol. 12, p. 229 (1987). Further, the compound represented by the above formula (21') may be substituted with the compound represented by the above formula (21). In the production of the polymer compound of the present invention, a known condensation polymerization reaction can also be employed depending on the group participating in the condensation polymerization. The condensation polymerization reaction may, for example, be a method of polymerizing the monomer by using a Suzuki coupling reaction, a method of polymerizing the monomer by using a Grignani reaction, a method of applying the "〇" complex, or using an oxidizing agent such as FeC 13 . A method of polymerizing the monomer, a method of electrochemically oxidative polymerization of the monomer, and a method of decomposing an intermediate polymer having an appropriate debonding group. In the condensation polymerization reaction, it is preferred to use a method of polymerization of a eucalyptus coupling reaction, a method of using a Grignard & polymerization method, and a method of polymerizing the monomer by using a nickel valence complex, because it is easy to control the obtained polymer compound. The structure. Other preferred embodiments of the method for producing a polymer compound of the present invention include the use of a group selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom, an alkyl sulfonate group, an aryl sulfonate group, and an aralkyl sulfonate group. The group in the group is a raw material monomer which participates in the group of the polycondensation, and is condensed and polymerized in the presence of a zero-valent nickel complex to produce a ruthenium molecular compound. As the raw monomer of the 324120 154 201245267 used in such a method, for example, a dihalogenated compound, a bis(alkylsulfonate) compound, a bis(arylsulfonate) compound, and a bis(aralkylsulfonate) may be mentioned. a compound, a halogen-alkyl sulphuric acid vinegar compound, a halogen-aryl lithospermic acid hydrazine compound, a halogen-aryl sulphuric acid sulphuric acid compound, a succinic acid vinegar-aryl acid vinegar compound, a succinic acid A aryl sulfonate compound and an aryl sulfonate-aralkyl sulfonate compound. In another preferred embodiment of the method for producing a polymer compound of the present invention, a method of condensing and polymerizing a raw material monomer in the presence of a nickel catalyst or a palladium catalyst; the raw material single system having a halogen atom selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms a group in the group of the alkyl sulfonate group, the aryl group S group, the aryl group S group, the -B(0H) 2 group, and the borate residue as a group involved in the condensation polymerization. The total number of moles (J) and -B(0H)2 of the halogen atom, the alkylsulfonate group, the arylsulfonate group and the aralkylsulfonate group of all the raw material monomers And the ratio of the total number of moles of the boric acid ester residue (K) is substantially 1 (normally, K/J is in the range of 0.7 to 1.2). In the production of a polymer compound, an organic solvent can be used. Although it may vary depending on the compound or reaction to be used, in general, in order to suppress side reactions, it is preferred to use an organic solvent which is sufficiently deoxidized. When a high molecular compound is produced using an organic solvent, it is preferred to carry out the reaction in an inert environment. As the above organic solvent, it is preferred to carry out dehydration treatment in the same manner as the above-described deoxidation treatment. However, when the Suzuki coupling reaction or the like reacts with the two-phase system of water, there is no such limitation. The organic solvent may, for example, be an organic solvent such as: a saturated hydrocarbon such as pentyl alcohol, hexanol, Gengyuan, xinzhu, and cyclohexane; an unsaturated hydrocarbon such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene or diphenyl; 324120 155 201245267 . Alcohols such as decyl alcohol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol and tert-butanol carboxylic acids such as citric acid, acetic acid and propionic acid; diterpene ether, diethyl ether and methyl-tributyl Ether, tetrahydrofuran (hereinafter referred to as "THF"), tetrahydropyran, dioxane and other ethers; tridecylamine, triethylamine, N, N, N', N'-tetramethyl An amine such as ethylenediamine or % pyridine; N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-diethylacetamide, N-mercaptoline Amidoxime such as an oxide. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of reactivity, among the organic solvents, ethers are preferred, and THF and diethyl ether are preferred. From the standpoint of the reaction rate, it is preferably stupid and xylene. In the production of the above polymer compound, in order to react the raw material monomer, it is preferred to add a base or a catalyst to the reaction liquid. The base and the catalyst may be selected from the grouping agents used in the reaction as long as they are selected according to the polymerization method to be used. As a method of mixing the alkali or the catalyst in the reaction liquid, a method of stirring the reaction liquid in an inert gas atmosphere such as argon gas or nitrogen gas, and slowly adding a solution of a base or a catalyst; and The solution in which the liquid is slowly added to the solution of the test or catalyst. In the polymer compound of the present invention, a terminal group can be protected by a stable group. If the polymerizable group remains in the terminal group, the light-emitting characteristics and life characteristics of the obtained electric field light-emitting element may be lowered. When the polymer compound of the present invention is a conjugated polymer compound, and the terminal group is protected with a stable group as described above, it is preferable to have a conjugate of a conjugate of the main chain of the polymer compound 324120 156 201245267. key. As the conjugated structure, for example, a structure in which an aryl group or a heterocyclic group is bonded via a carbon-carbon bond can be mentioned. Examples of the stability group protecting the terminal group include a monovalent aromatic group and the like. Hereinafter, a preferred method for producing the polymer compound of the present invention will be described. In the first step, a polymer compound containing no ions is synthesized, and in the second step, a polymer compound containing ions is synthesized from the polymer compound. A preferred embodiment of the method includes a method of polymerizing a polymer compound containing no cation in the first step, and producing a polymer compound containing a cation from the polymer compound in the second step. The reaction in the first step is, for example, a method of polymerizing a polymer compound having no cation by the above condensation polymerization reaction. The reaction of the second step may, for example, be a polymer compound obtained in the first step, a metal hydroxide, a metal carbonate, an alkyl ammonium hydroxide or the like, if necessary, dissolved in an organic solvent, and in an organic solvent. A method of reacting at a temperature below the melting point of the melting point, and a method of converting a cation to H+ by hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, acetic acid or the like after the reaction. Further, a method of selecting a compound represented by the above formula (2?) can be suitably used. [8. The ratio of M1 of the polymer compound to H+] The polymer compound of the present invention is the polymer compound of all the M1 in the polymer compound from the viewpoint of heat resistance and solubility of the polymer compound. The ratio of M1 to H+ is preferably 0.1% or more and 30% or less, and preferably 0.1% or more and 20% or less. The ratio of M1 in the polymer compound of the present invention to H+ can be measured by a Li R spectrometer. 324120 157 201245267 [9. Layer containing a Southern molecular compound] When a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is used for an electric field light-emitting element, it is preferably substantially non-luminescent. Here, the layer containing a certain high molecular compound is substantially non-luminescent, and means the following. First, in the following Example 2, the electroluminescent element E was produced in the same manner as in Example 2, except that the target polymer compound was used instead of the conjugated polymer compound 丨. On the other hand, the electroluminescent element C1 was fabricated in the manner described in Comparative Example i below. The electric field light-emitting element is different from the electric field light-emitting element C1 only in that the electric field light-emitting element E has a layer containing a polymer compound and the electric field light-emitting element C1 is a layer which does not have a layer containing a south molecular compound. Next, a forward voltage of 10 V was applied to the electric field light-emitting element E and the electric field light-emitting element C1, and the emission spectrum was measured. The wavelength λ of the maximum peak of the obtained luminescence spectrum is obtained for the electric field illuminating element C1'. The luminous intensity of the wavelength λ is set to 1, and the luminescence spectrum obtained by the electric field light-emitting element C1 is normalized, and the wavelength is integrated to calculate the normalized luminescence amount S. . On the other hand, the luminous intensity of the wavelength λ is set to 1, and the luminescence spectrum obtained by the electric field light-emitting element e is normalized, and the wavelength is integrated to calculate the normalized luminescence amount 3. Such as (8-3.) / 8. ><1> When the value of the calculation is 30% or less, that is, when the normalized luminescence amount of the electroluminescent element C1 having no polymer compound-containing layer is compared, the layer having the polymer compound is present. The increased amount of the normalized luminescence amount of the electric field light-emitting element Ε is 3% by weight or less, indicating that the layer containing the polymer compound to be used is generally substantially non-luminescent, and the value calculated by (ss〇)/s〇xioo It is preferably 15% or less, and preferably 1% or less. Preferably, it is 0 324120 158 201245267 <Electronic device> Next, the electronic device of the present invention will be described. The electronic device of the present invention includes a layer containing a polymer compound as a charge injection layer and/or a charge transport layer, and the polymer compound has a structural unit including a group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2). 1%至50百分比。 The ratio of μ1 of the above-mentioned polymer compound in the above-mentioned polymer compound is η + . The electronic device of the present invention contains a first electrode, a second electrode, and a light-emitting layer or a charge separation layer in addition to the layer containing the polymer compound. The light emitting layer or the charge separating layer is located between the i-th electrode and the second electrode. The electronic device of the present invention can be used for an element such as an electric field light-emitting element, a photoelectric conversion element, or the like. When an electronic device is used for an electric field light-emitting element (hereinafter referred to as "the electric field light-emitting element of the present invention"), the electronic device has a light-emitting layer. When an electronic device is used for a photoelectric conversion element (hereinafter, there is a case called "the photoelectric conversion element of the present invention"), the electronic device has a charge separation layer. <Electrical Field Light-emitting Element> The electric field light-emitting element of the present invention will be described below. The electric field light-emitting element 'of the present invention' is an electric field light-emitting element having a layer containing the above polymer compound. The electric field light-emitting device of the present invention has, for example, a cathode, an anode, a light-emitting layer between the cathode and the anode, and a light-emitting layer and a cathode between the light-emitting layer and the cathode or the anode and the anode. A layer of a polymer compound. The electric field light-emitting device of the present invention may have a substrate as an arbitrary constituent element, and the 324120 159 201245267 cathode, the anode, the light-emitting layer, the layer containing the polymer compound usable in the present invention, and any of the layers may be provided on the surface of the substrate. The composition of the constituent elements. The layer composition of the electric field light-emitting device of the present invention is as follows: (1) An anode is provided on a substrate, and a light-emitting layer is laminated thereon, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and then a form in which the cathode is laminated on the substrate; (2) an anode is provided on the substrate; a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, a layer of the light-emitting layer is laminated, and a cathode is laminated thereon; (3) on the substrate An anode is provided, and a polymer layer of the present invention is laminated thereon, and a light-emitting layer is laminated thereon, and a layer containing the molecular compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and a cathode layer is laminated thereon; (4) being disposed on the substrate a cathode in which a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated, a layer of a light-emitting layer is laminated thereon, and an anode is laminated thereon; (5) a cathode is provided on the substrate, and a light-emitting layer is laminated thereon. The upper layer contains the layer of the polymer compound of the present invention, and then the layer of the anode is laminated thereon; (6) a cathode is provided on the substrate, and a layer is laminated thereon The present invention has a knife compound of 1¾ layer, which is laminated on the light emitting layer, an upper layer of the laminated layer contains a polymer compound of the present invention, its morphology and then laminating the layer of the anode. In the form of the above-described forms (1) to (6), it is also possible to separately provide a layer having other functions such as a layer, a buffer layer, a reflection layer, and a hole barrier layer, which are protected by 324120 160 201245267. Meanwhile, the composition of the electric field light-emitting element will be described in detail below. When the sealing film or the sealing substrate is covered with the electric field light-emitting element, a light-emitting device for isolating the electric field light-emitting element from the outside air is formed. [1. Layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention] In the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, the above polymer compound may be mixed with a known material. Examples thereof include a polymer charge transport material, a low-charge charge transport material, graphene, fullerene, and carbon nanotubes; conductive metals such as metals, alloys, metal oxides, and metal sulfides; a conductive compound such as a substance, and a mixture of such materials. As the charge transporting material, a material constituting the hole transporting layer and a material constituting the electron transporting layer can also be used. As the metal, the alloy, the metal oxide, and the metal sulfide, a material constituting the anode or a material constituting the cathode can also be used. Further, an organic material which does not have an illuminating function and a charge transporting function can be mixed in a range which does not impair the illuminating function of the light-emitting element. The electric field light-emitting device of the present invention may be any one of a so-called bottom emission type that emits light on the substrate side, a so-called top emission type that is colored on the opposite side of the substrate, and a double-sided illumination type. As a method of forming the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, for example, a method of forming a film using a solution containing the above polymer compound can be exemplified. The solvent used when forming a film from a solution is, for example, selected from the group consisting of water, alcohols, ethers, esters, nitrile compounds, nitro compounds, dentate bases, halogenated aryl groups, and thiols. a solvent of a thioether, a subhard, a thioketone, a guanamine or a carboxylic acid, and a mixed solvent selected from the group consisting of two or more 324120 161 201245267 agents. The solubility parameter of the solvent is preferably 9.3 or more. Examples of the solvent having a dissolution number (the values in the respective parentheses indicate the values of the dissolution parameters of the respective solvents) include water (21.0), decyl alcohol (12.9), and ethanol (11_ 2) ' 2_. Propyl alcohol (11.5), butanol (9.9), third butanol (1. 5), acetonitrile (11. 8), ethylene glycol (14 7), N, N-dioxin Base armoramine 5), monomethyl sulfoxide (12.8), acetic acid (12·4), nitrobenzene (11., nitrate f methane (1).0), di-ethane (9.7), Dichloromethane (9.6), benzene (9.6), silk (9·9), di(tetra)(9.8), propylene carbonate (13.3), pyridine (10.4), carbon disulfide (1〇.〇) And a mixed solvent of the solvents. (The value of the dissolution parameter is referred to in the “Solution Book 14th Brush Talks Co., Ltd.”). The dissolution parameter m) of the mixed solvent of the two types/swords (set as the solvent solvent 2) can be obtained by using L~5lX less 5 2Χφ2 (L is the solubility parameter of the solvent 1 'is the volume fraction of the solvent 1' L is Solubility of solvent 2, less than 2 is the volume fraction of solvent 2.). Examples of the method for forming a film from a solution include a coating method and a printing method, and examples thereof include a spin coating method, a washing and casting method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, and a line method. Bar coating method, dip coating method, slit coating method, cap coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, nozzle coating method, micro gravure printing method, gravure printing method , screen printing method, flexographic printing method, stencil printing method, dispenser printing method and reverse printing method. The thickness of the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is preferably selected from the viewpoint of the molecular weight of the compound to be used as long as it is such that the driving voltage and the luminous efficiency are appropriate values, which is preferably from 1 nm to lvm. It is preferably 324120 162 201245267 2nm to 500nm, and more preferably 2nm to 200nm. The thickness is preferably from 5 nm to 1 v m from the viewpoint of protecting the light-emitting layer. [2. Layer composition of electric field light-emitting element] An electric field light-emitting element generally has a cathode, an anode, and a light-emitting layer between the cathode and the anode. It can also be composed of constituent elements. For example, one or more of the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer may be provided between the anode and the light-emitting layer. If a hole injection layer is present, a hole transport layer may be provided between the light-emitting layer and the hole injection layer. On the other hand, one or more of the electron injecting layer and the electron transporting layer may be provided between the cathode and the light emitting layer. When an electron injecting layer is present, an electron transporting layer may be provided between the light emitting layer and the electron injecting layer. The layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention can be used as a layer such as a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, or an electron transport layer. When the layer containing the polymer compound is used as one or two layers selected from the hole injection layer and the hole transport layer, the first electrode is an anode and the second electrode is a cathode. When a layer containing the polymer compound is used as one or two layers selected from the group consisting of an electron injecting layer and an electron transporting layer, the first electrode is a cathode and the second electrode is an anode. The anode is an electrode that supplies a hole to a layer such as a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, and a light-emitting layer. The cathode is an electrode that supplies electrons to a layer such as an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a light emitting layer, or the like. The light-emitting layer refers to a layer having a function of receiving a hole from a layer adjacent to the anode side and receiving electrons from a layer adjacent to the cathode side when an electric field is applied, and the electric charge can be used to make the received electric charge (electron and electricity). The hole machine 324120 163 201245267 can, and provide a field in which the electron and the hole are recombined to cause recombination to illuminate the function. The electron injection layer refers to a layer adjacent to the cathode, which has a function of receiving electrons from the cathode, and has functions of transporting electrons, blocking holes injected by the anode, and supplying electrons to the light-emitting layer as needed. The layer of any function in the function. The electron transport layer refers to a layer mainly having the function of rotating electrons, and has the function of receiving electrons from the cathode, the function of blocking the hole injected by the anode, and the function of supplying electrons to the function of the light-emitting layer for visual needs. Floor. The hole injection layer refers to a layer adjacent to the anode, which is a layer having a function of an anode connected to a hole, and a function of supplying a hole to the light-emitting layer and a barrier by the cathode. Note the layer of any kind of function in the electronic machine. The hole transport layer refers to the layer of function that mainly has the transmission and the hole. For the visual needs, there is a function of receiving the hole from the anode, supplying the hole to the luminescent layer, and blocking the function of the electron injected from the cathode. The layer of any function. The waste two electron transport layer and the hole transport layer may be collectively referred to as a charge transport/input layer and a hole injection layer, which may be collectively referred to as a charge injection layer. Or the compound part may have a (10) layer composition (a), / or any layer 1 or more of the layer a (a) omitted electrical hard-to-reach layer, hole transport layer, electron transport layer and electron injection layer The composition of the layers. In the layer composition (4), the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention can be used as one or more layers selected from the group consisting of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, and an electron transport layer. 324120 164 201245267 (a) Anode-hole injection layer-(hole transport layer)-light-emitting layer-(electron transport layer)-electron injection layer-cathode The symbol "-" means that layers are adjacent to each other. "(Cell transport layer)" means a layer composition including one or more hole transport layers. "(electron transport layer)" means a layer composition containing one or more electron transport layers. The description of the following layer composition is also the same. The electric field light-emitting device of the present invention can have two light-emitting layers in one laminated structure. In this case, the electric field light-emitting element may have the following layer composition (b), or may have a layer composition (b) omitted from the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the electron transport layer, the electron injection layer, and the electrode. Layer of more than one layer. In the layer composition (b), the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention may be used as a layer existing between the anode and the light-emitting layer closest to the anode, or as a layer existing between the cathode and the light-emitting layer closest to the cathode. Floor. (b) Anode-hole injection layer-(hole transport layer)-light-emitting layer_(electron transport layer)-electron injection layer-electrode-hole injection layer-(hole transport layer)-light-emitting layer-(electron transport) Layer) - Electron Injection Layer - Cathode The electric field light-emitting element of the present invention may have three or more light-emitting layers in one laminated structure. At this time, the electric field light-emitting element may have the following layer composition (c), or may have a layer (c) omitted from the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the electron transport layer, the electron injection layer, and the electrode. The layer above the layer is composed. In the layer composition (c), a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention may be used as a layer existing between the anode and the light-emitting layer closest to the anode, or as a layer existing between the cathode and the light-emitting layer closest to the cathode. Floor. (c) Anode-hole injection layer-(hole transport layer)-light-emitting layer-(electron 324120 165 201245267 transport layer electron injection layer-repeat unit A-repeat unit Α..·_cathode here'" repeat unit A The electrode-hole injection layer- (the hole transport layer-emitter layer-(electron transport layer>-electron injection layer layer 0) is an ideal composition of the electric field light-emitting device of the present invention, and the following is exemplified. The layer composition (d) to (η). The layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention in the following layer composition can be used as selected from the group consisting of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, and an electron transport layer. Layers of more than one layer in the group. (d) Anode-hole injection layer-light-emitting layer-cathode (e) anode-light-emitting layer-electron injection layer-cathode (Ο anode-hole injection layer-light-emitting layer- Electron injection layer-cathode (g) anode-hole injection layer_hole transport layer_light-emitting layer-cathode 00 anode-hole injection layer-hole transport layer_light-emitting layer-electron injection layer-cathode (l) anode- Light-emitting layer-electron transport layer-electron injection layer-cathode (m) IW pole-hole injection layer_light-emitting layer-electron transport layer —Electron injection layer—cathode (η) anode—hole injection layer—hole transport layer—light-emitting layer—electron transport layer—electron injection layer—the cathode contains a layer of the polymer compound of the present invention, preferably an electron injection layer or an electron When the layer containing the polymer compound is an electron injection layer or an electron transport layer, the first electrode is a cathode. The electric field light-emitting element of the present invention may be provided with an insulating layer adjacent to the electrode to improve adhesion to the electrode. Sexuality and / or improve the charge from the electrode Note 324120 166 201245267 Insertion = Place a thin buffer layer on the interface of the charge transport layer or the light-emitting layer, such as: the production of anti-1 " mixing, etc. The order of the layers, product The thickness of the three beasts and the layers can be determined by considering the luminous efficiency and the life of the device. [3. Layers constituting the electric field light-emitting elements] The materials and formation methods of the layers constituting the electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described in more detail. 3.1 Substrate] The substrate of the electric field light-emitting element of the invention is not limited to a substrate material when the electrode is formed and when the organic layer is formed. As the substrate, for example, glass can be used. a plastic, a polymer film, a metal film, a ruthenium substrate, and a substrate on which the materials are laminated. The substrate may be commercially available or may be a substrate manufactured by a known method. In the case of a display element, a circuit for driving a halogen can be placed on the substrate, or a planarization film can be provided on the drive circuit. The center line average roughness (Ra) of the planarization film should satisfy Ra. <10 nm.

Ra，可遵照日本工業規格jis的jIS_B〇6〇卜2001，並 參考 JIS-B0651 至 JIS-B0656 及 JIS-B0671-1 等而量測。 [3.2陽極] 就對於電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、中間層（interlayer)、 發光層等所使用的有機半導體材料之電洞釋出性之觀點來 看’組成本發明的電場發光元件的陽極之發光層側表面的 功函數，宜為4. OeV以上。 324120 167 201245267 作為組成陽極的材料’可使用例如金 性化合物（例如金屬氧化物、今 口金、導電 混合物。具體上，：二·氧 化姻錫⑽）、氧化銦鋅⑽）、氧化鉬等導電性金屬氧化 物，及金、銀、鉻、鎳等金屬；及該等導電性金屬氣化物 與該等金㈣混合物。 I屬氧化物 前述陽極可以是由該等材料的4 單層結構，也可以Μ相同種組成或相 ^ 組成之多層結構。為多層結構時，組务^的複數層 層的陽極之材料的功函數，以4 〇eV以上為=的最表面 =用周知的方法作為陽極的製作方法，可舉例如真 工蒸鍵法、濺鍍法、離早供堦土 ' 方，w田/鍵覆法及由溶液成膜的 方/(也可使用與焉分子黏合劑之混合溶液）。 ==常是—至_，宜為‘至 發光層侧表電性接觸不良之觀點來看，宜使陽極的Ra can be measured in accordance with Japanese Industrial Standards jis jIS_B〇6〇, 2001, and with reference to JIS-B0651 to JIS-B0656 and JIS-B0671-1. [3.2 Anode] The electric field light-emitting element constituting the present invention is formed from the viewpoint of the hole release property of the organic semiconductor material used for the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the intermediate layer, the light-emitting layer, and the like. OeV以上以上。 The work function of the side of the luminescent layer of the anode, preferably 4. OeV or more. 324120 167 201245267 As the material constituting the anode, for example, conductivity of a gold compound (for example, metal oxide, gold, conductive mixture, specifically: samarium oxide (10), indium zinc oxide (10)), molybdenum oxide, etc. can be used. a metal oxide, and a metal such as gold, silver, chromium, or nickel; and a mixture of the conductive metal vapor and the gold (tetra). I genus oxide The foregoing anode may be a multi-layered structure composed of 4 monolayer structures of the materials, or may be composed of the same kind or phase. In the case of a multilayer structure, the work function of the material of the anode of the plurality of layers of the group is 4, 〇eV or more = the most surface = the well-known method is used as the anode, and for example, a real steam key method, Sputtering method, from the early supply of bauxite 'square, w field / bond coating method and the film formed from the solution / (can also use a mixed solution with ruthenium molecular adhesive). == Often - to _, should be ‘to the side of the luminescent layer, the electrical contact is not good, it should be the anode

在以上述方法製作陽極之後，可以U 合劑、含有2,3,5,6,…8,8-四氮醌二甲燒= 接=化合物的溶料液施予表面處理。經表面處理後， 可改善與接於該陽極之層的電性連接。 =於本,明的電場發光元件的使用陽極作為光反射 日、’該陽極宜為高光反射性金屬形成的光反射層與含 有具有功函數4. 〇eV以上的材料的高功_材料層所組合 324120 168 201245267 •的多層結構。 作為陽極之組成，可例示如以下的組成。 (i)Ag-M〇〇3 (iiXAg-Pd-Cu 合金ΜΙΤΟ 及/或 IZO) (iii) (Al-Nd 合金ΜΙΤΟ 及/或 IZO) (iv) (Mo-Cr 合金）-(ΙΤ0 及/或 IZO) (v) (Ag-Pd-Cu 合金ΜΙΤΟ 及/或 IZO)-Mo〇3 欲獲得充分的光反射率時，由高光反射性金屬（例如， Al、Ag、A1合金、Ag合金、Cr合金等）形成的光反射層之 厚度宜為50nm以上，並以80nm以上較佳。含有具有功函 數4· OeV以上的材料（例如Iτο、IZ0、Mo〇3等）的高功函數 材料層之厚度，通常在5nm至500nm的範圍。 [3. 3電洞注入層] 作為組成電洞注入層的材料，除了本發明的高分子化 合物之外’可舉出例如以下的材料： 咔唑衍生物、三唑衍生物、嚶唑衍生物、噚二唑衍生 物、咪唑衍生物、苐衍生物、聚芳烷烴衍生物、吡唑啉衍 生物、吡唑噚衍生物、伸苯二胺衍生物、芳基胺衍生物、 星爆（starburst)型胺、酞青素衍生物、胺基取代查耳酮衍 生物、苯乙稀基蒽衍生物、㈣衍生物、膝（Μ—·) 衍生物、二苯乙烯衍生物、魏燒（silazane)衍生物、芳 香族三級胺化合物、笨乙烯胺化合物、芳香族二次甲基類 化合物、口卜琳系化合物、聚石夕院系化合物、聚（n_乙婦味嗤） 衍生物、有機矽烷衍生物，及含有該等的聚合物； 324120 169 201245267 氧化釩、氧化钽、氧化鎢、氧化鉬、氧化釕、氧化鋁 等導電性金屬氧化物； 聚笨胺、苯胺系共聚合物、嗟吩寡聚物、.聚β塞吩等.導 電性高分子及寡聚物； 聚（3, 4-乙烯二氧噻吩）/聚笨乙烯磺酸、聚吡咯等有 機導電性材料及含有該等的聚合物； 非晶碳； 四氰基酿二曱烧（tetracyanoquino dimethane)衍生物 (例如，2, 3, 5, 6-四氟-7, 7, 8, 8-四氰基醌二曱烷）、1，4-萘 醌衍生物、二苯醌衍生物、聚硝基化合物等接受（accept〇r) 性有機化合物； 十八基三曱氧矽烷等矽烷偶合劑。 前述材料可以是單一成分，也可以是含數種成分的組 成物。前述電洞注入層可以含前述材料的丨種或2種以上 的單層結構，切从含相同域的複數層或相異種組成 的數層之多層結構。作為組成電洞輸送層的材料之例示材 料，可使用作為組成電洞注入層的材料。 可利用周知的方法作為電洞注入層的製作方法 用於電洞纽層的電洞注人材料為無機材料時，可 空蒸m餘、離顿覆料㈣；為 分 料時，可利用真空蒸鏡法、轉印法（例如，雷射轉印有= =等）、由減成_方法（也可使賴高分子 的 t溶液)等。如電祠注入材料為高分子有機材料時,= 由溶液成膜的方法。 J刊用 324120 170 201245267 —=電職人材料是t純衍生物、芳基胺衍生物、二 1三笨基二胺衍生物等低分子有機材料時， 且用真二蒸鑛法形成電洞注入層。 ^子化合物黏合劑與前述低分子 有機材料的混合溶液而成膜為電洞注入層。 混=分子化合物黏合劑，宜為極度不阻礙電荷輸 古八+二Γ為對於可見光的吸收不強的化合物。作為該 物黏合劑’可例示如娜乙烯十坐)、聚苯胺 及其何生物、料吩及其衍生物、 生物、聚（2, 5-伸嗔吩乙烯）及1衍伸本乙婦）及其何 婦酸酉旨、聚丙稀酸甲酉旨1甲;丙聚碳酸酉旨、聚丙 聚氣㈣，以及聚=院聚甲基叫酸甲輯、聚苯己稀、 作為由溶液成膜所使用的溶劑， 材的溶劑即可。作為該溶劑，可例示如水 二甲笨乙烧等含氯溶劑；THF等峻溶劑；甲苯、 酸L=_容劑;丙嗣、曱基乙基酮等酮溶劑;醋 :醋酸丁醋、乙基赛路蘇醋酸酿等酿溶劑。 ‘、、、由减成朗方法，可舉例 具體上可舉例如旋轉塗佈法 财及㈣法 板印刷法、棒塗佈法、輥塗> 凹板印刷法、凹 縫塗佈法、帽式塗佈法、噴塗法1塗佈法、浸塗法、狹 法、套版印刷法、喷墨印刷法去分：刷法、柔版印刷 法、毛細管塗佈法及反轉印刷法刷法'喷嘴塗佈 言，係以印刷法（例如，凹板印刷/谷易形成圖案之點而 軸。 p刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印 171 201245267 刷法、套版印刷法、反轉印刷法、喷墨印刷法等）或喷嘴塗 佈法較佳。 接著電洞注入層之後，在形成電洞輸送層、發光層等 有機層之際，在藉由塗佈法形成電洞注入層與該有機層兩 者時，先行塗佈的層可能會溶解於之後塗佈的層之溶液所 含的溶劑，以致未能製作積層結構。此時，可使用將下層 溶劑不溶化的方法。作為不溶於溶劑的方法，可舉例如在 高分子化合物中附與交聯基，使其交聯而不溶化的方法； 將持有具有以芳香族雙疊氮（bisazide)為代表的芳香環之 交聯基的低分子化合物作為交聯劑混合，使其交聯而不溶 化的方法；將具有未具以丙烯酸酯基為代表的芳香環之交 聯基的低分子化合物作為交聯劑混合，使其交聯而不溶化 的方法；以紫外光使下層感光交聯，使其對用於製造上層 的有機溶劑為不溶化的方法；及將下層加熱交聯，使其對 用於製造上層的有機溶劑為不溶化的方法等。將下層加熱 時的加熱溫度通常是100°C至300°C，時間通常是1分鐘至 1小時。 作為除了交聯之外可使下層不溶解而積層的其他方 法，可舉例如在製造相鄰接之層時使用不同的極性溶液的 方法。作為該方法，具體上可舉例如在下層使用水溶性的 高分子化合物，在上層使用油溶性的高分子化合物，而即 使進行塗佈也不會使下層溶解的方法等。 電洞注入層的厚度，因使用的材料而最適值不同，但 只要選擇成使驅動電壓與發光效率達適度值即可，通常是 324120 172 201245267 lnm至1 y m，並宜為2nm至500nm，而以10nm至lOOnm時 較佳。 [3.4.電洞輸送層] 本發明的的電場發光元件中，作為組成電洞輸送層的 材料，可舉例如σ卡。坐衍生物、三唾衍生物、曙《坐衍生物、 曙二峻衍生物、味峻衍生物、第衍生物、聚芳烧烴衍生物、 0比唾琳衍生物、π比嗤。弄衍生物、伸苯二胺衍生物、芳基胺 衍生物、胺基取代查耳酮衍生物、苯乙烯基蒽衍生物、苐 酮衍生物、腙衍生物、二苯乙烯衍生物、矽氮烷衍生物、 芳香族三級胺化合物、苯乙烯胺化合物、芳香族二次甲基 系化合物、卟啉系化合物、聚矽烷系化合物、聚（Ν-乙烯咔 唑）衍生物、有機矽烷衍生物，及含有該等結構的聚合物； 苯胺系共聚物、噻吩寡聚物、聚噻吩等導電性高分子及寡 聚物；聚吼咯等有機導電性材料。 前述材料可以是含單一成分，也可以是含複數種成分 的組成物。前述電洞輸送層，可以是含1種或2種以上的 前述材料的單層結構，也可以是含同一組成的複數層或含 異種組成的複數層之多層結構。作為組成電洞注入層的材 料之例示材料，可使用作為組成電洞輸送層的材料。 作為電洞輸送層的製作方法，可舉出與製作電洞注入 層相同的方法。作為由溶液成膜的方法，可舉例如印刷法 及塗佈法，具體上可舉出旋轉塗佈法、澆鑄法、棒塗佈法、 輥塗法、線棒塗佈法、浸塗法、狹縫塗佈法、帽式塗佈法、 喷塗法、毛細管塗佈法、喷嘴塗佈法、微凹板印刷法、凹 324120 173 201245267 板印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、套版印刷法、喷墨 印刷法、分配ϋ印刷法及反轉印刷^如使用昇華性化合 物材料作為電洞輸送層的材料時，通常是使用真空蒸鑛法 及轉印法。 作為由溶液顏使用的溶劑，可舉例如於電洞注入層 的成膜方法所例示的溶劑。 接著電洞輸迗層之後’在以塗佈法形成發光層等有機 層之際’如先#塗佈之層（下層）會溶解於之後塗佈的層之 溶液所含的與電缝人㈣賴方法所例示 的相同方法，使下層溶劑不溶化中。 電洞輸送層的厚度，因使用的材料而最適值不同，但 只要=使軸錢與發紐率達適纽之方式選擇即可， 常疋lnm至l#m’並且為2nm至5〇〇nm，而以5nm至lOOnm 較佳。 [3.5發光層] 本發明的電場發光元件中，如發光層含有高分子化合 物時，作為該高分子化合物，可適用聚苐衍生物、聚對伸 苯乙歸衍生物、聚伸苯衍生物、聚對伸苯衍生物、聚噻吩 妨生物、聚二烧基第、聚苐苯并嘆二嗤、聚烧基嘆吩等共 輕向分子化合物。 含有前述高分子化合物的發光層，也可含有茈系色 素、香豆素（coumarin)類色素、玫瑰紅（rhodamine)類色素 等馬分子系色素化合物；及/或紅螢稀（rubrene)、茈、9, 10-一本基蒽、四苯基丁二稀、尼羅紅（nile red)、香豆素6、 324120 174 201245267 丫酮等低分子色素化合物。含有前述高分子化合物的發 光層，也可含有萘衍生物、蒽及其衍生物、茈及其衍生物、 聚次甲基（polymethine)系、二苯并α底喃（xanthene)系、香 豆素系、花青素系等色素類；8-羥基喹啉及其衍生物的金 屬錯合物、芳香族胺、四苯基環戊二烯及其衍生物，以及 四笨基丁二烯及其衍生物、參（2-苯基吼啶）銦等發出磷光 的金屬錯合物。 發光層也可由非共軛高分子化合物與選自前述有機 色素及前述金屬錯合物等發光性有機化合物的化合物之組 戍物所組成。作為非共軛高分子化合物，可舉例如聚乙烯、 聚氣乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚曱基丙烯酸甲酯、聚 甲基丙婦酸丁酯、聚酯、聚颯、聚伸苯氧化物、聚丁二烯、 聚乙烯咔唑）、烴樹脂、酮樹脂、笨氧樹脂、聚醯胺、 乙基纖維素、醋酸乙烯、ABS樹脂、聚胺酯、三聚氰胺樹After the anode is produced by the above method, a surface treatment may be carried out by using a U mixture and a solution containing 2,3,5,6,...8,8-tetrazirconium = compound. After surface treatment, the electrical connection to the layer connected to the anode can be improved. In the present invention, the anode of the electric field light-emitting element is used as a light-reflecting day, and the anode is preferably a light-reflecting layer formed of a high-reflective metal and a high-power material layer containing a material having a work function of 4. 〇eV or more. Combination 324120 168 201245267 • Multi-layer structure. As the composition of the anode, the following composition can be exemplified. (i) Ag-M〇〇3 (iiXAg-Pd-Cu alloy ΜΙΤΟ and/or IZO) (iii) (Al-Nd alloy ΜΙΤΟ and/or IZO) (iv) (Mo-Cr alloy)-(ΙΤ0 and / Or IZO) (v) (Ag-Pd-Cu alloy ΜΙΤΟ and/or IZO)-Mo〇3 When a sufficient light reflectance is obtained, a highly reflective metal (for example, Al, Ag, Al alloy, Ag alloy, The thickness of the light-reflecting layer formed of the Cr alloy or the like is preferably 50 nm or more, and more preferably 80 nm or more. The thickness of the high work function material layer containing a material having a work function of 4·OeV or more (e.g., Iτο, IZ0, Mo〇3, etc.) is usually in the range of 5 nm to 500 nm. [3. 3 hole injection layer] As the material constituting the hole injection layer, in addition to the polymer compound of the present invention, for example, the following materials may be mentioned: carbazole derivative, triazole derivative, carbazole derivative , oxadiazole derivatives, imidazole derivatives, anthracene derivatives, polyaralkyl derivatives, pyrazoline derivatives, pyrazolium derivatives, phenylenediamine derivatives, arylamine derivatives, starburst ) amines, anthraquinone derivatives, amine substituted chalcone derivatives, styrene derivatives, (iv) derivatives, knee (Μ-) derivatives, stilbene derivatives, silazane a derivative, an aromatic tertiary amine compound, a stupid vinylamine compound, an aromatic secondary methyl compound, an oral compound, a polylithic compound, a poly(n-ethyl women's miso) derivative, Organic decane derivatives, and polymers containing the same; 324120 169 201245267 Conductive metal oxides such as vanadium oxide, cerium oxide, tungsten oxide, molybdenum oxide, cerium oxide, aluminum oxide; polyphenylamine, aniline copolymer, Phenol oligomer, polypyrene, etc. Polymers and oligomers; organic conductive materials such as poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene)/polystyrenesulfonic acid and polypyrrole, and polymers containing the same; amorphous carbon; tetracyanohydrin Tetracyanoquino dimethane derivative (for example, 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-7, 7, 8, 8-tetracyanoquinone dioxane), 1,4-naphthoquinone derivative, diphenyl An anthracene derivative, a polynitro compound, or the like accepts an accepting organic compound; a decane coupling agent such as octadecyl trioxane. The foregoing materials may be a single component or a composition containing several components. The hole injection layer may contain a ruthenium of the above materials or a single layer structure of two or more kinds, and may be cut into a multilayer structure of a plurality of layers including the same layer or a plurality of layers. As an exemplary material constituting the material of the hole transport layer, a material constituting the hole injection layer can be used. The well-known method can be used as a method for manufacturing the hole injection layer. When the hole injection material of the hole layer is an inorganic material, it can be steamed and retreated (4); for the material, the vacuum can be utilized. The steam mirror method, the transfer method (for example, laser transfer has ==, etc.), the subtraction method (which can also be used as a t-solution of a polymer). For example, when the electrospray material is a polymer organic material, the method of forming a film from a solution. For J Journal, 324120 170 201245267 —=Electrical materials are low-molecular organic materials such as t-pure derivatives, arylamine derivatives, and bis-diphenyldiamine derivatives, and hole injection is formed by the true distillation method. Floor. The mixed solution of the sub-compound binder and the aforementioned low molecular organic material is formed into a hole injection layer. Mixed = molecular compound binder, preferably does not hinder the charge transport. Ancient eight + two oxime is a compound that is not strongly absorbed by visible light. As the binder of the substance, it can be exemplified as, for example, Naphthalene, the polyaniline and its organism, the phenanthrene and its derivatives, the organism, the poly(2,5-extension phenanthrene) and the 1 And its polyacidic acid, polyacrylic acid formazan, 1 A; propylene carbonate, polypropylene (4), and poly = polymethyl group called acid A, polyphenylene, as a film from solution The solvent to be used and the solvent of the material can be used. The solvent may, for example, be a chlorine-containing solvent such as dimethicone; a solvent such as THF; toluene, acid L=_capacitor; a ketone solvent such as propyl hydrazine or decyl ethyl ketone; vinegar: butyl acetate, B Kesailusu acetic acid brewing and other brewing solvents. ',, and the method of reducing the granulation, for example, may be, for example, a spin coating method and (4) a method of printing a plate, a bar coating method, a roll coating, a gravure printing method, a gravure coating method, and a cap. Coating method, spray method 1 coating method, dip coating method, narrow method, plate printing method, inkjet printing method: brush method, flexographic printing method, capillary coating method and reverse printing method 'Nozzle coating, by printing method (for example, gravure printing / valley easy to form a pattern and the axis. p brush method, screen printing method, flexo printing 171 201245267 brush method, printing method, reverse A printing method, an inkjet printing method, or the like) or a nozzle coating method is preferred. After the hole injection layer is formed, when the organic layer such as the hole transport layer or the light-emitting layer is formed, when the hole injection layer and the organic layer are formed by the coating method, the layer coated first may be dissolved. The solvent contained in the solution of the layer after the coating was so that a laminate structure could not be produced. At this time, a method of insolubilizing the lower layer solvent can be used. As a method of insoluble in a solvent, for example, a method in which a crosslinking compound is attached to a polymer compound to crosslink and dissolve is not dissolved; and an aromatic ring represented by an aromatic bisazide is held. a method in which a low molecular compound of a hydrazine group is mixed as a crosslinking agent to crosslink and insolubilize; and a low molecular compound having a crosslinking group which is not represented by an acrylate group is mixed as a crosslinking agent, thereby a method of crosslinking and insolubilizing; crosslinking the lower layer by ultraviolet light to insolubilize the organic solvent used for the production of the upper layer; and heating and crosslinking the lower layer to insolubilize the organic solvent used for the production of the upper layer Method etc. The heating temperature at the time of heating the lower layer is usually from 100 ° C to 300 ° C, and the time is usually from 1 minute to 1 hour. As another method of laminating the lower layer in addition to cross-linking, for example, a method of using a different polar solution in the production of adjacent layers may be employed. Specifically, for example, a water-soluble polymer compound is used in the lower layer, and an oil-soluble polymer compound is used in the upper layer, and the lower layer is not dissolved even if it is applied. The thickness of the hole injection layer is different depending on the material used, but it is selected so that the driving voltage and the luminous efficiency are moderate, and it is usually 324120 172 201245267 lnm to 1 ym, and preferably 2 nm to 500 nm. It is preferably from 10 nm to 100 nm. [3.4. Hole transport layer] In the electric field light-emitting device of the present invention, as the material constituting the hole transport layer, for example, a sigma card is exemplified. A derivative, a tris-salt derivative, a samarium derivative, a sulphur derivative, a taste derivative, a derivative, a polyaromatic hydrocarbon derivative, a 0-salin derivative, and a π-pyrene. Derivatives, phenylenediamine derivatives, arylamine derivatives, amine-substituted chalcone derivatives, styrylpurine derivatives, anthrone derivatives, anthracene derivatives, stilbene derivatives, hydrazine nitrogen An alkane derivative, an aromatic tertiary amine compound, a styrylamine compound, an aromatic secondary methyl compound, a porphyrin compound, a polydecane compound, a poly(fluorene-vinylcarbazole) derivative, an organodecane derivative And polymers containing such structures; conductive polymers and oligomers such as aniline copolymers, thiophene oligomers, and polythiophenes; and organic conductive materials such as polyfluorene. The above material may be a single component or a composition containing a plurality of components. The hole transporting layer may be a single layer structure containing one or more of the above materials, or a multilayer structure containing a plurality of layers of the same composition or a plurality of layers having a different composition. As an exemplary material constituting the material for the hole injection layer, a material constituting the hole transport layer can be used. The method of producing the hole transport layer is the same as the method of producing the hole injection layer. Examples of the method for forming a film from a solution include a printing method and a coating method, and specific examples thereof include a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a wire bar coating method, and a dip coating method. Slit coating method, cap coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, nozzle coating method, micro gravure printing method, concave 324120 173 201245267 plate printing method, screen printing method, flexographic printing method, In the case of a plate printing method, an inkjet printing method, a distribution printing method, and a reverse printing method, when a sublimation compound material is used as the material of the hole transport layer, a vacuum evaporation method and a transfer method are usually used. The solvent to be used for the solution is, for example, a solvent exemplified in the film formation method of the hole injection layer. Then, after the hole is transported, the layer of the coating layer (the lower layer) is dissolved in the solution of the layer to be coated and the electric seam is interposed (at the time of the formation of the organic layer such as the light-emitting layer by the coating method). The same method as exemplified by the method allows the lower layer solvent to be insolubilized. The thickness of the hole transport layer is different depending on the material used, but it can be selected as long as the value of the shaft and the rate of the hair is up to the appropriate value, often from 1 nm to 1 #m' and from 2 nm to 5 〇〇. It is preferably from 5 nm to 100 nm. [3.5 luminescent layer] In the electric field light-emitting device of the present invention, when the light-emitting layer contains a polymer compound, a polyfluorene derivative, a poly-p-phenylene derivative, a poly-extended benzene derivative, or the like, can be used as the polymer compound. A poly-p-benzene derivative, a polythiophene-like organism, a polydialkyl group, a polyfluorene benzoquinone, a polyalkylene sinter, and the like are light molecular compounds. The light-emitting layer containing the polymer compound may contain a quinone-based dye, a coumarin-based dye, a rhodamine-based dye, or the like, or a horse-based dye compound; and/or rubrene or ruthenium. , 9, 10-, a base molecule, tetraphenyl butyl dichloride, nile red, coumarin 6, 324120 174 201245267 low molecular weight pigment compounds such as fluorenone. The light-emitting layer containing the above polymer compound may also contain a naphthalene derivative, an anthracene and a derivative thereof, an anthracene and a derivative thereof, a polymethine system, a dibenzo-xanthene system, and a couma bean. Pigments such as vegan and anthocyanins; metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline and its derivatives, aromatic amines, tetraphenylcyclopentadiene and its derivatives, and tetraphenyl butadiene and A phosphorescent metal complex such as a derivative thereof or a ginseng (2-phenyl acridine) indium. The light-emitting layer may be composed of a composition of a non-conjugated polymer compound and a compound selected from the group consisting of the above-mentioned organic dye and a compound of a light-emitting organic compound such as the above metal complex. Examples of the non-conjugated polymer compound include polyethylene, polyethylene oxide, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, polyester, polyfluorene, and polycondensation. Benzene oxide, polybutadiene, polyvinyl carbazole), hydrocarbon resin, ketone resin, oxo resin, polyamine, ethyl cellulose, vinyl acetate, ABS resin, polyurethane, melamine tree

175 201245267175 201245267

如發光層含有低分子化合物時，作為該低分 物’可舉例如紅螢烯、茈、9, 10-二苯基蒽、四笨其 _ S 土丁 二埽、 尼羅紅、香豆素6、°卡吐、啥吖酮等低分子色素化人物 萘衍生物、蒽及其衍生物、茈及其衍生物、聚次曱1系’ 二苯并哌喃系、香豆素系、花青素系、靛藍（indigJ^' : 色素類；8-羥基喹啉及其衍生物的金屬錯合物、駄主、等 其衍生物的金屬錯合物、芳香族胺、四苯基環出_ ' 仏烯及其 衍生物、以及四苯基丁二烯及其衍生物。 、 發光層也可含有發出磷光的金屬錯合物。作 光的金屬錯合物，可舉例如參（2-苯基吡啶）銦、人+ 碟 吼啶配位體的銦錯物、含有苯基喹啉配位體的铟錯人物 含有三η丫環壬烧（triazacyclononane)架構的試錯人物 前述材料可以是單一成分，也可以是含複數種成分的 組成物。前述發光層可以是含1種或2種以上前述材料的 單層結構，也可以是含同一組成的複數層或含異種組成的 複數層之多層結構。 作為發光層的成膜方法，可舉出與電洞注入層的成膜 相同的方法。作為由溶液成膜的方法，可舉例如印刷法及 塗佈法’具體上可舉例如旋轉塗佈法、澆鑄法、棒塗佈法、 輥塗法、線棒塗佈法、浸塗法、狹縫塗佈法、帽式塗佈法、 喷塗法、毛細管塗佈法、喷嘴塗佈法、微凹板印刷法、凹 板印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、套版印刷法、喷墨 印刷法、分配器印刷法及反轉印刷法。如使用昇華性化合 物材料作為發光層的材料時，通常可使用真空蒸鍍法或轉 324120 176 201245267 •印法。 作為由溶液成膜時使用的溶劑，可舉出如電洞注入層 的成膜方法中例示的溶劑。 接著I光層之後，在以塗佈法形成電子輸送磨等有機 層之IV、’如先行塗佈的層（下層）會溶解於之後塗佈的層之 溶液所含的溶劑時，可以與電洞注入層的成膜方法所例示 的相同方法，使下層溶劑不溶化。 發光層的厚度’因使用的材料而最適值不同，但只要 以使驅動電壓與發*效率達適度值之方式選擇 即可，通常 疋5nm至1 //m ’且為i〇nm至5〇〇nm，而以3〇咖至2〇〇抓 較佳 [3. 6電子輸送層] 本發明的電場發光元件中，作為組成電子輸送層的材 料，除了本發明的高分子化合物之外，也可使用周知的材 料。可舉例如三唑衍生物、噚唑衍生物、噚二唑衍生物、 味唾衍生物、第衍生物、苯酿及其衍生物、萘酿及其衍生 物、蒽醌及其衍生物、四氰基蒽醌二甲烷及其衍生物、第 酮衍生物、二苯基二氰基乙料其射物、二祕衍生物、 蒽職二曱燒衍生物、蒽_衍生物、二氧化嗟味池卿服 dioxide)衍生物、碳二醯亞胺衍生物、亞苐基曱烷衍生物、 二苯乙烯基吡畊衍生物、芳香環（例如，萘、茈等）四羧酸 酐、酞月素衍生物、金屬錯合物（例如，8_喹琳酚衍生物的 金屬錯合物、金屬酞青素為配位體的金屬錯合物、苯并噚 唑為配位體的金屬錯合物、苯并噻唑為配位體的金屬錯合 324120 177 201245267 物）、有機石夕燒衍生物、8__羥基喹啉及其衍生物的金屬錯合 物、聚喹啉及其衍生物、聚喹噚啉及其衍生物以及聚雖 及其衍生物。該等之中’宜為三唑衍生物.、噚二唑衍生物、 本酉wi及/、竹生物、惠驅及其衍生物、經基啥淋及其街生 物的金屬錯合物、聚喹啉及其衍生物、聚喹曙啉及其衍生 物，以及聚第及其衍生物。 刖述材料可以是含單一成分，也可以是含複數種成分 的組成物。前述電子輪送層可以是含1種或2種以上前述 材料的單層結構，也可以是含同一組成的複數層或含異種 組成的複數層之多層結構。作為組成電子注入層的材料之 I示材料，可使用作為組成電子輸送層的材料。 作為電子輸送層的成膜方法，可舉出與電洞注入層的 成膜相同的方法。作為由溶液成膜的方法，可舉例如印刷 法及塗佈法，具體上可舉出旋轉塗佈法、澆鑄法、棒塗佈 法輥塗法、線棒塗佈法、浸塗法、狹縫塗佈法、帽式塗 佈法、噴塗法、毛細管塗佈法、喷嘴塗佈法、微凹板印刷 法凹板印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、套版印刷法、 喷墨印刷法、分配器印刷法及反轉印刷法。如使用昇華性 化合物材料作為電子輸送層時，通常可使用真空蒸鍍法或 轉印法。 作為由溶液成膜所使用的溶劑’可舉例如於電洞注入 層的成膘方法所例示的溶劑。 接著電子輸送層之後，在以塗佈法形成電子注入層等 有機層之際，如先行塗佈的層（下層）會溶解於之後塗佈的 324120 178 201245267 層之溶液所含的溶劑時，可以與電洞注入層的成膜方法所 例示的相同方法，使下層溶劑不溶化。 電子輸送層的厚度，因使用的材料雨最適值不同，但 只要以使驅動電壓與發光效率達適度值之方式選擇即可， 通常是lnm至1以m，宜為2nm至500nm，而以5nm至1 OOnm 較佳。 [3.7電子注入層] 本發明的電場發光元件中，作為組成電子注入層的材 料，除了本發明的高分子化合物之外，可使用周知的材料。 可舉例如三唾衍生物、曙嗤衍生物、曙二。坐衍生物、味唾 衍生物、苐衍生物、苯醌及其衍生物、萘醌及其衍生物、 蒽醌及其衍生物、四氰基蒽醌二曱烷及其衍生物、苐酮衍 生物、二苯基二氰基乙烯及其衍生物、二苯醌衍生物、蒽 醌二曱烷衍生物、蒽酮衍生物、二氧化噻喃衍生物、碳二 醯亞胺衍生物、亞苐基二曱烷衍生物、二苯乙烯基吡啡衍 生物、芳香環（例如，萘、茈等）四叛酸酐、敵青素衍生物、 各種金屬錯合物（例如，8-噎琳紛衍生物的金屬錯合物、金 屬酞青素、苯并曙嗤為配位體的金屬錯合物、苯并°塞唾為 配位體的金屬錯合物）、有機矽烷衍生物。 前述材料可以是含單一成分，也可以是含複數種成分 的組成物。前述電子注入層可以是複1種或2種以上前述 材料的單層結構，也可以是含同一組成的複數層或含異種 組成的複數層之多層結構。作為組成電子輸送層的材料之 例示材料，可使用作為組成電子注入層的材料。 324120 179 201245267 作為電子注入層的成膜方法，可舉出與電洞注入層的 成膜相同的方法。由溶液成膜的方法’可舉例如印刷法及 塗佈法’具體上可舉出旋轉塗佈法、澆鑄法、棒塗佈法、 輥塗法、線棒塗佈法、浸塗法、狹縫塗佈法、帽式塗佈法、 喷塗法、毛細管塗佈法、喷嘴塗佈法、微凹板印刷法、凹 板印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、套版印刷法、喷墨 印刷法、分配器印刷法及反轉印刷法。如使用昇華性化合 物材料作為電子注入層的材料時，通常可使用真空蒸鍍法 或轉印法。 作為由溶液成膜所使用的溶劑’可舉例如電洞注入層 的成膜方法所例示的溶劑。 電子注入層的厚度，因使用的材料而最適值不同，但 只要以使驅動電壓與發光效率達適度值之方式選擇即可， 通常是lnm至1 // m，並宜為2nm至500nm，而以5nm至l〇〇nm 較佳。 [3.8.陰極] 陰極可以是含1種或2種以上的材料之單層結構，也 了以疋含同一組成的複數層或含異種組成的複數層之多層 結構。 如陰極為單層結構時’作為組成陰極的材料，可舉例 如金、銀、銅、铭、鉻、錫、錯、鎳、欽等低電阻金屬； 含有一種以上選自該等低電阻金屬的合金；氧化錫、氧化 鋅、氧化銦、氧化銦錫（IT0)、氧化錮鋅（IZ〇)、氧化鉬等 導電性金屬氧化物，及該等導電性金屬氧化物與金屬之混 324120 180 201245267 • 合物。 如陰極為多層結構時，其宜為第1陰極層與遮罩陰極 層的2層H或第1陰極層、第2陰極層及遮罩陰極層 的3層結構。此處，第i陰極層，是指陰極之中最接近發 光層側的層，遮罩陰極層，是指為2層結構時，覆蓋第1 陰極層之層’而為3層結構時，是覆蓋第1陰極詹與第2 陰極層之層。就電子釋出能之觀點來看，組成第1電極層 的材料之功函數宜為3. 5eV以下。作為組成第 1電極層的 材料’係適用功函數3. 5eV以下的金屬、該金屬的氧化物、 該金屬的氟化物、該金屬的碳酸鹽或該金屬的複合氧化 物。作為，罩陰極層的材料，係適用電阻率低、對水分的 财腐飯|±冋的材料（例如，金屬、金屬氧化物）。作為組成 I1電極層的材料’可舉例如驗金屬、驗土金屬等金屬； :有1種以上前述金屬的合金；選自前述金屬的氧化物、 月’J述金屬的4化物、前述金屬的碳酸鹽、前述金屬的複合 氧化物及該等化合物之混合物所成群組中的1 種以上之材 料作為驗金屬、驗金屬的氧化物、驗金屬的齒化物、驗 金屬的碳酸鹽及驗金屬的複合氧化物之例，可舉出裡、納、 7 #0鉋、氧化鋰、氧化鈉、氧化鉀、氧化铷、氧化铯、 氣化鐘、氟化納、氟化鉀、氟化條、氟化鉋、碳酸鍾、碳 酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸铷、碳酸鉋、鉬酸鉀、鈦酸鉀、鎢酸 鉀及鉬酸鉋。作為鹼土金屬、鹼土金屬的氧化物、鹼土金 屬的齒化物、鹼土金屬的碳酸鹽及鹼土金屬的複合氧化物 之例，可舉出鎂、鈣、鋸、鋇、氧化鎂、氧化鈣、氧化勰、 324120 181 201245267 氧化铜氟化鎂、敦化弼、敗化錄、氟化鋇、碳酸鎂、碳 駄鈣、碳酸鳃、碳酸鋇、鉬酸鋇及鎢酸鋇。作為含有1種 以上鹼金屬或鹼土金屬的合金之例，可舉出U-A1合金、 Mg-Ag合金、ANBa合金、合金ϋ合金及 Ca-Bi-Pb~Sn合金。作為組成第i陰極層的材料之例示材 料與組成電子注入層的材料之例示材料的組成物，也可使 用作為組成第1陰極層的材料。作為第2陰極層的材料， 可例不如與組成第1陰極層的材料相同的材料。 作為組成遮罩陰極層的材料之例’可舉出金、銀、銅、 鋁、鉻、锡、鉛、鎳、鈦等低電阻金屬；含有丨種以上該 等低電阻金屬的合金、金屬奈米粒子、金屬奈米線、氧化 錫、氧化鋅、氧化銦、氧化銦錫（ΙΤ0)、氧化銦鋅（ΙΖ0)、 氧化鉬等導電性金屬氧化物；該等導電性金屬氧化物與金 屬之混合物、導電性金屬氧化物的奈米粒子、石墨烯、富 勒烯、奈米碳管等導電性碳。 作為陰極為多層結構時的組成例，可舉出Mg/A1、When the light-emitting layer contains a low molecular compound, as the low-component, for example, red fluorene, fluorene, 9,10-diphenyl fluorene, tetrasuccinyl s-succinium, niro red, coumarin may be mentioned. 6. Low-molecular pigmentation of naphthyl derivatives such as carbamazepine and fluorenone, hydrazine and its derivatives, hydrazine and its derivatives, poly-peptone 1 series 'dibenzopyrans, coumarins, flowers Anthraquinone, indigo (indigJ^': pigments; metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline and its derivatives, metal complexes of ruthenium, its derivatives, aromatic amines, tetraphenyl ring _ 'terpene and its derivatives, and tetraphenylbutadiene and its derivatives. The luminescent layer may also contain a phosphorescent metal complex. For the metal complex of light, for example, reference (2- Phenylpyridine) indium, indium complex of human + azulidine ligand, indium morph containing phenylquinoline ligand, and triaczacyclononane structure The single component may also be a composition containing a plurality of components. The light emitting layer may be a single layer junction containing one or more of the foregoing materials. The structure may be a multilayer structure containing a plurality of layers of the same composition or a plurality of layers having a different composition. The film formation method of the light-emitting layer may be the same as the film formation of the hole injection layer. For example, a printing method and a coating method may be mentioned, for example, a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a wire bar coating method, a dip coating method, and a slit coating method. , cap coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, nozzle coating method, micro gravure printing method, gravure printing method, screen printing method, flexographic printing method, plate printing method, inkjet printing Method, dispenser printing method, and reverse printing method. When a sublimation compound material is used as the material of the light-emitting layer, vacuum evaporation or 324120 176 201245267 • printing method can be used as a solvent used for film formation from a solution. The solvent exemplified in the film formation method of the hole injection layer is exemplified. After the I-light layer, the IV layer of the organic layer such as the electron transport mill is formed by the coating method, and the layer (the lower layer) which is coated first will be Solution dissolved in the layer after coating When the solvent is contained, the lower layer solvent may be insolubilized in the same manner as the film formation method of the hole injection layer. The thickness of the light-emitting layer is different depending on the material used, but the driving voltage and the efficiency are required to be used. The mode value can be selected, usually 疋5nm to 1 //m ' and is from i〇nm to 5〇〇nm, and it is better to use 3〇2 to 2〇〇[3. 6 electron transport layer] In the electric field light-emitting device of the invention, as the material constituting the electron transport layer, a well-known material may be used in addition to the polymer compound of the present invention, and examples thereof include a triazole derivative, a carbazole derivative, and an oxadiazole derivative. , saliva derivatives, derivatives, benzene and its derivatives, naphthalene and its derivatives, hydrazine and its derivatives, tetracyanoquinodimethane and its derivatives, ketone derivatives, diphenyl a bis-cyano-based material, a second derivative, a bismuth derivative, a ruthenium derivative, a derivative of cerium oxide, a carbon dioxide derivative, and an azadirachtin derivative. A quinone derivative, a distyryl pyridinium derivative, an aromatic ring (for example Naphthalene anhydride, hydrazine, etc., metal complex (for example, metal complex of 8-quinolinol derivative, metal phthalocyanine is a metal complex of ligand, benzene) And the metal complex of carbazole is a ligand, the metal is mismatched by benzothiazole as a ligand, 324120 177 201245267), the organic metal smoldering derivative, the metal miscide of 8__hydroxyquinoline and its derivatives , polyquinoline and its derivatives, polyquinoxaline and its derivatives, and poly and its derivatives. Among these, 'should be a triazole derivative, a oxadiazole derivative, a bismuth and/or a bamboo organism, a phlegm and its derivatives, a metal complex of the sputum and its street organisms, and Quinoline and its derivatives, polyquinoxaline and its derivatives, and polydipeptide and its derivatives. The material may be a single component or a composition containing a plurality of components. The electron carrying layer may be a single layer structure containing one or more of the foregoing materials, or may be a multilayer structure containing a plurality of layers of the same composition or a plurality of layers containing a heterogeneous composition. As the material constituting the material of the electron injecting layer, a material constituting the electron transporting layer can be used. The film formation method of the electron transport layer is the same as the film formation of the hole injection layer. Examples of the method for forming a film from a solution include a printing method and a coating method, and specific examples thereof include a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a bar coating method, a bar coating method, a dip coating method, and a narrow method. Seam coating method, cap coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, nozzle coating method, micro gravure printing method, gravure printing method, screen printing method, flexographic printing method, plate printing method, spraying Ink printing method, dispenser printing method and reverse printing method. When a sublimation compound material is used as the electron transport layer, a vacuum evaporation method or a transfer method can be usually used. The solvent used for film formation from a solution is, for example, a solvent exemplified by the method for forming a hole in a hole injection layer. After the electron transport layer is formed, when an organic layer such as an electron injecting layer is formed by a coating method, if the layer (lower layer) which is coated first is dissolved in the solvent contained in the solution of the subsequently applied 324120 178 201245267 layer, The lower layer solvent is insolubilized in the same manner as exemplified in the film formation method of the hole injection layer. The thickness of the electron transport layer is different depending on the optimum value of the material used for the rain, but it may be selected in such a manner that the driving voltage and the luminous efficiency are moderately appropriate, and is usually 1 nm to 1 m, preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, and 5 nm. It is preferably up to 100 nm. [3.7 Electron injection layer] As the material constituting the electron injection layer, a well-known material can be used as the material constituting the electron injection layer in addition to the polymer compound of the present invention. For example, a trisalt derivative, an anthracene derivative, and an anthracene are mentioned. Derivatives, saliva derivatives, anthraquinone derivatives, benzoquinones and their derivatives, naphthoquinone and its derivatives, hydrazine and its derivatives, tetracyanoquinone dioxane and its derivatives, anthrone derivative , diphenyldicyanoethylene and its derivatives, diphenyl hydrazine derivatives, decane derivatives, fluorenone derivatives, thiofuran derivatives, carbodiimide derivatives, Aa Dioxane derivatives, distyryl pyridin derivatives, aromatic rings (eg, naphthalene, anthracene, etc.), four derivatives, domican derivatives, various metal complexes (eg, 8-decene derivative) A metal complex of matter, a metal anthraquinone, a metal complex of benzopyrene as a ligand, a metal complex of benzopyrene as a ligand, and an organodecane derivative. The above material may be a single component or a composition containing a plurality of components. The electron injecting layer may be a single layer structure of one or more kinds of the above materials, or may be a multilayer structure containing a plurality of layers of the same composition or a plurality of layers having a heterogeneous composition. As an exemplary material constituting the material of the electron transport layer, a material constituting the electron injecting layer can be used. 324120 179 201245267 The film forming method of the electron injecting layer is the same as the film forming method of the hole injecting layer. The method of forming a film from a solution, for example, a printing method and a coating method, may specifically be a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a wire bar coating method, a dip coating method, or a narrow method. Seam coating method, cap coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, nozzle coating method, micro gravure printing method, gravure printing method, screen printing method, flexographic printing method, and plate printing method , inkjet printing method, dispenser printing method and reverse printing method. When a sublimation compound material is used as the material of the electron injecting layer, a vacuum evaporation method or a transfer method can be usually used. The solvent used for film formation from a solution exemplifies a solvent exemplified by a film formation method of a hole injection layer. The thickness of the electron injecting layer is different depending on the material used, but it may be selected in such a manner that the driving voltage and the luminous efficiency are moderately appropriate, and is usually 1 nm to 1 // m, and preferably 2 nm to 500 nm. It is preferably from 5 nm to 10 nm. [3.8. Cathode] The cathode may be a single layer structure containing one or more kinds of materials, or a multilayer structure in which a plurality of layers of the same composition or a plurality of layers containing a heterogeneous composition are contained. When the cathode is a single-layer structure, 'as a material constituting the cathode, for example, a low-resistance metal such as gold, silver, copper, indium, chromium, tin, erroneous, nickel, or bismuth; and one or more selected from the group of low-resistance metals. Alloy; conductive metal oxides such as tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, indium tin oxide (IT0), bismuth zinc oxide (IZ〇), molybdenum oxide, etc., and the mixture of such conductive metal oxides and metals 324120 180 201245267 • Compound. When the cathode has a multilayer structure, it is preferably a three-layer structure of the first layer of the first cathode layer and the mask cathode layer, or the first cathode layer, the second cathode layer, and the mask cathode layer. Here, the i-th cathode layer refers to the layer closest to the light-emitting layer side of the cathode, and the mask cathode layer refers to the layer of the first cathode layer when the structure is a two-layer structure, and is a three-layer structure. Covering the layers of the first cathode and the second cathode layer. 5e以下以下。 The work function of the material of the first electrode layer is preferably 3. 5eV or less. The material constituting the first electrode layer is applied to a metal having a work function of 3.5 eV or less, an oxide of the metal, a fluoride of the metal, a carbonate of the metal, or a composite oxide of the metal. The material of the cathode layer of the cover is a material (for example, a metal or a metal oxide) having a low electrical resistivity and a moisture-proof rice. The material constituting the I1 electrode layer may be, for example, a metal such as a metal or a soil-measuring metal; an alloy having one or more kinds of the above metals; and an oxide selected from the above metals, a metal of the metal described in the above, and the metal. One or more materials selected from the group consisting of a carbonate, a composite oxide of the foregoing metal, and a mixture of the compounds as a metal test, a metal oxide, a metallization, a metal carbonate, and a metal test Examples of the composite oxide include Li, Na, 7 #0 planer, lithium oxide, sodium oxide, potassium oxide, antimony oxide, antimony oxide, gasification clock, sodium fluoride, potassium fluoride, fluoride fluoride, Fluoride planer, carbonic acid clock, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, barium carbonate, carbonic acid planer, potassium molybdate, potassium titanate, potassium tungstate and molybdate. Examples of the alkaline earth metal, the alkaline earth metal oxide, the alkaline earth metal tooth, the alkaline earth metal carbonate, and the alkaline earth metal composite oxide include magnesium, calcium, saw, barium, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, and barium oxide. 324120 181 201245267 Copper oxide magnesium fluoride, Dunhua bismuth, ruthenium hydride, cesium fluoride, magnesium carbonate, calcium strontium carbonate, strontium carbonate, strontium carbonate, strontium molybdate and strontium tungstate. Examples of the alloy containing one or more kinds of alkali metals or alkaline earth metals include a U-Al alloy, a Mg-Ag alloy, an ANBa alloy, an alloy niobium alloy, and a Ca-Bi-Pb-Sn alloy. The composition of the exemplary material constituting the material of the i-th cathode layer and the material constituting the electron injecting layer can also be used as the material constituting the first cathode layer. The material of the second cathode layer may be the same as the material constituting the first cathode layer. Examples of the material constituting the mask cathode layer include low-resistance metals such as gold, silver, copper, aluminum, chromium, tin, lead, nickel, and titanium; alloys containing such low-resistance metals as those of the above-mentioned types, and metal naphthalene Conductive metal oxides such as rice particles, metal nanowires, tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, indium tin oxide (ΙΤ0), indium zinc oxide (ΙΖ0), molybdenum oxide, etc.; such conductive metal oxides and metals Conductive carbon such as a mixture, a nanoparticle of a conductive metal oxide, a graphene, a fullerene, or a carbon nanotube. As a composition example when the cathode has a multilayer structure, Mg/A1 can be cited.

Ca/A卜 Ba/A卜 NaF/A卜 KF/A卜 RbF/Al、CsF/A卜 Na2C〇3/Al、 IGCOa/Al、CszCOa/Al等第1陰極層與遮罩陰極層的2層結 構，以及 LiF/Ca/A卜 NaF/Ca/A卜 KF/Ca/A卜 RbF/Ca/Al、 CsF/Ca/A卜 Ba/Al/Ag、KF/Al/Ag、KF/Ca/Ag、K2C〇3/Ca/Ag 等第1陰極層、第2陰極層及遮罩陰極層的3層結構。此 處的符號「/」是表示各層為鄰接。而且，組成第2陰極層 的材料宜對組成第1陰極層的材料具有還原作用。此處， 材料間的還原作用之有無以及程度，可由例如化合物間的 324120 182 201245267 鍵解離能（△!·!〇估計。亦即，由組成第2陰極層之材料對 於組成第1陰極層的材料之還原反應中，如鍵解離能為正 的組合時，可謂組成第2陰極層的材料對於組成第j陰極 層的材料具有還原作用。鍵解離能’可參照例如「電氣化 學便覽第5版」（丸善’ 2000年發行）、「熱力學數據資料 庫 MALT」（Thermodynamic Database MALT ;科學技術社， 1992年發行）。 可利用周知的方法作為陰極的製作方法，可例示如真 空蒸鑛法、錢鑛法、離子鍵覆法及由溶液成膜的方法（也可 使用與高分子黏合劑的混合溶液）。如使用金屬、金屬氧化 物、氟化物、碳酸鹽時，大多使用真空蒸鍍法；如使用高 沸點的金屬氧化物、高沸點的金屬複合氧化物、氧化銦錫 (IT0)等導電性金屬氧化物時，大多使用濺鍍法、離子鍍覆 法。如在成膜時併用2種以上的金屬、金屬氧化物、氟化 物、碳酸鹽、高沸點的金屬氧化物、金屬複合氧化物、導 電性金屬氧化物時，可使用共蒸鍍法、濺鍍法、離子鍍覆 法等。如為金屬奈米粒子、金屬奈米線、導電性金屬氧化 物奈米粒子時，大多使用由溶液成膜的方法。尤其是在將 低分子有機化合物與金屬或金屬氧化物、氟化物、碳酸鹽 的組成物成膜時，係適用共蒸鍍法。 陰極的厚度，因使用的材料及層結構而最適值不同， 但只要以使驅動電壓、發光效率及元件壽命達到適度值之 方式選擇即可。第1陰極層的厚度，通常是〇.511111至2〇nm。 遮軍陰極層的厚度，通常是1〇11111至1 Am。例如，分別在 324120 183 201245267 第1陰極層使用Ba或Ca、在遮罩陰極層使用A1時’ Ba 或Ca的厚度宜為2nm至10nm，A1的厚度宜為ι〇ηιη至 500nm。例如，分別在第1陰極層使用Nap或KF、在遮罩 陰極層使用A1時，NaF或KF的厚度宜為lnm至8mn，A1 的厚度宜為l〇nm至500nm。 本發明的電場發光元件中，如使用陰極作為光穿透性 電極時，遮罩陰極層的可見光穿透率宜為4〇%以上，並以 50%以上較佳。此可見光穿透率，可使用氧化銦（IT〇)、氧 化鋅（IΖΟ)、氧化鉬等透明導電性金屬氧化物作為遮罩陰極 層而容易地達成。或也可使使用金、銀、銅、鋁、鉻、錫、 鉛等低電阻金屬及含有該等金屬的合金之遮罩陰極層的厚 度為30nm以下，而容易地達成。 以提高由陰極侧的光穿透率為目的，也可在陰極的遮 罩陰極層上tjL置抗反射層。組成抗反射層的材料之折射 率，宜為1. 8至3. 0，滿足該折射率的材料，可舉例如2沾、Ca/A Bu Ba/A Bu NaF/A Bu KF/A Bu RbF/Al, CsF/A Bu Na2C〇3/Al, IGCOa/Al, CszCOa/Al, etc. 1st cathode layer and 2 layers of the mask cathode layer Structure, and LiF/Ca/A, NaF/Ca/A, KF/Ca/A, RbF/Ca/Al, CsF/Ca/A, Ba/Al/Ag, KF/Al/Ag, KF/Ca/Ag And a three-layer structure of the first cathode layer, the second cathode layer, and the mask cathode layer such as K2C〇3/Ca/Ag. The symbol "/" at this point means that the layers are adjacent. Further, the material constituting the second cathode layer preferably has a reducing action on the material constituting the first cathode layer. Here, the presence or absence of the reduction between the materials and the degree can be estimated, for example, by the 324120 182 201245267 bond dissociation energy between the compounds (Δ!·!〇, that is, the material constituting the second cathode layer is composed of the material constituting the first cathode layer. In the reduction reaction of the material, if the bond dissociation energy is a positive combination, the material constituting the second cathode layer has a reducing action on the material constituting the jth cathode layer. The bond dissociation energy can be referred to, for example, "Electrochemical Handbook 5th Edition". (Maruzen's 2000 issue) and Thermodynamic Database MALT (Science and Technology Society, issued in 1992). A well-known method can be used as a method for producing a cathode, such as vacuum distillation, money, etc. Mineral method, ion bonding method and method for forming a film from a solution (a mixed solution with a polymer binder may also be used.) When a metal, a metal oxide, a fluoride or a carbonate is used, a vacuum evaporation method is often used; When using a high-boiling metal oxide, a high-boiling metal composite oxide, or a conductive metal oxide such as indium tin oxide (IT0), splashing is often used. Method, ion plating method, such as when two or more kinds of metals, metal oxides, fluorides, carbonates, high-boiling metal oxides, metal composite oxides, and conductive metal oxides are used together in film formation, A co-evaporation method, a sputtering method, an ion plating method, etc. In the case of metal nanoparticles, metal nanowires, or conductive metal oxide nanoparticles, a method of forming a film from a solution is often used. When a low molecular organic compound forms a film with a composition of a metal or a metal oxide, a fluoride or a carbonate, a co-evaporation method is applied. The thickness of the cathode varies depending on the material used and the layer structure, but The driving voltage, the luminous efficiency, and the lifetime of the element are selected to be appropriate values. The thickness of the first cathode layer is usually 511.511111 to 2 〇 nm. The thickness of the cathode layer is usually 1 〇 11111 to 1 Am. For example, when 324120 183 201245267 is used for the first cathode layer, Ba or Ca, and when the mask cathode layer is used with A1, the thickness of Ba or Ca is preferably 2 nm to 10 nm, and the thickness of A1 is preferably ι ηιη to 500 nm. For example, respectively in 1 When the cathode layer uses Nap or KF, and when the mask cathode layer uses A1, the thickness of NaF or KF is preferably from 1 nm to 8 nm, and the thickness of A1 is preferably from 10 nm to 500 nm. In the electric field light-emitting element of the present invention, for example, a cathode is used. When the light-transmitting electrode is used, the visible light transmittance of the mask cathode layer is preferably 4% by volume or more, and preferably 50% or more. For the visible light transmittance, indium oxide (IT〇) or zinc oxide can be used. A transparent conductive metal oxide such as molybdenum oxide or the like is easily formed as a mask cathode layer, or a low-resistance metal such as gold, silver, copper, aluminum, chromium, tin or lead, or a metal containing the same may be used. The thickness of the alloy cathode layer is 30 nm or less, which is easily achieved. The antireflection layer may be placed on the cathode cathode layer of the cathode for the purpose of increasing the light transmittance from the cathode side. The material which satisfies the refractive index is, for example, 2 dip,

ZnSe及WO3。抗反射層的厚度因使用的材料而異，但通常 是 10nm 至 150nm。 [3.9.絕緣層] 絕緣層，是具有提高與電極的密著性、改善由電極的 電荷注入、防止與鄰接層的混合等機能的層。作為組成絕 緣層的材料，可舉例如金屬氟化物、金屬氧化物及有機絕 緣材料（例如，聚曱基丙烯酸甲酯等）。絕緣層的厚度通常 疋5nm以下。作為設置絕緣層（例如，厚度5nm以下的絕緣 層）的位置，可舉出與陰極鄰接的位置、及與陽極鄰接的位 324120 184 201245267 [3. 10.其他的組成要件] ^電％發光元件可具有密封構件。密封構件的位置，.通 吊疋挟著毛光層而在與基板相反之側。電場發光元件，可 具有彩色濾光片、螢光轉換濾光片等濾光片；驅動晝素的 必需電路及配料，用以組成顯示器裝置的任意組成要件。 [4.電場發光元件的製造方法] 本發明的電場發光元件，可由例如使組成電場發光元 件的各層依序積層在基板上而製造。舉其一例，是藉由在 基板上設置陽極，依序在其上設置電洞注入層、電洞輸送 層等層，並於其上設置發光層，而於其上設置電子輸送層、 電子注人料層後’秘其上積層陰極，？卩可製得電場發 光兀件。舉其他之例，是藉由在基板上設置陰極，依序於 其上設置電子注人層、電子輸送層、發光層、電洞輸送層、 电洞/主入層等層，再於其上積層陽極後，即可製得 光元件。再舉其他_，是藉由使陽極或在陽極上已積層 各層的陽極側基材，與陰極或在陰極上已積層各層的陰極 側基材以相對方向接合後，即可製得電場發光元件。 [5.電場發光元件的應用] 可使用本發明的電場發光元件製造顯示裝置。該顯示 裝置可具備電場發光元件作為！晝素單元。晝素單元Λ的排 列形態，可以是通常在電視機物示裝置所採用的排列， 也可作成在共通的基板上排列多個晝素之形態。本發明的 顯示裝置中，排列在基板上的晝素，町以形成在堤（bank) 324120 185 201245267 所規定的晝素區域内。 本發明的電場發光元件可使用於平面狀或曲面. 照明裝置。 巧 &lt;光電轉換元件&gt; 以下說明本發明的光電轉換元件。本發明的光電轉換 兀件，是具有含本發明的高分子化合物之層的光電轉換元 本發明的光電轉換元件，具有例如陰極、陽極、位於 前述陰極與前述祕之間的電荷分離層、及位於前述電奸、 分離層與前述陰極或前述陽極之間，且含有本發明之高: 子化合物的層。本發明的光電轉換^件具有基板作為= 的組成要件，可為在此基板的面上設置前述陰極 : 電荷分離層、含有本發明的高分子化合物之層及任=組 成要件的組成。 作為本發明的光電轉換元件之層組成，可舉出以下的 各種形態： ，於其上層積層電荷分離層， 的高分子化合物之層，再於其 (1)在基板上設置陽極 並於其上層積層含有本發明 上層積層陰極的形態； ⑵在基板找㈣極，於其上層制含有本發明的 w子化合物之層，並積層電荷分離層 陰極的形態； ’、上層積層 一⑶在基板上設置陽極，於其上層積層含有本發明的 南分子化合物之層，並積層電荷分離層，在其上層積層含 324120 186 201245267 有本發明的兩分子化合物之層，再於其上層積層陰極的形 態； (4) 在基板上設置陰極，在其上層積層含.有本發明的 高分子化合物之層，並在其上層積層電荷分離層，再於其 上層積層陽極的形態； (5) 在基板上設置陰極，在其上層積層電荷分離層， 並在其上層積層含有本發明的高分子化合物之層，再於其 上層積層陽極的形態； (6) 在基板上設置陰極，在其上層積層含有本發明的 高分子化合物之層，並在其上層積層電荷分離層，在其上 層積層含有本發明的高分子化合物之層，再於其上層積層 陽極的形態。 在前述形態（1)至（6)的各形態中，也可再設置含有本 發明的高分子化合物之層及電荷分離層以外的層。同時， 於下述另行詳述光電轉換元件之組成。 [1.含有本發明的高分子化合物之層（本發明的有機薄膜）] 含有本發明的高分子化合物之層中，前述高分子化合 物也可與周知的材料混合。作為周知的材料，可舉例如電 子釋出性化合物、電子接受性化合物、金屬奈米粒子及金 屬氧化物奈米粒子。 作為形成含有本發明的高分子化合物之層的方法，可 舉例如使用含有本發明高分子化合物之溶液成膜的方法。 作為由溶液成膜所使用的溶劑，可舉例如選自水、醇 類、醚類、酯類、羧酸類、齒化烷基類、雜環芳香族化合 324120 187 201245267 .物類、硫醇類、硫醚類、硫酮類、亞砜類、硝基化合物_ 及腈基化合物類所成群組中的一種溶劑，及選自該等溶劑 的二種以上之混合溶劑。溶劑的溶解參數宜為9. 3以上。 作為溶解參數在9.3以上的溶劑（各括弧内之值表示各溶 劑的溶解參數之值）之例及溶解參數之值，是如前述。 2種溶劑（設為溶劑丨、溶劑2)混合成的混合溶劑之溶 解參數可藉由(5丨Χφι + Lx&quot;求得（心是溶劑 1的溶解參數，…是溶劑1的體積分率，δ 2是溶劑2的 溶解參數’ φ 2是溶劑2的體積分率）。 作為由溶液成膜的方法，可舉例如印刷法及塗佈法， 具體上可舉例如旋轉塗佈法、洗鑄法、棒塗佈法、輥塗法、 線棒塗佈法、浸塗法、狹縫塗佈法、帽式塗佈法、噴塗法 毛細管塗佈法、喷嘴塗佈法、微凹板印刷法、凹板印刷法、 網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、套版印刷法、喷墨印刷法、八 配器印刷法及反轉印刷法。 77 含有本發明的高分子化合物之層的厚度，因使用的言 分子化合物而最適值不同，但只要以使光電轉換效率達至^ 適度值之方式選擇即可，宜為1111〇至lMm，並以2⑽至1 500nm較佳，而以2nm至200nm更佳。 [2·光電轉換元件之層組成] 本發明的光電轉換元件，具有陰極、陽極、位於陰極 與陽極之間的電荷分離層及含有本發明的高分子化合物之 層。含有本發明的高分子化合物之層的位置，宜為電荷分 離層與陰極之間，及/或電荷分離層與陽極之間，並以陰極 324120 188 201245267 與電荷分離層之間較佳。 [3.組成光電轉換元件的各層] [3.1.電荷分離層] 在本發明的光電轉換元件的電荷分離層中，宜含有電 子釋出性化合物與電子接受性化合物。 前述電荷分離層，可含有單獨一種電子釋出性化合物， 也可含有二種以上之組合。前述電荷分離層，可含有單獨 一種電子接受性化合物，也可含有二種以上之組合。而且， 前述電子釋出性化合物及前述電子接受性化合物，是由此 等化合物的能準位之能階而相對性決定。 作為前述電子釋出性化合物，可舉例如吡唑啉衍生物、 芳基胺衍生物、二苯乙烯衍生物、三苯基二胺衍生物及共 輛高分子化合物。作為前述共扼高分子化合物，可舉例如 养聚噻吩及其衍生物、聚苐及其衍生物、聚乙烯咔唑及其 衍生物、聚矽烷及其衍生物、於侧鏈或主鏈具有芳香族胺 之聚矽氧烷衍生物、聚苯胺及其衍生物、聚吡咯及其衍生 物、聚伸苯乙烯及其衍生物，以及聚伸噻吩乙烯及其衍生 物。 作為前述電子接受性化合物，可舉例如噚二唑衍生物、 蒽醌二甲烷及其衍生物、苯醌及其衍生物、萘醌及其衍生 物、蒽酿i及其衍生物、四氰基；g g昆二曱院及其衍生物、苐 酮讨生物、一苯基二乳基乙稀及其衍生物、二苯酿衍生物、 經基喹啉及其衍生物的金屬錯合物、聚喹琳及其衍生 物、聚喹Df啉及其衍生物、聚苐及其衍生物、C6Q等富勒烯 324120 189 201245267 類及其何生物、浴銅靈（bathQeuprQin)等菲衍生物、氧化 =屬氧化物，以及奈米碳管。作為電子接受性化合物， 且為氧化鈦、奈米碳管、富勒烯、富勒烯衍生物，並以富 勒烯或富勒烯衍生物較佳。 電荷分離層的厚度，通常是lnro至1〇〇i(zm,並宜為 至1〇00⑽，以5nm至5〇〇nm較佳，而以2〇⑽至⑽ 更佳。 前述電荷分離層的製作方法，可為任何的方法。可舉 例如由溶液成膜的方法及真空蒸鍍法。 作為由溶液成膜的方法’例如可使用旋轉塗佈法、洗 鑄法、微凹板印刷法、凹板印刷法、棒塗佈法、輥塗法、 線棒塗佈法、浸塗法、狹縫塗佈法、帽式塗佈法、喷塗法、 網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、套版印刷法、喷墨印刷法、分 配器印刷法、喷嘴塗佈法、毛細管塗佈法等塗佈法，並宜 為旋轉塗佈法、柔版印刷法、凹板印刷法、喷墨印刷法、 分配器印刷法。 [3. 2.基板] 本發明的光電轉換元件，通常是在基板上形成。此基 板’只要是在形成電極時及形成有機物之層時不產生變化 的基板即可。作為基板的材料’可舉例如玻璃、塑膠、高 分子膜及矽酮。如使用不透明的基板時，宜使相反邊的電 極（亦即，較遠離基板的電極）為透明或半透明。.ZnSe and WO3. The thickness of the antireflection layer varies depending on the material used, but is usually from 10 nm to 150 nm. [3.9. Insulating layer] The insulating layer is a layer having a function of improving adhesion to an electrode, improving charge injection by an electrode, and preventing mixing with an adjacent layer. The material constituting the insulating layer may, for example, be a metal fluoride, a metal oxide or an organic insulating material (e.g., polymethyl methacrylate or the like). The thickness of the insulating layer is usually 疋5 nm or less. The position of the insulating layer (for example, an insulating layer having a thickness of 5 nm or less) is exemplified by a position adjacent to the cathode and a position adjacent to the anode 324120 184 201245267 [3. 10. Other constituent elements] ^Electronic % light-emitting element There may be a sealing member. The position of the sealing member is draped over the matte layer on the opposite side of the substrate. The electric field light-emitting element may have a filter such as a color filter or a fluorescence conversion filter; and a necessary circuit and a component for driving the halogen to form any constituent element of the display device. [4. Method for producing electric field light-emitting element] The electric field light-emitting element of the present invention can be produced, for example, by sequentially laminating layers constituting the electric field light-emitting element on a substrate. For example, by providing an anode on a substrate, a layer such as a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer is sequentially disposed thereon, and a light-emitting layer is disposed thereon, and an electron transport layer and an electron beam are disposed thereon. After the human layer, the secret layer of the cathode,?电场 can produce electric field illuminating elements. In another example, by providing a cathode on a substrate, an electron injecting layer, an electron transporting layer, a light emitting layer, a hole transporting layer, a hole/main layer, and the like are disposed thereon, and then thereon. After the anode is laminated, the optical component can be produced. In addition, the electric field light-emitting element can be obtained by bonding the anode-side substrate of each layer on the anode or the anode, and the cathode-side substrate which has been laminated on the cathode or the cathode layer in the opposite direction. . [5. Application of Electric Field Light-Emitting Element] A display device can be manufactured using the electric field light-emitting element of the present invention. The display device can be provided with an electric field light-emitting element! Alizarin unit. The arrangement form of the halogen unit 可以 may be an arrangement generally used in a television display device, or may be a form in which a plurality of halogen elements are arranged on a common substrate. In the display device of the present invention, the alizarins arranged on the substrate are formed in a halogen region defined by banks 324120 185 201245267. The electric field light-emitting element of the present invention can be used for a planar or curved surface illumination device. <Photoelectric Conversion Element> The photoelectric conversion element of the present invention will be described below. The photoelectric conversion element of the present invention is a photoelectric conversion element having a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, and has, for example, a cathode, an anode, a charge separation layer between the cathode and the secret, and A layer located between the aforementioned electro-rape, separation layer and the aforementioned cathode or the aforementioned anode, and containing the high: sub-compound of the present invention. The photoelectric conversion device of the present invention has a substrate as a constituent element of =, and a composition of the cathode: a charge separation layer, a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, and any constituent elements may be provided on the surface of the substrate. The layer composition of the photoelectric conversion element of the present invention includes the following layers: a layer of a polymer compound on which a charge separation layer is laminated, and (1) an anode is provided on the substrate and an upper layer is provided thereon. Forming a layer containing the upper layered layer cathode of the present invention; (2) finding a (four) pole on the substrate, forming a layer containing the w compound of the present invention thereon, and laminating the form of the charge separation layer cathode; ', the upper layer one (3) is disposed on the substrate An anode on which a layer containing the south molecular compound of the present invention is laminated, and a charge separation layer is laminated thereon, and a layer containing the two molecules of the present invention having 324120 186 201245267 is laminated thereon, and then a layer of the cathode is laminated thereon; 4) A cathode is provided on the substrate, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and a charge separation layer is laminated thereon, and a layer of the anode is laminated thereon; (5) a cathode is provided on the substrate. a layer of a charge separation layer laminated thereon, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention laminated thereon, and a layer of an anode layer thereon (6) A cathode is provided on the substrate, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and a charge separation layer is laminated thereon, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and then The morphology of the upper laminate anode. In each of the above aspects (1) to (6), a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention and a layer other than the charge separation layer may be further provided. Meanwhile, the composition of the photoelectric conversion element will be described in detail below. [1. Layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention (organic film of the present invention)] In the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, the polymer compound may be mixed with a known material. As a known material, for example, an electron-releasing compound, an electron-accepting compound, a metal nanoparticle, and a metal oxide nanoparticle can be mentioned. As a method of forming the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, for example, a method of forming a film using a solution containing the polymer compound of the present invention can be exemplified. The solvent to be used for film formation from a solution may, for example, be selected from the group consisting of water, alcohols, ethers, esters, carboxylic acids, alkylated alkyls, and heterocyclic aromatic compounds 324120 187 201245267. Substances, mercaptans And a solvent selected from the group consisting of a thioether, a thioketone, a sulfoxide, a nitro compound, and a nitrile compound, and a mixed solvent of two or more selected from the solvents. 3以上。 The solubility parameter of the solvent is preferably 9.3 or more. The solvent and the solvent having a dissolution parameter of 9.3 or more (the values in the respective parentheses indicate the values of the dissolution parameters of the respective solvents) and the values of the dissolution parameters are as described above. The dissolution parameters of the mixed solvent of the two solvents (solvent 丨, solvent 2) can be obtained by (5丨Χφι + Lx&quot; (heart is the solubility parameter of solvent 1, ... is the volume fraction of solvent 1, δ 2 is a dissolution parameter of the solvent 2 'φ 2 is a volume fraction of the solvent 2.) The method of forming a film from a solution may, for example, be a printing method or a coating method, and specifically, for example, a spin coating method or a washing method Method, bar coating method, roll coating method, wire bar coating method, dip coating method, slit coating method, cap coating method, spray coating capillary coating method, nozzle coating method, micro gravure printing method , gravure printing method, screen printing method, flexographic printing method, plate printing method, inkjet printing method, eight-aligner printing method, and reverse printing method. 77 The thickness of the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, The optimum molecular value is different for the molecular compound to be used, but it may be selected in such a manner that the photoelectric conversion efficiency is up to a moderate value, preferably from 1111 Å to 1 Mm, and preferably from 2 (10) to 1,500 nm, and from 2 nm to 200 nm. [2. Layer composition of photoelectric conversion element] The photoelectric conversion element of the present invention, There is a cathode, an anode, a charge separation layer between the cathode and the anode, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention. The position of the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is preferably between the charge separation layer and the cathode, and / Or between the charge separation layer and the anode, and between the cathode 324120 188 201245267 and the charge separation layer. [3. Layers constituting the photoelectric conversion element] [3.1. Charge separation layer] Charge of the photoelectric conversion element of the present invention The separation layer preferably contains an electron-releasing compound and an electron-accepting compound. The charge-separating layer may contain a single electron-releasing compound or a combination of two or more. The charge-separating layer may contain a single type. The electron-accepting compound may contain a combination of two or more kinds of the electron-releasing compound and the electron-accepting compound, and the relative energy level of the compound is determined by the relative order. The compound may, for example, be a pyrazoline derivative, an arylamine derivative, a stilbene derivative or a triphenyldiamine derivative. And the conjugated polymer compound. Examples of the conjugated polymer compound include polythiophene and its derivatives, polyfluorene and its derivatives, polyvinyl carbazole and its derivatives, polydecane and its derivatives, Polyoxyalkylene derivatives having aromatic amines in the side chain or main chain, polyaniline and its derivatives, polypyrrole and its derivatives, polystyrene and its derivatives, and polythiophene ethylene and its derivatives Examples of the electron accepting compound include oxadiazole derivatives, quinodimethane and derivatives thereof, benzoquinone and derivatives thereof, naphthoquinone and derivatives thereof, brewing i and its derivatives, and tetracyanoquinone. Geg 曱 曱 及其 及其 及其 及其 及其 gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg gg Polyquine and its derivatives, polyquino Df porphyrin and its derivatives, polyfluorene and its derivatives, C6Q and other fullerenes 324120 189 201245267 class and its biological, bath phage (bathQeuprQin) and other phenanthrene derivatives, oxidation = is an oxide, and a carbon nanotube. The electron accepting compound is preferably a titanium oxide, a carbon nanotube, a fullerene or a fullerene derivative, and is preferably a fullerene or a fullerene derivative. The thickness of the charge separation layer is usually lnro to 1 〇〇i (zm, and preferably to 1 〇 00 (10), preferably 5 nm to 5 Å, and more preferably 2 Å (10) to (10). The production method may be any method, for example, a method of forming a film from a solution and a vacuum deposition method. As a method of forming a film from a solution, for example, a spin coating method, a washing method, a micro gravure printing method, or the like may be used. Gravure printing method, bar coating method, roll coating method, wire bar coating method, dip coating method, slit coating method, cap coating method, spray coating method, screen printing method, flexographic printing method, Coating methods such as a stencil printing method, an inkjet printing method, a dispenser printing method, a nozzle coating method, and a capillary coating method, and are preferably a spin coating method, a flexographic printing method, a gravure printing method, or an inkjet printing method. Method and dispenser printing method [3. 2. Substrate] The photoelectric conversion element of the present invention is usually formed on a substrate. The substrate 'is long as long as it is formed when an electrode is formed and a layer of an organic substance is formed. Examples of the material of the substrate include glass, plastic, polymer film, and anthrone. In the case of an opaque substrate, it is preferred that the opposite side of the electrode (i.e., the electrode that is further away from the substrate) be transparent or translucent.

[3.3.電極] 作為組成前述透明或半透明的電極之材料，可舉例如 324120 190 201245267 導電性的金屬氧化物膜及半透明的金屬薄膜。且體上，可 舉例如氧化銦、氧化鋅、氧化錫、該等之複合物（例如，氧 化鋼錫mo)、氧化銦鋅等）、.嶋、金、舶、銀及銅。該 等材料之巾，宜為no'氧仙鋅及氧化錫。 作為電極的製作方法’可舉例如以祕法、濺鑛 法、離子鑛覆法、鑛覆法等。作為組成電極的材料，也可 使用聚笨胺及其何生物、㈣吩及其衍生物等有機的透明 導電膜。作為組成電極的材料’也可使用金屬、導電性高 ^等n電極之中的—電極係功函數小的材料為 宜。作為組成電極的材料之例，可舉出鐘、m 鉋、鎂、鈣、锶、鋇、鋁、銃、釩、鋅、釔、銦、鈽、釤、 销試、镱等金屬，選自該等金屬所成群組中的2種以上 之金屬的合金’選自該等金屬的i種以上之金屬與選自 金銀、舶、銅、猛、鈦、鉛、鎳、鶴及錫所成群組中的 1個以上之合金；石墨；石墨層間化合物。作為合金，可 舉例如鎮-銀合金、鎮-铟合金u呂合金、.銀合金、 鋰、鋁合金、鋰-鎂合金、鋰，合金及鈣_鋁合金。 [3· 4.中間層] 。作為用以提高本發明的光電轉換元件之光電轉換效 =之手段，光電轉換元件中除了包含本發明所使用的知 向分子化合物之歧電荷分離層之外，也可含有中間層 :為組成中間層的材料，可舉例如鹼金屬的卣化物(例如 匕鐘）、驗金屬的氧化物、驗土金相_物及驗土金』 。氣化物。作為組成中間層的材料，也可舉例如氧化欽筹 191 201245267 無機半導體的微粒子及pED0T(聚_3,4_乙烯二氧噻吩）。 [4.光電轉換元件之用途] 本發明的光電轉換元件’可藉由從透明或半透明的電 極照射太陽光等光’使電極間產生光生電力，而使其作為 有機薄膜太陽能電池運作。藉由累積複數個有機薄膜太陽 能電池’也可使用作為有機薄膜太陽能電池模組。 在電極間外加電壓的狀態，或未外加電壓的狀態，可 藉由從透明或半透明的電極照射光，而使光電流流動，而 作為有機光感測器運作。藉由累積複數個有機光感測器， 也可使用作為有機影像感測器。 [5.太陽能電池模組] 有機薄膜太陽能電池，基本上可與以往的太陽能電池 模組為相同的模組結構。太陽能電池模組，一般是在金屬、 陶究等支樓基板上組成電池（cell)，並於其上覆蓋充填樹 脂、保護玻璃等’而為由支撐基板的相反側取出光的結構。 另一方面’也可以是在太陽能電池模組的支撐基板使用強 化玻璃等透明材料，再於其上組成電池而由該透明的支撐 基板側取出光的結構。作為太陽能電池模組的結構，具體 上已知有例如稱為表板結構型（superstrate type)、基板 結構型（substrate type)、灌裝型（potting type)的模組 結構’及可用於非晶石夕太陽能電池等的基板一體型模組結 構。本發明的有機薄臈太陽能電池模組，.可為配合使用目 的、使用場所及環境，而由該等模組結構中選擇出適宜的 結構。 324120 192 201245267 代表性的表板結構型及基板結構型之模組結構，是於 單側或兩侧為透明且經施予抗反射處理的支撐基板之間， 以一定間隔配置電池。相鄰接的電池之間，是.以金屬導線 或可撓配線等連接。外緣部份配置集電極，而成為可將產 生的電力取出至外部的結構。為保護電池及/或提高集電效 率，，也可依目的而將乙烯醋酸乙烯酯（EVA)等各種的塑膠 材料以薄膜或充填樹脂的形態設在基板與電池之間。如使 用在較少受到外部衝擊之處等毋須以硬材質覆於表面之處 時，係可以透明的塑膠膜組成表面保護層，或藉由使上述 充填樹脂硬化而賦予保護機能，而省略單側的支撐基板。 為了確保内部的密封及模組的剛性，係以金屬製的框架將 支撐基板的周圍固定成三明治狀後’以密封材料緊密封填 支撐基板與框架之間。只要於電池本體、支撐基板、充填 材料及密封材料使用可撓性材質，即使在曲面上亦可組成 太陽能電池。 為使用聚合物膜等可撓性支撐物的太陽能電池時，例 如’可藉由一邊送出捲軸狀的支撐物一邊依序形成電池， 並裁切成所需的大小之後，再以可撓性的防濕性材質密封 其周緣部份’而製得電池本體。使用可撓性支撐物的太陽 能電池’也可為 Solar Energy Materials and Solar Cells，48 ’ 383頁至391頁所述之稱作rScAF」的模組結 構。使用可撓性支撐物的太陽能電池，也可接著固定在曲 面玻璃等而使用。 [實施例] 324120 193 201245267 以下，雖藉由實施例及比較例進一步具體的說明本發 明，但本發明並不侷限於以下的實施例。 高分子化合物的重量平均分子量（Mw)及數量平均分 子量（Μη)，是利用凝膠滲透層析儀（GPC)(東曹（T0S0H)股份 有限公司製：HLC-8220GPC)求得換算聚苯乙烯的重量平均 分子量及數量平均分子量。使欲測定的試料以成為約0.5 重量％的濃度之方式溶解於THF後，將50/zL注入至GPC。 使用THF作為GPC的流動相，以〇. 5mL/分鐘的流速流通。 化合物及高分子化合物的結構分析，是利用Varian 公司製之300MHzNMR光譜儀進行lH-NMR解析。測定係將試 料以成為20mg/mL的濃度之方式溶解於可溶解的氘代溶劑 (deuterated solvent)(以氣原子取代溶劑分子中的氫原 子之溶劑）後進行。 高分子化合物的homo的軌道能量，測定該本發明的 高分子化合物之離子化電位，旅藉由所得的離子化電位作 為該軌道能量而求得。具體上，是使用高分子化合物在石 英基板上成膜為膜厚100nm左右的試料。 高分子化合物的LUM0的執道能量’是藉由求得HOMO 與LUM0之能差，並將該值與前述所測定的離子化電位之和 作為該軌道能量而求得。離子彳b電位之測定是使用光電子 分光裝置（理研計器股份有限公到製：AC-2)。HOMO與LUM0 之能差是使用紫外光/可見光/近紅外光分光光度計 (Varian公司製：Cary5E)測定本發明高分子化合物之吸收 光譜後’由其吸收末端求得。矜雜上’是使用高分子化合 324120 194 201245267 物在石英基板上成膜為膜厚1〇〇腦左右的試料。 [製造例1] 2’ 7-二溴-9, 9-雙[3-乙氧基羰基_4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧 基乙氧基）乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]—苐（化合物A)之合成 將2, 7-二溴-9-第（52. 5g)、水楊酸乙酯（154. 8g)及巯 醋酸（1. 4g)放入300mL的燒瓶中，並以氮氣取代該燒瓶中 的氣體。在其中，添加甲烷磺酸（630mL)，於75°C攪拌混 合物整夜。將混合物放冷後，加入至冰水中攪拌1小時後 產生固體。將生成的固體過濾分離，以經加熱的乙腈清洗。 使清洗後的該固體溶解於丙酮中，由所得的丙酮溶液使再 結晶為固體後，過濾分離。使所得的固體（6 2. 7 g )、2 - [ 2 - (2 -曱氧基乙氧基）乙氧基]乙基-對-曱苯磺酸酯（86. 3g)、碳酸 鉀（62· 6g)及1，4, 7, 10, 13, 16-六曙環十八烧（亦有稱為 「18-冠-6」之情形）（7. 2g)溶解於N，N-二甲基曱醯胺 (670mL)中，將溶液移入燒瓶中，並於105°C攪拌整夜。使 所得的混合物放冷至室溫後’加入至冰水中攪拌1小時。 然後，在反應液中加入氯仿並進行分液萃取，藉由將溶液 濃縮而得到2, 7-二溴-9, 9-雙[3-乙氧基羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-曱氧基乙氧基）乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-g(化合物A) (51.2g)。[3.3. Electrode] As a material constituting the above-mentioned transparent or translucent electrode, for example, a conductive metal oxide film and a translucent metal thin film are known as 324120 190 201245267. Further, in the form of, for example, indium oxide, zinc oxide, tin oxide, a composite thereof (e.g., oxidized steel tin mo), indium zinc oxide, etc., ruthenium, gold, silver, silver, and copper. The towel of these materials should be no' xanthine zinc and tin oxide. Examples of the method for producing the electrode include a secret method, a sputtering method, an ion ore coating method, and a mineral coating method. As the material constituting the electrode, an organic transparent conductive film such as polystyrene and its organism, (tetra) phenoline or a derivative thereof can also be used. As the material constituting the electrode, a material having a small work function of a metal electrode or a n-electrode having a high conductivity can be used. Examples of the material constituting the electrode include metals such as a clock, an m planer, magnesium, calcium, barium, strontium, aluminum, strontium, vanadium, zinc, bismuth, indium, antimony, bismuth, pin test, and bismuth. An alloy of two or more metals in a group of metals, such as a metal selected from the group consisting of more than one of the metals and a group selected from the group consisting of gold, silver, silver, copper, manganese, lead, nickel, crane, and tin One or more alloys in the group; graphite; graphite intercalation compound. As the alloy, for example, a town-silver alloy, a town-indium alloy ulu alloy, a silver alloy, a lithium alloy, an aluminum alloy, a lithium-magnesium alloy, a lithium alloy, and a calcium-aluminum alloy can be exemplified. [3. 4. Middle layer]. As a means for improving the photoelectric conversion efficiency of the photoelectric conversion element of the present invention, the photoelectric conversion element may contain an intermediate layer in addition to the dispersed charge separation layer containing the known molecular compound used in the present invention: The material of the layer may, for example, be an alkali metal telluride (for example, a cesium clock), a metal oxide, a soil metallographic substance, and a soil test. Vapor. Examples of the material constituting the intermediate layer include fine particles of oxidized 191 201245267 inorganic semiconductor and pEDOT (poly-3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene). [4. Use of photoelectric conversion element] The photoelectric conversion element 'of the present invention can operate as an organic thin film solar cell by causing photo-generated electric power between electrodes by irradiating light such as sunlight from a transparent or translucent electrode. It can also be used as an organic thin film solar cell module by accumulating a plurality of organic thin film solar cells. A state in which a voltage is applied between the electrodes, or a state in which no voltage is applied, can be operated as an organic photosensor by irradiating light from a transparent or translucent electrode to cause a photocurrent to flow. It can also be used as an organic image sensor by accumulating a plurality of organic photo sensors. [5. Solar cell module] The organic thin film solar cell basically has the same module structure as the conventional solar cell module. The solar cell module generally has a structure in which a cell is formed on a substrate of a metal such as a ceramic or ceramics, and is covered with a resin, a protective glass, or the like, and the light is taken out from the opposite side of the supporting substrate. On the other hand, a transparent material such as a tempered glass may be used as a support substrate of the solar cell module, and a battery may be formed thereon to extract light from the transparent support substrate side. As a structure of a solar cell module, for example, a module structure called a superstrate type, a substrate type, and a potting type is known, and an amorphous structure can be used. A substrate-integrated module structure such as Shi Xi solar cell. The organic thin tantalum solar cell module of the present invention can be selected from the modular structure by the purpose of use, the place of use and the environment. 324120 192 201245267 The representative panel structure and substrate structure type module structure is such that batteries are arranged at regular intervals between support substrates which are transparent on one side or both sides and which are subjected to anti-reflection treatment. Between adjacent batteries, it is connected by metal wires or flexible wiring. The collector portion of the outer edge portion is configured to take out the generated electric power to the outside. In order to protect the battery and/or improve the current collecting efficiency, various plastic materials such as ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) may be provided between the substrate and the battery in the form of a film or a resin. If it is used in places where there is less external impact, etc., it is not necessary to cover the surface with a hard material, the transparent plastic film may be used to form a surface protective layer, or the protective function may be hardened by hardening the above-mentioned filling resin, and one side is omitted. Support substrate. In order to secure the internal seal and the rigidity of the module, the periphery of the support substrate is fixed in a sandwich shape by a metal frame, and the support substrate and the frame are tightly sealed by a sealing material. As long as a flexible material is used for the battery body, the support substrate, the filling material, and the sealing material, a solar cell can be formed even on a curved surface. When a solar cell using a flexible support such as a polymer film is used, for example, a battery can be sequentially formed while feeding a reel-shaped support, and cut into a desired size, and then flexible. The moisture-proof material seals its peripheral portion to produce a battery body. A solar cell using a flexible support can also be a module structure called Solar Energy Materials and Solar Cells, 48' pp. 383-391, referred to as rScAF. The solar cell using the flexible support may be used by being fixed to a curved glass or the like. [Embodiment] 324120 193 201245267 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (?n) of the polymer compound are obtained by using a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation (HLS-8220GPC) to obtain a converted polystyrene. Weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight. After the sample to be measured was dissolved in THF so as to have a concentration of about 0.5% by weight, 50/zL was injected into GPC. THF was used as the mobile phase of GPC, and was flowed at a flow rate of 0.5 mL/min. The structural analysis of the compound and the polymer compound was carried out by lH-NMR analysis using a 300 MHz NMR spectrometer manufactured by Varian. The measurement was carried out by dissolving the sample in a soluble deuterated solvent (a solvent in which a hydrogen atom in a solvent molecule was replaced by a gas atom) so as to have a concentration of 20 mg/mL. The orbital energy of the homo compound of the polymer compound was measured for the ionization potential of the polymer compound of the present invention, and the obtained ionization potential was determined as the orbital energy. Specifically, a sample having a film thickness of about 100 nm formed on a quartz substrate by using a polymer compound is used. The energy of the LUM0 of the polymer compound is determined by determining the energy difference between HOMO and LUM0, and the sum of the value and the ionization potential measured as the orbital energy. The ion 彳b potential was measured using a photoelectron spectroscopic device (the Ricoh Co., Ltd. limited company: AC-2). The energy difference between HOMO and LUM0 was determined by measuring the absorption spectrum of the polymer compound of the present invention using an ultraviolet/visible/near-infrared spectrophotometer (manufactured by Varian Co., Ltd.: Cary 5E). "Double" is a sample obtained by forming a film having a thickness of about 1 camphor on a quartz substrate using a polymer compound 324120 194 201245267. [Production Example 1] 2' 7-Dibromo-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy group Synthesis of phenyl]-indole (Compound A) 2,7-Dibromo-9- (52. 5g), ethyl salicylate (154. 8g) and hydrazine acetic acid (1.4g) were placed in 300mL The flask was replaced with nitrogen to replace the gas in the flask. Therein, methanesulfonic acid (630 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 75 ° C overnight. After the mixture was allowed to cool, it was added to ice water and stirred for 1 hour to give a solid. The resulting solid was separated by filtration and washed with heated acetonitrile. The solid after washing was dissolved in acetone, recrystallized from the obtained acetone solution to a solid, and then separated by filtration. The obtained solid (6 2. 7 g), 2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl-p-toluenesulfonate (86. 3 g), potassium carbonate ( 62· 6g) and 1,4, 7, 10, 13, 16-hexacyclic ring 18 (also known as "18-crown-6") (7.2 g) dissolved in N, N- In methyl decylamine (670 mL), the solution was transferred to a flask and stirred at 105 ° C overnight. The resulting mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then added to ice water and stirred for 1 hour. Then, chloroform was added to the reaction liquid and subjected to liquid separation extraction, and the solution was concentrated to obtain 2,7-dibromo-9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-( 2-methoxyethoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-g (Compound A) (51.2 g).

化合物A 324120 195 201245267 .[製造例2] 2, 7-雙（4, 4, 5, 5-四甲基-i，3, 2-二噚硼烷-2-基）-9, 9-雙[3-乙氧基羰基_4-[2-[2-(2-曱氧基乙氧基）乙氧基] 乙氧基]苯基]-苐（化合物B)之合成 使燒瓶内的氣體成為於氮氣環境下之後，將（化合物A) (15g)、雙（頻那醇醋）二哪（bis(pinac〇iat〇)dib〇r〇n) (8· 9g)、[1，Γ -雙（二苯基膦基）二茂鐵]二氣鈀（π)二氣 甲烷錯合物（〇.8g)、l，1，-雙（二苯基膦基）二茂鐵（〇. 5g)、 醋酸鉀（9.4g)及二噚烷（4〇〇mL)混合，並加熱至11〇ΐ，使 其加熱回流10小時。放冷後，將反應液過濾，並減壓濃縮 濾液。以甲醇清洗反應混合物3次。將沉澱物溶解於甲笨 中，在溶液中加入活性碳並進行攪拌。然後藉由過濾並減 壓濃縮濾液，而得到2, 7-雙（4, 4, 5, 5-四曱基-1,3, 二噚 硼烷一 2-基）—9,9-雙[3-乙氧基羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-甲氧基= 氧基）乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]••苇（化合物B)(ll. 7g)。Compound A 324120 195 201245267 . [Production Example 2] 2,7-bis(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-i,3,2-dioxaborane-2-yl)-9, 9-double Synthesis of [3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-decyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-indole (Compound B) After being in a nitrogen atmosphere, (Compound A) (15g), bis(pinac 〇 〇 〇) dib〇r〇n (8·9g), [1, Γ - Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]digas palladium (π) digas methane complex (〇.8g), l,1,-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (〇. 5g ), potassium acetate (9.4 g) and dioxane (4 〇〇 mL) were mixed and heated to 11 Torr, and heated to reflux for 10 hours. After allowing to cool, the reaction solution was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The reaction mixture was washed 3 times with methanol. The precipitate was dissolved in a solution, and activated carbon was added to the solution and stirred. The filtrate was then concentrated by filtration and reduced to give 2,7-bis(4,4,5,5-tetradecyl-1,3,dioxaborane-2-yl)-9,9-bis [ 3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-methoxy-oxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]••苇 (Compound B) (ll. 7g).

[製造例3；| 應用鈐木偶合的聚[9,9-雙[3_乙氧基羰基[2_[2_ (2-甲氧基乙氧基）乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]_苐](高分 物A)之合成 σ 324120 196 201245267 使燒瓶内的氣體成為於惰性氣體環境下之後，將化合 物A(0. 55g)、化合物B(〇· 61g)、三笨基膦鈀（〇. 〇lg)、甲 基二辛基乳化錢（Sigma Aldrich公司製，商品名： Aliquat336(註冊商標））（〇.20g)及甲苯（l〇mL)混合，並加 熱至105°C。在反應液中滴下2M碳酸鈉水溶液（6mL),使 其回流8小時。在反應液中加入4-第三丁基苯基删酸 (O.Olg) ’使其回流6小時。接著，加入二乙基二硫胺甲酸 納水〉谷液（10mL，濃度：〇· 〇5g/mL)，撥拌2小時。將混合 溶液滴入曱醇中，並攪拌1小時之後，將所析出的沉澱過 渡並減壓乾燥2小時後，溶解於THF中。將所得的溶液滴 入甲醇、3重量％醋酸水溶液5OmL的混合溶劑中，授拌1 小時之後，將所析出的沉澱過濾後’溶解於THF中。將所 得的溶液滴入曱醇中並攪拌30分鐘後，過濾所析出的沉澱 而得到固體。使所得的固體溶解於THF中，並藉由通過氧 化鋁管柱、矽膠管柱而精製。 將由管枉回收的THF溶液濃縮之後，滴入曱醇中，過 濾所析出的固體，並使其乾燥。所得的聚[9, 9_雙[3_乙氧 基幾基-4-[2-[2-(2-曱氧基乙氧基）乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基] -第](南分子化合物A)之產量為5 2 Omg。 高分子化合物A換算聚苯乙烯的數量平均分子量為 5· 2xl〇4。高分子化合物A是含式（A)表示的重複單元。 324120 197 201245267[Production Example 3; | Application of Eucalyptus-coupled poly[9,9-bis[3_ethoxycarbonyl[2_[2_(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]] Synthesis of _苐] (high fraction A) σ 324120 196 201245267 After the gas in the flask was brought to an inert atmosphere, Compound A (0.55 g), Compound B (〇·61 g), and tris-phosphoryl palladium were used. (〇. 〇 lg), methyl dioctyl emulsified money (manufactured by Sigma Aldrich Co., Ltd., trade name: Aliquat 336 (registered trademark)) (〇.20 g) and toluene (10 mL) were mixed and heated to 105 °C. A 2 M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (6 mL) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was refluxed for 8 hr. 4-tert-butylphenyl succinate (O.Olg) was added to the reaction solution to reflux for 6 hours. Next, diethyldithiocarbamate, sodium sulphate (10 mL, concentration: 〇· 〇 5 g/mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The mixed solution was added dropwise to methanol and stirred for 1 hour, and then the precipitate was precipitated and dried under reduced pressure for 2 hours, and then dissolved in THF. The obtained solution was added dropwise to a mixed solvent of methanol and a 3% by weight aqueous acetic acid solution (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then the precipitated precipitate was filtered and dissolved in THF. The obtained solution was added dropwise to methanol and stirred for 30 minutes, and then the deposited precipitate was filtered to give a solid. The obtained solid was dissolved in THF and purified by passing through an alumina column and a ruthenium column. After the THF solution recovered from the tube was concentrated, it was added dropwise to methanol, and the precipitated solid was filtered and dried. The resulting poly[9,9-bis[3_ethoxybenzyl-4-[2-[2-(2-decyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]phenyl]-] The yield of (South Molecular Compound A) was 5 2 Omg. The number average molecular weight of the polymer compound A-converted polystyrene is 5·2xl〇4. The polymer compound A is a repeating unit represented by the formula (A). 324120 197 201245267

[製造例4] 應用山本聚合的聚[9, 9-雙[3-乙氧基羰基-4-[2-[2-(2-曱氧基乙氧基）乙氧基]乙氧基]苯基]-第](高分子化合 物A)之合成[Production Example 4] Application of Yamamoto-polymerized poly[9,9-bis[3-ethoxycarbonyl-4-[2-[2-(2-oximeoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy] Synthesis of phenyl]-[]] (polymer compound A)

使燒瓶内的氣體成為於惰性氣體環境下之後，將化合 物 A(1.31g)、2, 2，-聯吼啶（0.48g)、雙（1，5-環辛二烯） 鎳^84g)及THF(150mL)混合，並於55Ϊ攪拌5小時。使 處合物冷卻至室溫之後，將反應溶液滴入至甲醇（2〇〇mL)、 水（2〇〇mL)、15重量％氨水（50mL)的混合液中而產生沉澱 物°藉由過濾收集所產生的沉澱物，並減壓乾燥之後，使 其再溶解於THF。將溶液以矽藻土（celite)過濾之後，減 墨壤縮濾液。將f醇滴入至經濃縮的溶液，並藉由過濾收 $所產生的沉澱物後減壓乾燥，而得到高分子化合物A (97〇mg)。高分子化合物A換算聚苯乙烯的數量平均分子量 為 1. 5xl〇5。 t實施例1] 高分子化合物A的铯鹽（共軛高分子化合物1)之合成 將製造例3所合成的高分子化合物A(200mg)放入lOOmL 的繞瓶中，以氮氣取代該燒瓶内的氣體。添加THF(20mL) 32412ο 198 201245267 及乙醇（20mL)，並將混合物昇溫至55°C。在其中，添加在 水（2mL)中溶解有氩氧化鉋· 1水合物（120mg)的水溶液， 於55°C攪拌6小時。然後，將混合物冷卻至室溫之後，減 壓餾除反應溶劑。以水清洗所生成的固體，使其減壓乾燥 而得到淡黃色的固體（150mg)。將所得的高分子化合物A 之鉋鹽稱為「共軛高分子化合物1」。共軛高分子化合物1 係含式（B)表示的結構單元。After the gas in the flask was placed under an inert atmosphere, Compound A (1.31 g), 2, 2,-bipyridine (0.48 g), bis(1,5-cyclooctadiene) nickel (84 g) and THF (150 mL) was combined and stirred at 55 Torr for 5 h. After cooling the mixture to room temperature, the reaction solution was dropped into a mixture of methanol (2 mL), water (2 mL), and 15% by weight aqueous ammonia (50 mL) to produce a precipitate. The resulting precipitate was collected by filtration, dried under reduced pressure, and then redissolved in THF. After the solution was filtered through celite, the leachate was deinked. The f-alcohol was dropped into the concentrated solution, and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration and dried under reduced pressure to give a polymer compound A (97 mg). The number average molecular weight of the polymer compound A-converted polystyrene was 1. 5 x l 〇 5. t Example 1] Synthesis of a sulfonium salt of a polymer compound A (conjugated polymer compound 1) The polymer compound A (200 mg) synthesized in Production Example 3 was placed in a vial of 100 mL, and the inside of the flask was replaced with nitrogen. gas. THF (20 mL) 32412ο 198 201245267 and ethanol (20 mL) were added and the mixture was warmed to 55 °C. Thereto, an aqueous solution in which argon oxide planer 1 hydrate (120 mg) was dissolved in water (2 mL) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 55 ° C for 6 hours. Then, after the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the reaction solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The resulting solid was washed with water and dried under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow solid (150 mg). The obtained planer salt of the polymer compound A is referred to as "conjugated polymer compound 1". The conjugated polymer compound 1 contains a structural unit represented by the formula (B).

藉由NMR光譜，轉認共輛高分子化合物1中來自高分 子化合物A内的乙基酯部位之乙基的訊號完全消失，產生 來自羧基的訊號。相對於羧基的鉋鹽與羧基之合計，由1Η 丽R的積分值估算之共軛高分子化合物1具有的Η+之比例 為26%。共軛高分子化合物1的HOMO之執道能量為-5. 5eV、 LUM0之軌道能量為-2. 7eV。 [參考例1] 聚胺酯鈉鹽（非共軛高分子化合物1)之合成 使100mL燒瓶内的氣體成為於惰性氣體環境下之後， 將1，3-丁二醇（1. Og)、二丁基錫二月桂酸酯（7. 5mg)及二 羥曱基丙酸（0.5g)放入100mL燒瓶中，添加N，N-二曱基曱 醯胺（50mL)後，於90°C攪拌30分鐘。加入異佛酮二異氰 酸酯（3. 3g)，於90°C加熱3小時。依照前述方法對此階段 324120 199 201245267 所得的含有高分子化合物之溶液進行GPC測定，測定高分 子化合物之分子量時，其換算聚苯乙烯的數量平均分子量 為1. 9x103，換算聚苯乙烯的重量平均分子量為3. 0x103。 然後，使反應液降溫至60°C，加入1M氫氧化鈉水溶液使 其中和。於60°C攪拌1小時之後，由反應液餾除溶劑而得 到白色固體（2. 0g)。所得的聚胺酯鈉鹽稱為「非共軛高分 子化合物1」。而且，非共輕高分子化合物1係含式（V)表 示的結構單元。By NMR spectroscopy, it was confirmed that the signal of the ethyl group derived from the ethyl ester moiety in the polymer compound A in the polymer compound 1 completely disappeared, and a signal derived from the carboxyl group was generated. The conjugated polymer compound 1 estimated from the integral value of the ruthenium R had a ratio of Η+ of 26% with respect to the total of the salt of the carboxyl group and the carboxyl group. 5eV。 The conjugated polymer compound 1 HOMO of the orbital energy is -5. 5eV, LUM0 orbital energy is -2.7 eV. [Reference Example 1] Synthesis of Polyurethane Sodium Salt (Non-Conjugated Polymer Compound 1) After a gas in a 100 mL flask was placed under an inert gas atmosphere, 1,3-butanediol (1.0 g, dibutyltin dimethylene) Lauric acid ester (7.5 mg) and dihydroxymethyl propionic acid (0.5 g) were placed in a 100 mL flask, and N,N-didecylguanamine (50 mL) was added, followed by stirring at 90 ° C for 30 minutes. Isophorone diisocyanate (3.3 g) was added and heated at 90 ° C for 3 hours. The average weight molecular weight of the converted polystyrene is 1. 9x103, the weight average of the converted polystyrene is measured by the GPC method of the polymer compound-containing solution obtained by the method of the above method 324120 199 201245267. The molecular weight is 3. 0x103. Then, the reaction liquid was cooled to 60 ° C, and neutralized by adding a 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. After stirring at 60 ° C for 1 hour, the solvent was evaporated to give a white solid (2.0 g). The obtained sodium salt of the polyurethane is referred to as "non-conjugated polymer compound 1". Further, the non-co-light polymer compound 1 contains a structural unit represented by the formula (V).

h3c，、ch3 COONa (V) [實施例2] 電場發光元件1的製作 在玻璃基板表面上已成膜圖案的ΙΤ0陽極（厚度：45nm) 上，塗佈電洞注入材料溶液，以旋轉塗佈法成膜為厚度 60nm的電洞注入層。在氮環境下，將成膜有電洞注入層的 玻璃基板以200°C加熱以使電洞注入層不溶化，使基板自 然冷卻至室溫後，可得形成有電洞注入層的基板。 在此之電洞注入材料，是使用購自Plextronics公司 的聚噻吩/磺酸系的電洞注入材料AQ-1200。 接著，將電洞輸送性高分子材料與二曱苯混合，得到 含有0. 7重量％的電洞輸送性高分子材料之電洞輸送層形 成用組成物。 在此，電洞輸送性高分子材料是以下述的方法合成。 324120 200 201245267 將燒瓶内的氣體成為於惰性氣體環境下之後，將2, 7-二溴-9,9-二（辛基）苐（1.4§)、2,7-雙（4,4,5,5-四曱基-1，3,2-二噚硼烷-2-基）-9,9-二（辛基）苐（6.48)、^1雙 (4-溴苯基）-N’，N’ -雙（4-丁基苯基）-1，4-伸苯二胺 (4. lg)、雙（4-溴苯基）苯并環丁烯胺（0.6g)、四乙基氫氧 化銨（1. 7g)、醋酸鈀（4. 5mg)、三（2-曱氧苯基）膦（0. 03g) 及甲苯（100mL)混合後，將混合物於100°C加熱攪拌2小 時。接著，添加苯基硼酸（G. 06g)，將所得之混合物攪拌 10小時。放冷後，去除水層，添加二乙基二硫胺曱酸鈉水 溶液攪拌之後，去除水層，並以水、3重量％醋酸水清洗 有機層。將有機層注入至曱醇中使固體沉澱後，使所濾取 的固體再次溶解於曱苯中，通液至矽膠及氧化鋁的管柱 中。回收含有固體的溶出曱苯溶液，並將回收的前述曱苯 溶液注入曱醇中使固體沉澱。將沉澱的固體過濾取出後， 於50°C真空乾燥，而得到電洞輸送性高分子材料。電洞輸 送性高分子材料換算聚苯乙烯的重量平均分子量為3.Ox 105。 在上述所得之已形成有電洞注入層的基板之電洞注 入層上，藉由旋轉塗佈法塗佈電洞輸送層形成用組成物， 得到厚度20nm的塗膜。將設有該塗膜的基板在氮環境下， 於18ITC加熱60分鐘，使塗膜不溶化之後，自然冷卻至室 溫，得到形成有電洞輸送層之基板。 接著，將發光高分子材料與二曱苯混合後，得到含有 1.4重量％的發光高分子材料之發光層形成用組成物。 324120 201 201245267 在此，發光高分子材料是以下述的方法合成。 將燒瓶内的氣體成為於惰性氣體環境下之後，將2，7- 二溴-9,9-二（辛基）苐（9.0忌）、1'|州，-雙（4-';臭苯基）_义1\|，_ 雙（4-第三丁基-2, 6-二曱基苯基）-1，4-伸苯二胺〇. 3g)、 2, 7-雙（4, 4，5，5-四甲基_1，3，2-二卩等爛烧一2一基）_9 9-二 (4-己基苯基）苐（13. 4g)、四乙基氫氧化錄（43. 〇g)、醋酸 I巴（8mg)、三（2-甲氧苯基）膦（0. 〇5g)及甲笨（2〇〇mL)混合， 並於9(TC將混合物加熱授拌8小時。接著，添加苯基棚酸 (0. 22g)，將所得的混合物攪拌14小時。放冷後，去&amp; &amp; 層，添加二乙基二硫胺曱酸鈉水溶液攪拌之後去☆ K声 以水、3重量％醋酸水清洗有機層。將有機層注入至甲&gt; 中使固體沉澱後’使所濾取的固體再次溶解於曱苯中醇 液至矽膠及氧化鋁的管柱中。回收含有固體物通 J ’谷出甲笨溶 液，並將所回收的前述曱苯溶液注入至甲醇中以使固 澱。將沉澱的固體於50t真空乾燥，而得到發光古=體沉 料（12. 5g)。依據凝膠滲透層析，所得的發光高八=刀子材 算聚苯乙稀的重量平均分子量為3. 1χ1〇5。 材料換 在上述所得之形成有電洞輸送層的基板 層上’藉由旋轉塗佈法塗佈發光層形成 =塗，在氮環境下，將設有該塗:的 …、10分知，使溶劑蒸發之後，自然冷卻至 、 形成有發光㈣基板。 可赛 324120 將甲醇與共輕馬分子化合物1混合，可得八古 ，高分子化合物™在形成有 201245267 - 發光層之基板的發光層上’藉由旋轉塗佈法塗佈前述溶 液，得到厚度l〇nm的塗膜。在氮環境下，將設有該塗膜的 基板於13(TC加熱10分鐘，使溶劑蒸發後，自然冷卻至室 溫，得到形成有含有共軛高分子化合物1之層的基板。 將形成有含有上述所得的共軛高分子化合物1之層的 基板插入真空裝置内，應用真空蒸鍍法使A1在該層之上成 膜為80nm而形成陰極，製得積層結構體1。 由真空裝置取出上述所得的積層結構體1，於氮環境 下，以密封玻璃與2液混合型環氧樹脂密封，而得到電場 發光元件1。 [比較例1 ] 電場發光元件A的製作 除了使用非共軛高分子化合物1取代實施例2中的共 軛高分子化合物1之外，與實施例2進行相同的操作，得 到電場發光元件A。 [測定] 對上述所得的電場發光元件1及A外加10V的順向電 壓’並測定發光亮度及發光效率。結果如表1所示。 表1 高分子化合物 陰極 發光亮度 (cd/ra2) 發光效率 (cd/A) 貫施例2 (電場發光元侏1、 共耗尚分子化合物1 A1 4430.2 3.98 比較例1 (電場發光 非共輕兩分子化合物1 A1 0.74 0.01 324120 203 201245267 由表1可知，與不具備含有本發明高分子化合物之層 的電場發光元件A相比，本發明的電場發光元件1的發光 亮度及發光效率優異。 【圖式簡單說明】 無 【主要元件符號說明】 無 324120 204H3c, ch3 COONa (V) [Example 2] Preparation of electric field light-emitting element 1 On a ITO anode (thickness: 45 nm) on which a pattern was formed on a surface of a glass substrate, a hole injection material solution was applied to spin coating The film formation was a hole injection layer having a thickness of 60 nm. In a nitrogen atmosphere, the glass substrate on which the hole injection layer was formed was heated at 200 ° C to insolubilize the hole injection layer, and the substrate was naturally cooled to room temperature to obtain a substrate on which the hole injection layer was formed. The hole injecting material here was a polythiophene/sulfonic acid-based hole injecting material AQ-1200 available from Plextronics. Then, the hole transporting polymer material was mixed with diphenylbenzene to obtain a composition for forming a hole transporting layer containing 0.7% by weight of a hole transporting polymer material. Here, the hole transporting polymer material is synthesized by the following method. 324120 200 201245267 After the gas in the flask is placed under an inert atmosphere, 2,7-dibromo-9,9-di(octyl)anthracene (1.4§), 2,7-bis (4,4,5) ,5-tetradecyl-1,3,2-dioxaborane-2-yl)-9,9-di(octyl)anthracene (6.48), ^1 bis(4-bromophenyl)-N' , N'-bis(4-butylphenyl)-1,4-phenylenediamine (4. lg), bis(4-bromophenyl)benzocyclobuteneamine (0.6 g), tetraethyl After mixing ammonium hydroxide (1.7 g), palladium acetate (4.5 mg), tris(2-indolylphenyl)phosphine (0.03 g) and toluene (100 mL), the mixture was heated and stirred at 100 ° C for 2 hours. . Next, phenylboric acid (G. 06 g) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 hours. After allowing to cool, the aqueous layer was removed, and after adding a solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate aqueous solution, the aqueous layer was removed, and the organic layer was washed with water and 3 wt% aqueous acetic acid. After the organic layer was poured into methanol to precipitate a solid, the filtered solid was redissolved in toluene and passed through a column of silicone and alumina. The solution of the dissolved benzene in the solid was recovered, and the recovered benzene solution was poured into decyl alcohol to precipitate a solid. The precipitated solid was taken out by filtration, and dried under vacuum at 50 ° C to obtain a hole transporting polymer material. The weight average molecular weight of the polystyrene converted by the hole transporting polymer material was 3.Ox 105. On the hole injection layer of the substrate on which the hole injection layer was formed, the composition for forming a hole transport layer was applied by a spin coating method to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 20 nm. The substrate provided with the coating film was heated at 18 ITC for 60 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere to insolubilize the coating film, and then naturally cooled to room temperature to obtain a substrate on which the hole transport layer was formed. Then, the light-emitting polymer material was mixed with diphenylbenzene to obtain a composition for forming a light-emitting layer containing 1.4% by weight of a light-emitting polymer material. 324120 201 201245267 Here, the luminescent polymer material is synthesized by the following method. After the gas in the flask is placed under an inert gas atmosphere, 2,7-dibromo-9,9-di(octyl)phosphonium (9.0 bogey), 1'|state,-bis(4-'; odor benzene Base)_义1\|, _ bis (4-tert-butyl-2,6-dimercaptophenyl)-1,4-phenylenediamine oxime. 3g), 2, 7-bis (4, 4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-diindole, etc., roasting one to one base) _9 9-bis(4-hexylphenyl)anthracene (13.4 g), tetraethyl hydroxide (43. 〇g), acetic acid I bar (8mg), tris(2-methoxyphenyl) phosphine (0. 〇 5g) and a stupid (2〇〇mL) mixed, and heated at 9 (TC) After mixing for 8 hours, then, phenyl benzene acid (0.22 g) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 14 hours. After cooling, the layer was added to &&amp;&lt;&gt; ☆ K sound cleans the organic layer with water, 3% by weight acetic acid water. Inject the organic layer into the nails to precipitate the solids, and then redissolve the filtered solids in the benzene to the tantalum to the tantalum and alumina tubes. In the column, the solid solution containing J's solution is recovered, and the recovered toluene solution is injected into methanol to solidify The precipitated solid was dried under vacuum at 50 t to obtain a luminescent ancient body sink (12.5 g). According to the gel permeation chromatography, the obtained luminescence was high = the weight average molecular weight of the styrene material was 3 1χ1〇5. The material is replaced by the above-mentioned substrate layer on which the hole transport layer is formed. 'The light-emitting layer is formed by spin coating = coating, and in the nitrogen environment, the coating is provided... It is known that after evaporation of the solvent, it is naturally cooled to form a light-emitting (four) substrate. 赛赛324120 Mixing methanol with the common light horse molecule compound 1 to obtain Yagu, the polymer compound TM is formed with 201245267 - light-emitting layer The coating solution was applied by spin coating on the light-emitting layer of the substrate to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 10 nm. The substrate provided with the coating film was heated in a nitrogen atmosphere for 13 minutes (TC was heated for 10 minutes to evaporate the solvent). After that, it is naturally cooled to room temperature to obtain a substrate on which a layer containing the conjugated polymer compound 1 is formed. The substrate on which the layer containing the conjugated polymer compound 1 obtained above is formed is inserted into a vacuum apparatus, and vacuum evaporation is applied. Make A1 in this layer The film formation was 80 nm to form a cathode, and the laminated structure 1 was obtained. The laminated structure 1 obtained above was taken out by a vacuum apparatus, and sealed with a two-liquid mixed epoxy resin under a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain an electric field light-emitting element. 1. [Comparative Example 1] Preparation of Electric Field Light-Emitting Element A An electric field light-emitting element was obtained in the same manner as in Example 2 except that the non-conjugated polymer compound 1 was used instead of the conjugated polymer compound 1 in Example 2. A. [Measurement] The forward voltage ' of 10 V was applied to the electric field light-emitting elements 1 and A obtained above, and the light-emitting luminance and the light-emitting efficiency were measured. The results are shown in Table 1. Table 1 Cathodoluminescence brightness of polymer compound (cd/ra2) Luminous efficiency (cd/A) Example 2 (Electrical field illuminator 共1, total molecular compound 1 A1 4430.2 3.98 Comparative example 1 (electric field illuminating non-co-light two Molecular compound 1 A1 0.74 0.01 324120 203 201245267 It is understood from Table 1 that the electric field light-emitting element 1 of the present invention is superior in light-emitting luminance and luminous efficiency as compared with the electric field light-emitting element A which does not have the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention. Simple description] No [Main component symbol description] No 324120 204

Claims (1)

201245267 七、申請專利範圍： 1. 一種電子裝置，具備含有高分子化合物之層作為電荷注 入層及/或電荷輸送層，該高分子化合物具有含式（1) 表示的基及式（2)表示的基之結構單元； 相對於前述高分子化合物中的所有M1，前述高分 子化合物中的M1為H+之比例是大於0%且為50%以下； -(Q^nl-Y^M^alCZ^b. (1) (式中， Q1是2價有機基； Y1 是-C(V、-S(V、-SO厂、-P〇32—或-B(Ra V ; Μ1是H+或金屬陽離子，或可具有取代基的銨陽離 子； Ζ1 是 Γ、C1-、Br、Γ、OH' B(rv、rs〇3-、rcoo-、 CIO-、Cl〇2-、C1(V、Cl〇4—、SCN_、CN-、N(V、S〇42_、HS〇4_、 P〇43_、HP〇42-、H2P〇4_、BFr 或 pf6_ ; nl是0以上的整數；al是1以上的整數，bl是0 以上的整數，但是，al及bl是以使式（1)表示的基之 電荷成為0之方式選擇； Ra是可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基，各個Ra可互為 相同’也可不相同； Ra是可具有取代基的1價有機基，如存在複數個 1^時，各個Ra可以互為相同，也可互不同； 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不 324120 1 201245267 相同； 如存在複數個Μ1時，各個Μ1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Ζ1時，各個Ζ1可互為相同，也可不 相同） -(Q2)n2-Y2 (2) (式中， Q2是2價有機基； Y2是氰基或式（3)至（11)中的任一式表示之基； n2是0以上的整數； 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不 相同） -0-(R，0)a3-R&quot; (3)201245267 VII. Patent application scope: 1. An electronic device having a layer containing a polymer compound as a charge injection layer and/or a charge transport layer, the polymer compound having a group represented by the formula (1) and a formula (2) The structural unit of the base; the ratio of M1 to H+ in the polymer compound is greater than 0% and less than 50% with respect to all M1 in the polymer compound; - (Q^nl-Y^M^alCZ^ b. (1) (wherein Q1 is a divalent organic group; Y1 is -C (V, -S (V, -SO plant, -P〇32- or -B (Ra V ; Μ1 is H+ or metal cation) Or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent; Ζ1 is Γ, C1-, Br, Γ, OH' B (rv, rs〇3-, rcoo-, CIO-, Cl〇2-, C1 (V, Cl〇4) —, SCN_, CN-, N (V, S〇42_, HS〇4_, P〇43_, HP〇42-, H2P〇4_, BFr or pf6_; nl is an integer of 0 or more; al is an integer of 1 or more, Bl is an integer of 0 or more, but al and bl are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (1) becomes 0; Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have a substitution a aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, Ra may be the same or different from each other; Ra is a monovalent organic group which may have a substituent. If a plurality of 1^ are present, each Ra may be the same or different from each other; if a plurality of Q1 are present, Each Q1 may be the same or not the same as 324120 1 201245267; if there are multiple Μ1, each Μ1 may be the same or different; if there are multiple Ζ1, each Ζ1 may be the same or different. -(Q2)n2-Y2 (2) (wherein Q2 is a divalent organic group; Y2 is a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (3) to (11); n2 is an integer of 0 or more; When there are multiple Q2s, each Q2 may be the same or different from each other. -0-(R,0)a3-R&quot; (3) -S-(R，S)“-R” (5) -C(=0)-(R’ -C〇0))a4-R” (6) -C(=S)-(R’-C(=S))a4-Rn (7) -N{(R，）“R&quot;}2 (8) -C(=0)0-(R’ -C(=0)0)“-R&quot; (9) -C(=0)0-(R’ 0)a4-R” (10) -NHC(=0)-(R’ NHC(=0))“-R&quot; (11) (式中， 324120 2 201245267 R’是可具有取代基的2價烴基； R'1是氫原子、可具有取代基的1價烴基、羧基、磺 酸基、羥基、巯基、-NR%、氰基或-C( = 0)NRe2 ; R’’’是可具有取代基的3價烴基； a3是1以上的整數，a4是0以上的整數； Re是可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基，各個Re可互為 相同’也可不相同， 如存在複數個R’時，各個R’可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個R&quot;時，各個R&quot;可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個a4時，各個a4可互為相同，也可不 相同）。 2.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之電子裝置，其中，前述結 構單元為選自式（12)表示的結構單元及式（14)表示的 結構單元所成群組中的1種以上之結構單元； (R1)n3-S-(R,S)"-R" (5) -C(=0)-(R' -C〇0))a4-R" (6) -C(=S)-(R'-C (=S))a4-Rn (7) -N{(R,)"R&quot;}2 (8) -C(=0)0-(R' -C(=0)0)"-R&quot; ( 9) -C(=0)0-(R' 0)a4-R" (10) -NHC(=0)-(R' NHC(=0))"-R&quot; (11) (where 324120 2 201245267 R' is a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent; R'1 is a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, -NR%, a cyano group or a -C ( = 0) NRe2 ; R''' is a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent; a3 is an integer of 1 or more, a4 is an integer of 0 or more; Re is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or The aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent may be the same or different from each other. If a plurality of R' are present, each R' may be the same or different from each other; In the case of R&quot;, each R&quot; may be the same or different; if there are a plurality of a4, each a4 may be the same or different from each other. 2. The electronic device according to claim 1, Wherein the aforementioned structural unit Group 1 of the above structural units selected from the formula (12) a structural unit and a structural unit represented by formula (14) is formed by; (R1) n3 (式中， R1是含有式（13)表示的基之1價基； Ar1是可具有R1以外的取代基之（2 + n3)價芳香族 基； 324120 3 201245267 n3是1以上的整數； 如存在複數個R1時，各個R1可互為相同，也可不 相同）； —ψ——{(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 I (13) {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2 (式中， R2是（1 + m 1 + m2 )價有機基； Q1、Q2、Y1、Μ1、Z1、Y2、nl、al、bl 及 n2，是表 示與前述相同意義； ml及m2分別獨立地為1以上之整數； 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y2時，各個Y2可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不 324120 4 201245267 相同； 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不 相同）； (R3)n4 (14) (R4)n5 (式中， R3是含有式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基之1 價基； R4是含有式（16)表示的基之1價基； Ar2是可具有R3及R4以外的取代基之（2 + n4 + n5) 價芳香族基； n4及n5是分別獨立地為1以上之整數； 如存在複數個R3時，各個R3可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個R4時，各個R4可互為相同，也可不 相同）； (式中， 324120 5 (15) 201245267 R5是單鍵或（l + m3)價有機基； Q1、Y1、Μ1、Z1、nl、al及b卜是表示與前述相同 意義； m3是表示1以上的整數，但R5為單鍵時，m3是1 ; 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不 相同） -R6-{ (Q2 )η2-Υ2 }e4 (16) (式中， R6是單鍵或（l + m4)價有機基； Q2、Y2及n2是表示與前述相同意義； m4是表示1以上的整數，但R6為單鍵時，m4是1 ; 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不 324120 6 201245267 相同； 如存在複數個γ2時’各個γ2可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個η2時，各個η2可互為相同，也可不 相同）。 3·如申請專利範圍第2項所述之電子裝置，其中，Aij表 示的（2+ n3)價芳香族基’是由式1、2、4、5、6、13、 14、15、19、2卜 23、3卜 32、33、43、46、47 或 51 表示的環去除（2 + n3)個氫原子後的基； Ο CO COO cfe 1 13 14 15(wherein R1 is a monovalent group containing a group represented by formula (13); Ar1 is a (2 + n3) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R1; 324120 3 201245267 n3 is an integer of 1 or more; When there are a plurality of R1, each R1 may be the same or different from each other; - ψ - {(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 I (13) {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2 (wherein R2 is a (1 + m 1 + m2 ) valence organic group; Q1, Q2, Y1, Μ1, Z1, Y2, nl, al, bl, and n2 are the same meanings as described above; ml and m2 are independent The ground is an integer of 1 or more; if there are a plurality of Q1, each Q1 may be the same or different; if there are multiple Q2, each Q2 may be the same or different; if there are multiple Y1, Each of the Y1s may be the same or different from each other; if there are a plurality of M1s, the M1s may be the same or different from each other; if there are a plurality of Z1s, the Z1s may be the same or different from each other; For Y2, each Y2 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or not. 24120 4 201245267 The same; if there are multiple al, each al can be the same or different; if there are multiple bl, each bl can be the same or different; if there are multiple n2, each n2 (R3)n4 (14) (R4)n5 (wherein R3 is a valence group containing a group represented by formula (13) or a group represented by formula (15); R4 is The monovalent group of the group represented by the formula (16); Ar2 is a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R3 and R4; and n4 and n5 are each independently an integer of 1 or more; If there are multiple R3s, each R3 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple R4s, each R4 may be the same or different); (wherein, 324120 5 (15) 201245267 R5 is a single Key or (l + m3) valence organic group; Q1, Y1, Μ1, Z1, nl, al, and b are the same meanings as described above; m3 is an integer representing 1 or more, but when R5 is a single bond, m3 is 1 ; If there are multiple Q1s, each Q1 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple Y1s, each Y1 They may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple M1s, each M1 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple Z1s, each Z1 may be the same or different; if there are multiple nl In the meantime, each nl may be the same or different from each other; if there are a plurality of al, each al may be the same or different; if there are multiple bls, each bl may be the same or different. R6-{ (Q2 )η2-Υ2 }e4 (16) (wherein R6 is a single bond or a (l + m4) valence organic group; Q2, Y2 and n2 are the same meanings as described above; m4 is 1 or more Integer, but when R6 is a single bond, m4 is 1; if there are multiple Q2s, each Q2 can be the same or not the same as 324120 6 201245267; if there are multiple γ2, 'each γ2 can be the same, or not The same; if there are a plurality of η2, each η2 may be the same or different from each other). 3. The electronic device according to claim 2, wherein the (2+n3)valent aromatic group represented by Aij is represented by the formulas 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 13, 14, 15, 19 , 2, 23, 3, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51, the ring after removal of (2 + n3) hydrogen atoms; Ο CO COO cfe 1 13 14 15 4.如申請專利範圍第2項所述之電子裝置，其中，Ar2表 不的（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族基，是由式1、2、4、5、6、 13、14、15、19、2卜 23、3卜 32、33、43、46、47 或51表示的環去除（2 +η4 + η5)個氫原子後的基； 324120 7 2012452674. The electronic device according to claim 2, wherein the (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group represented by Ar2 is represented by the formulas 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 13, and 14. a ring after removal of (2 + η4 + η5) hydrogen atoms by a ring represented by 15, 19, 2, 23, 3, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51; 324120 7 201245267 .如申請專利範圍第1項所述之電子裝置，其中，具備含 有前述高分子化合物之層作為電子注入層及/或電子輸 送層。 6.如申請專利範圍第1項所述之電子裝置，其為電場發光 元件。 7·—種高分子化合物，具有選自式（12)表示的結構單元及 式（14)表示的結構單元所成群組中的丨種以上之結構 單元； 相對於高分子化合物中的所有Μι，高分子化合物 中的M1為H+之比例是大於〇%且為5〇%以下；The electronic device according to claim 1, wherein the layer containing the polymer compound is provided as an electron injecting layer and/or an electron transporting layer. 6. The electronic device of claim 1, which is an electric field illuminating element. a polymer compound having a structural unit selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by the formula (12) and a structural unit represented by the formula (14); and all the Μι in the polymer compound The ratio of M1 to H+ in the polymer compound is greater than 〇% and is less than 5% by weight; (12) (式中， R是含有式（13)表示的基之1價基； 324120 8 201245267 Ar1是可具有R1以外的取代基之（2 + n3)價芳香族 基； n3是1以上的整數； 如存在複數個R1時，各個R1可互為相同，也可不 相同）； —R2——{(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 | (13) {(Q2)n2-Y2}m2 (式中， R2 是（1 + 1111 + 1112)價有機基； Q1是2價有機基； Q2是2價有機基； Y1 是-C(V、-S(V、-S(V、-P〇32-或-B(Ra V ; μ1是r或金屬陽離子，或可具有取代基的銨陽離 子；Z1 是 F—、cr、Br_、Γ、0ΙΓ、B(RaV、RaS(V、RaC0CT、 CUT、C1(V、Cior、CKV、SCN_、CN'、N(V、S〇42' HS〇4.、 Ρ0Λ、ΗΡ0Λ、H2P〇4-、BFr或 PF6_ ; Y2是氰基或式（3)至（11)中的任一式表示之基； nl是0以上的整數；al是1以上的整數，Μ是0 以上的整數，但是，al及bl是以使式（1)表示的基之 電荷成為0之方式選擇； Ra是可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的烷基或可 具有取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基，各個Ra可互為 相同，也可不相同； 324120 9 201245267 Ra是可具有取代基的1價有機基，如存在複數個 Ra時，各個Ra可互為相同，也可不相同； n2是0以上的整數； ml及m2是分別獨立地為1以上之整數； 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個M1時，各個M1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Z1時，各個Z1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y2時，各個Y2可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不 相同）； 324120 10 (14)201245267 (R3)n4 4 + (R4)n5 (式中， R3是含有式（13)表示的基或式（15)表示的基之1 價基； R4是含有式（16)表示的基之1價基； Ar2是可具有R3及R4以外的取代基之（2 + n4+n5) 價芳香族基； n4及n5是分別獨立地為1以上之整數； 如存在複數個R3時，各個R3可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個R4時，各個R4可互為相同，也可不 相同）； -^-{(Q^ni-Y^M1 )31(2^5. }m3 (15) (式中， R5是單鍵或（l + m3)價有機基； Q1、Y1、Μ1、Z1、nl、al及bl，是表示與前述相同 意義； m3是表示1以上的整數，但R5是單鍵時，m3是1 ; 如存在複數個Q1時，各個Q1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y1時，各個Y1可互為相同，也可不 324120 11 201245267 - 相同； 如存在複數個Μ1時，各個Μ1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Ζ1時，各個Ζ1可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個nl時，各個nl可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個al時，各個al可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個bl時，各個bl可互為相同，也可不 相同）； _R6_{(Q2)n2 _Υ2 } m 4 (16) (式中， R6是單鍵或（l+m4)價有機基； Q2、Y2及n2是表示與前述相同意義； m4是表示1以上的整數，但R6為單鍵時，m4是1 ; 如存在複數個Q2時，各個Q2可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y2時，各個Y2可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個n2時，各個n2可互為相同，也可不 相同）。 8.如申請專利範圍第7項所述之高分子化合物，其中，Ar1 表示的（2 +n3)價芳香族基，是由式1、2、4、5、6、 324120 12 201245267 13、14、15、19、2卜 23、3卜 32、33、43、46、47 或51表示的環去除（2 + n3)個氫原子的基；(12) (wherein R is a monovalent group containing a group represented by the formula (13); 324120 8 201245267 Ar1 is a (2 + n3) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R1; n3 is 1 or more Integer; if there are multiple R1, each R1 may be the same or different from each other; - R2 - {(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m1 | (13) {(Q2)n2- Y2}m2 (wherein R2 is a (1 + 1111 + 1112) valence organic group; Q1 is a divalent organic group; Q2 is a divalent organic group; and Y1 is -C(V, -S(V, -S(V) , -P〇32- or -B (Ra V ; μ1 is r or a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent; Z1 is F-, cr, Br_, Γ, ΙΓ, B (RaV, RaS (V, RaC0CT, CUT, C1 (V, Cior, CKV, SCN_, CN', N (V, S〇42' HS〇4., Ρ0Λ, ΗΡ0Λ, H2P〇4-, BFr or PF6_; Y2 is cyano or formula ( 3) The base represented by any one of (11); nl is an integer of 0 or more; a1 is an integer of 1 or more, and Μ is an integer of 0 or more, but al and bl are groups represented by the formula (1) The charge is selected to be 0; Ra is an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have a substituent An aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, each Ra may be the same or different from each other; 324120 9 201245267 Ra is a monovalent organic group which may have a substituent, and if a plurality of Ra are present, each Ra may be the same as each other. N2 is an integer of 0 or more; ml and m2 are each an integer of 1 or more independently; if there are a plurality of Q1, each Q1 may be the same or different; if there are a plurality of Q2, each Q2 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple Y1s, each Y1 may be the same or different; if there are multiple M1s, each M1 may be the same or different; if there are multiple When Z1, each Z1 may be the same or different from each other; if there are a plurality of Y2, each Y2 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different; If there are a plurality of al, each of the al's may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple bls, each bl may be the same or different; if there are multiple n2, each n2 may be the same. 324120 10 (14)201245267 (R3)n4 4 + (R4)n5 (wherein R3 is a valent group containing a group represented by formula (13) or a group represented by formula (15); R4 is a a monovalent group of the group represented by the formula (16); Ar2 is a (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent other than R3 and R4; and n4 and n5 are each independently an integer of 1 or more; When there are multiple R3s, each R3 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple R4s, each R4 may be the same or different from each other; -^-{(Q^ni-Y^M1)31 (2^5. }m3 (15) (wherein R5 is a single bond or a (l + m3) valence organic group; Q1, Y1, Μ1, Z1, nl, al, and bl are the same meanings as described above; m3 Is an integer of 1 or more, but when R5 is a single bond, m3 is 1; if there are a plurality of Q1, each Q1 may be the same or different; if there are a plurality of Y1, each Y1 may be identical to each other. It may also be the same as 324120 11 201245267 - if there are multiple Μ1, each Μ1 may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple Ζ1, each Ζ1 may be identical to each other, or If there are multiple nl, each nl may be the same or different from each other; if there are multiple al, each al may be the same or different; if there are multiple bl, each bl may be The same or different); _R6_{(Q2)n2 _Υ2 } m 4 (16) (wherein R6 is a single bond or a (l+m4) valence organic group; and Q2, Y2 and n2 are the same meanings as described above; M4 is an integer representing 1 or more, but when R6 is a single bond, m4 is 1; if there are a plurality of Q2, each Q2 may be the same or different; if there are a plurality of Y2, each Y2 may be the same , may also be different; if there are multiple n2, each n2 may be the same or different. 8. The polymer compound according to claim 7, wherein the (2 + n3) valent aromatic group represented by Ar1 is represented by the formulas 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, and 324120 12 201245267 13 , 14 a ring represented by 15, 15, 3, 23, 3, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51 to remove (2 + n3) hydrogen atoms; 9.如申請專利範圍第7項所述之高分子化合物，其中，Ar2 表示的（2 + n4 + n5)價芳香族基，是由式1、2、4、5、 6、13、14、15、19、2卜 23、3卜 32、33、43、46、 47或51表示的環去除（2 +n4 + n5)個氫原子的基；9. The polymer compound according to claim 7, wherein the (2 + n4 + n5) valent aromatic group represented by Ar2 is represented by the formulas 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 13, and 14. a ring represented by 15, 19, 2, 23, 3, 32, 33, 43, 46, 47 or 51, which removes (2 + n4 + n5) hydrogen atoms; 324120 13 201245267 H =申請專利範圍第7項中所述之高分子化合物其中， Y為式（3)或式（4)表示的基。 U•一種申請專利範圍第7項所述之高分子化合物的製造 方去’其是使含有式（21)表示的令1種以上離子之化合 物的原料縮合聚合； Y3-Aa-Y4 (21) (式中， Aa是含有式（1)表示的基與式（2)表示的基之2價 基； Y3及Y4是分別獨立地為參與縮合聚合之基）。 12. —種申請專利範圍第7項中所述之高分子化合物的製 造方法，其是使含有式（21，）表示的未含離子之化合物 的原料縮合聚合，由所得之化合物合成含有離子的高分 子化合物；324120 13 201245267 H = polymer compound described in claim 7 wherein Y is a group represented by formula (3) or formula (4). U• A polymer compound according to item 7 of the patent application scope is produced by condensation polymerization of a raw material containing a compound of one or more kinds of ions represented by the formula (21); Y3-Aa-Y4 (21) (wherein Aa is a divalent group containing a group represented by the formula (1) and a group represented by the formula (2); and Y3 and Y4 are each independently a group participating in condensation polymerization). 12. A method for producing a polymer compound according to claim 7, wherein the raw material containing the compound containing no ion represented by the formula (21) is subjected to condensation polymerization, and the obtained compound is synthesized to contain ions. Polymer compound (21，） (式中， A是含有式（22)表示的基與式（2)表示的基之2價 基； Y3及Y4是分別獨立地為參與縮合聚合之基）； -R7-{(Q3 )n6-Y5}“ （22) (式中， R7是（l + m9)價有機基，· Q3是表示2價有機基； -P〇3(Rx)2 或-b(rx)2 ; Y5 是-C〇2Rx、-S〇3Rx、-s〇2rx、 324120 14 201245267 n6是0以上的整數； Rx是氫原子、可具有取代基的碳原子數1至30的 烷基或可具有取代基的碳原子數6至50的芳基； m9是表示1以上的整數； 如存在複數個Q3時，各個Q3可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Y5時，各個Y5可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個n6時，各個n6可互為相同，也可不 相同； 如存在複數個Rx時，各個Rx可互為相同，也可不 相同）。 324120 15 201245267 •四、指定代表圖： (一) 本案指定代表圖為：第（）圖。（本案無圖式) (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明：（無）(21,) (wherein A is a divalent group containing a group represented by the formula (22) and a group represented by the formula (2); and Y3 and Y4 are each independently participating in a condensation polymerization); -R7-{ (Q3)n6-Y5}" (22) (wherein R7 is a (l + m9) valence organic group, · Q3 is a divalent organic group; -P〇3(Rx)2 or -b(rx)2 Y5 is -C〇2Rx, -S〇3Rx, -s〇2rx, 324120 14 201245267 n6 is an integer of 0 or more; Rx is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have The substituent has an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms; m9 is an integer representing 1 or more; and when a plurality of Q3 are present, each Q3 may be the same or different from each other; if a plurality of Y5 are present, each Y5 may be mutually For the same, it may be different; if there are multiple n6, each n6 may be the same or different; if there are multiple Rx, each Rx may be the same or different. 324120 15 201245267 • IV. The designated representative map: (1) The representative representative map of the case is: the () graph. (There is no schema in this case) (2) The symbol of the symbol of the representative map is simple: (none) 五、本案若有化學式時，請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式： (式中，R’是可具有取代基的2價烴基； R’ ’’是可具有取代基的3價烴基； a3是1以上的整數）。 324120 35. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: (wherein R' is a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent; R' '' is a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent; a3 is An integer of 1 or more). 324120 3
TW101110522A 2011-03-28 2012-03-27 Electronic device and polymer compound TW201245267A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011071197 2011-03-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201245267A true TW201245267A (en) 2012-11-16

Family

ID=46930951

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101110522A TW201245267A (en) 2011-03-28 2012-03-27 Electronic device and polymer compound

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012216811A (en)
TW (1) TW201245267A (en)
WO (1) WO2012133229A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108368240A (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-08-03 剑桥显示技术有限公司 Charge transfer salt, electronic device and the method for forming them

Families Citing this family (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104177595A (en) * 2013-05-28 2014-12-03 海洋王照明科技股份有限公司 Quinoxalinyl-containing polymer and preparation method thereof and organic solar energy cell device
JP2017514303A (en) * 2014-04-16 2017-06-01 ケンブリッジ ディスプレイ テクノロジー リミテッド Organic light emitting device
GB2554666B (en) 2016-09-30 2019-12-18 Sumitomo Chemical Co Composite Particle
GB2573338A (en) 2018-05-04 2019-11-06 Sumitomo Chemical Co Device
GB201815329D0 (en) * 2018-09-20 2018-11-07 Sumitomo Chemical Co Light-emitting particle
GB2581141A (en) 2019-01-31 2020-08-12 Sumitomo Chemical Co Light-emitting composition
GB2585225B (en) 2019-07-03 2024-02-07 Sumitomo Chemical Co Light-emitting polymer
GB2588100B (en) 2019-10-04 2022-09-07 Sumitomo Chemical Co Process of forming a conjugated polymer
GB2588120B (en) 2019-10-08 2023-11-29 Sumitomo Chemical Co Light-emitting composition
GB2593675B (en) 2020-03-24 2024-02-21 Sumitomo Chemical Co Light emitting marker and assay
GB2593881B (en) 2020-03-31 2024-08-14 Sumitomo Chemical Co Method of detecting an analyte
GB2593878B (en) 2020-03-31 2024-02-21 Sumitomo Chemical Co Light-emitting marker
GB2600704A (en) 2020-11-04 2022-05-11 Sumitomo Chemical Co Nanoparticle
GB2604635B (en) 2021-03-11 2024-04-03 Sumitomo Chemical Co Polymer
GB2605405B (en) 2021-03-30 2024-04-03 Sumitomo Chemical Co Polymer
GB2615133A (en) 2022-01-31 2023-08-02 Sumitomo Chemical Co Light-emitting nanoparticles

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101386215B1 (en) * 2006-06-07 2014-04-17 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Compositions of conducting polymers and the organic opto-electronic device employing the same
EP2049582B1 (en) * 2006-07-21 2019-02-27 Nissan Chemical Corporation Sulfonation of conducting polymers and oled, photovoltaic, and esd devices
JP5281800B2 (en) * 2007-02-01 2013-09-04 住友化学株式会社 Block copolymer and composition, liquid composition, light-emitting thin film, and polymer light-emitting device using the same
US8951646B2 (en) * 2008-03-07 2015-02-10 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Layered structure comprising a layer containing a conjugated polymer compound
JP2010040512A (en) * 2008-07-10 2010-02-18 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Organic electroluminescent device and its manufacturing method
CN102387880B (en) * 2009-04-10 2014-07-02 住友化学株式会社 Metal complex and composition containing same

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108368240A (en) * 2015-12-18 2018-08-03 剑桥显示技术有限公司 Charge transfer salt, electronic device and the method for forming them
CN108368240B (en) * 2015-12-18 2022-03-11 剑桥显示技术有限公司 Charge transfer salts, electronic devices, and methods of forming the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2012133229A1 (en) 2012-10-04
JP2012216811A (en) 2012-11-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201245267A (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TWI545143B (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TWI491704B (en) Laminated structure, polymer, electroluminescent element, and photoelectric conversion element
TWI496689B (en) Laminatyed construction
TW201307424A (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TW201247733A (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TWI542059B (en) Method for making an organic luminescent device
TW201008975A (en) Copolymer and high polymer light-emitting device using the same
TW201301597A (en) Organic electro luminescence element and manufacturing method thereof
TW201220575A (en) Method for making an oreanic EL element
TWI550935B (en) Method of making organic electroluminescence element
TW201238993A (en) Composition
TW201215226A (en) Organic EL element
JP2012084306A (en) Organic el device
TW201109361A (en) Organic electroluminescent element
TW201009047A (en) Laminated structure, process for production of the same and electronic device comprising the same
TWI568055B (en) Method for manufacturing organic electroluminescence element
WO2012070575A1 (en) Light emitting device and method for producing light emitting device